AMENDMENT NO.1 TO FORM S-4
 

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 27, 2003
Registration No. 333-106118


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 1

to
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


SpectraSite, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   4899   56-2027322
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)


400 Regency Forest Drive

Cary, North Carolina 27511
(919) 468-0112
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

John H. Lynch

Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary
SpectraSite, Inc.
400 Regency Forest Drive
Cary, North Carolina 27511
(919) 468-0112
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Bruce A. Gutenplan, Esq.
Raphael M. Russo, Esq.
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
1285 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6064
(212) 373-3000


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

      If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     o

      If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

      If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o


     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 27, 2003

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SpectraSite, Inc.

Exchange Offer for $200,000,000

8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2010

       We are offering to exchange all of our outstanding 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2010, which were issued on May 21, 2003, and which we refer to as the initial notes, for a like aggregate amount of our registered 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2010, which we refer to as the exchange notes. We will pay interest on the exchange notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The exchange notes will mature on May 15, 2010.

      We may redeem all or part of the exchange notes on or after May 15, 2006. Prior to May 15, 2006, we may redeem up to 35% of the exchange notes from the proceeds of certain equity offerings. Redemption prices are set forth under “Description of the Notes — Redemption — Terms of Optional Redemption.”

      The exchange notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will rank equally with all of our existing and future senior unsecured debt and senior to our future subordinated unsecured debt. The exchange notes also will effectively rank junior to all of our existing and future secured debt and to all liabilities of our subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2003, after giving effect to the offering of the initial notes, our only debt outstanding was the $200.0 million of senior notes issued in the offering of the initial notes. As of June 30, 2003, our subsidiaries had approximately $480.2 million of secured debt and the ability to borrow up to an additional $200 million in secured debt and letters of credit under our credit facility, subject to certain conditions. Our subsidiaries will not guarantee the exchange notes.

Terms of the exchange offer

  •  It will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December      , 2003, unless we extend it.
 
  •  If all the conditions to this exchange offer are satisfied, we will exchange all of our initial notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn for exchange notes.
 
  •  You may withdraw your tender of initial notes at any time before the expiration of this exchange offer.
 
  •  The exchange notes that we will issue to you in exchange for your initial notes will be substantially identical to your initial notes except that, unlike your initial notes, the exchange notes will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights.
 
  •  The exchange notes that we will issue you in exchange for your initial notes are new securities with no established market for trading.

       Before participating in this exchange offer, please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” commencing on page 12.

       Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

      Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for initial notes, where such initial notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2003.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

Prospectus Summary
    1  
Risk Factors
    12  
Forward-Looking Statements
    21  
Use of Proceeds
    22  
Capitalization
    22  
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data
    23  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    27  
Business
    52  
Management
    61  
Principal Stockholders
    67  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
    69  
Description of the Credit Facility
    71  
The Exchange Offer
    73  
Description of the Notes
    81  
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
    119  
Plan of Distribution
    125  
Legal Matters
    125  
Experts
    125  
Where You Can Find More Information
    126  
Index to Financial Statements
    F-1  


 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements. Unless the context indicates or requires otherwise, the terms “SpectraSite,” “we,” “our” and “company” refer to SpectraSite, Inc. (formerly known as SpectraSite Holdings, Inc.), the issuer of the notes, and its wholly owned subsidiaries and all predecessor entities, collectively. In addition, “Communications” refers to SpectraSite Communications, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of SpectraSite. The term “initial notes” refers to the 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2010 that were issued on May 21, 2003 in a private offering. The term “exchange notes” refers to the 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2010 offered by this prospectus. The term “notes” refers to the initial notes and the exchange notes, collectively.

SpectraSite

Overview

      We are one of the largest, in terms of number of towers, and fastest growing, in terms of revenue growth, wireless tower operators in the United States. Our primary business is owning, leasing and licensing antenna sites on wireless and broadcast towers, owning and licensing in-building shared infrastructure systems and managing access to rooftop telecommunications on commercial real estate. For the six months ended June 30, 2003, approximately 95% of our revenues came from our site leasing and licensing operations. We also provide design, fabrication, construction, modification and maintenance services for the broadcast tower industry.

      We have a portfolio of over 7,500 towers, primarily located in the top 100 basic trading area, or “BTA,” markets in the United States. We believe that the growing use of wireless communications services together with capacity constraints in the top 100 BTA markets will continue to increase the demand for tower assets located in these markets and drive the growth of our business.

      We emerged from bankruptcy on February 10, 2003. Under our plan of reorganization, we extinguished $1.76 billion of indebtedness. Our reorganization is discussed in greater detail in other sections of this prospectus.

      Our business is characterized by stable and recurring revenues, predictable operating costs and a low level of capital expenditures. We expect to continue to increase our revenues by adding new customers to our towers and by providing additional space to our existing customers. Revenues from our existing customers are expected to grow because of contractual provisions that increase our customers’ payments to us on an annual basis. We also experience minimal customer turnover due to long-term customer contracts, the quality of our assets and the significant relocation costs for our existing customers. Approximately 83% of our revenues from our site leasing and licensing operations are derived from the six largest wireless service providers and their affiliates. Two of these wireless service providers and their affiliates are responsible for 51% of our revenues from our site leasing and licensing operations. In addition, we currently operate with the lowest levels of debt and leverage among publicly traded tower companies.

      We incurred a net loss of approximately $9.3 million in the five months ended June 30, 2003 and generated net income of $345.0 million in the one month ended January 31, 2003. Our net income for the one month ended January 31, 2003 includes non-recurring amounts related to our reorganization, including a gain on debt discharge of approximately $1.03 billion and reorganization expense items of $668.6 million. We incurred net losses of approximately $775.0 million in 2002, $654.8 million in 2001 and $157.6 million in 2000. As of December 31, 2002, prior to our emergence from bankruptcy, we had an accumulated deficit of $1.7 billion and a stockholders’ deficit of $75.1 million.

1


 

Products and Services

      Our business consists of site leasing and licensing operations and broadcast services.

      Site Operations. As of June 30, 2003, we owned or operated 7,466 wireless towers and in-building systems and 73 broadcast towers. We have major metropolitan market clusters in Los Angeles, Chicago, San Francisco, Philadelphia, Detroit and Dallas. Our principal business is the leasing of space on our antenna sites to wireless carriers, which represents more than 92% of our monthly site operations revenues. Additionally, we have the exclusive rights to provide in-building systems to wireless carriers in over 300 retail shopping malls, casino/hotel resorts and office buildings. We are also the exclusive site manager for over 10,000 rooftop real estate properties in the United States. Because the costs of operating a tower are largely fixed, we believe that our highest returns will be achieved by leasing and licensing additional space on our existing sites.

      Broadcast Services. We are a leading provider of broadcast tower analysis, design, fabrication, installation and technical services. We have over 50 years of experience in the broadcast tower industry and have worked on the development of more than 700 broadcast towers, which we believe represent approximately 50% of the existing broadcast towers in the United States.

Recent Developments

      The financial difficulties experienced by the telecommunications and broadcast industries in recent years have severely impacted capital availability within the wireless telecommunications and broadcast sectors. Many of our customers were forced to reduce scheduled capital expenditures, which in turn impeded our revenue and earnings growth and, therefore, our ability to service our long-term debt. In November 2002, after a review of our business and our prospects, we concluded that recoveries to creditors and equity holders would be maximized by a consensual restructuring implemented under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. In connection with this restructuring, we extinguished $1.76 billion of indebtedness in return for issuing approximately 47.5 million shares of our common stock. Also, in connection with this restructuring, all of our common stock outstanding prior to our bankruptcy was cancelled in exchange for warrants to purchase an aggregate of approximately 2.5 million shares of our common stock.

      Our operating subsidiaries, including SpectraSite Communications, Inc., or “Communications,” were not part of the bankruptcy reorganization. Our senior management team remained with the company through the reorganization. After our emergence from bankruptcy, our largest stockholders are affiliates of Apollo Management V, L.P., and certain funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC. Members of our management team have options representing an aggregate of 10.0% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.

      In order to focus on our core leasing and licensing business, which we refer to as our site operations business, we completed the sale of our network services division on December 31, 2002. In connection with the sale, we reduced the number of our employees by more than 1,000. Also, on February 10, 2003, we sold 545 towers to Cingular. We used all of the net proceeds from the sale of the 545 towers to repay approximately $73.5 million of outstanding term loans under our credit facility.

      Effective May 14, 2003, we amended our credit facility to, among other things, reduce our unused $300 million commitment under our revolving credit facility by $100 million in exchange for moderately increasing the ratios in our leverage covenant in future periods.

      Effective October 24, 2003, we amended our credit facility to replace our existing term loan with a new term loan that is substantially the same as our existing term loan, except that the interest rate is 100 basis points lower.

2


 

Summary of the Exchange Offer

      We are offering to exchange $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our exchange notes for a like aggregate principal amount of our initial notes. In order to exchange your initial notes, you must properly tender them and we must accept your tender. We will exchange all outstanding initial notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn.

 
Exchange Offer We will exchange our exchange notes for a like aggregate principal amount of our initial notes.
 
Expiration Date This exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December      , 2003, unless we decide to extend it.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer We will complete this exchange offer only if:
 
• there is no change in the laws and regulations which would impair our ability to proceed with this exchange offer;
 
• there is no change in the current interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission which permits resales of the exchange notes;
 
• there is no stop order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission which would suspend the effectiveness of the registration statement which includes this prospectus or the qualification of the exchange notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939;
 
• there is no litigation or threatened litigation which would impair our ability to proceed with this exchange offer; and
 
• we obtain all the governmental approvals we deem necessary to complete this exchange offer.
 
For more information regarding the conditions to this exchange offer, please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”
 
Procedures for Tendering Initial
Notes
To participate in this exchange offer, you must complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal or its facsimile and transmit it, together with your initial notes to be exchanged and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to The Bank of New York, as exchange agent, at its address indicated under “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent.” In the alternative, you can tender your initial notes by book-entry delivery following the procedures described in this prospectus. If your initial notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, you should contact that person promptly to tender your initial notes in this exchange offer. For more information on tendering your initial notes, please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes.”
 
Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners If you are a beneficial owner of initial notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your initial notes in the

3


 

exchange offer, you should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct that person to tender on your behalf.
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If you wish to tender your initial notes and you cannot get the required documents to the exchange agent on time, you may tender your notes by using the guaranteed delivery procedures described under the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes — Guaranteed Delivery Procedure.”
 
Withdrawal Rights You may withdraw the tender of your initial notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. To withdraw, you must send a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent at its address indicated under “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent” before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. For more information on how to withdraw a tender of initial notes, please refer to the section of the prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal of Tenders.”
 
Acceptance of Initial Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes If all the conditions to the completion of this exchange offer are satisfied, we will accept any and all initial notes that are properly tendered in this exchange offer on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. We will return any initial note that we do not accept for exchange to you without expense promptly after the expiration date. We will deliver the exchange notes to you promptly after the expiration date and acceptance of your initial notes for exchange. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Acceptance of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes.”
 
Federal Income Tax Considerations Relating to the Exchange Offer Exchanging your initial notes for exchange notes will not be a taxable event to you for United States federal income tax purposes. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”
 
Exchange Agent The Bank of New York is serving as exchange agent in the exchange offer.
 
Fees and Expenses We will pay all expenses related to this exchange offer. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Fees and Expenses.”
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes. We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations under our registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the offering of the initial notes.
 
Consequences to Holders Who Do Not Participate in the Exchange Offer If you do not participate in this exchange offer:
 
• except as set forth below, you will not necessarily be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act of 1933;

4


 

 
• you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer your initial notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act; and
 
• the trading market for your initial notes will become more limited to the extent other holders of initial notes participate in the exchange offer.
 
You will not be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:
 
• the initial purchasers request us to register initial notes that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
 
• you are not eligible to participate in the exchange offer or do not receive freely tradable exchange notes in the exchange offer.
 
In these cases, the registration rights agreement requires us to file a registration statement for a continuous offering in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in this paragraph. We do not currently anticipate that we will register under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer.
 
Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.”
 
Resales It may be possible for you to resell the notes issued in the exchange offer without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, subject to the conditions described under “— Obligations of Broker-Dealers” below.
 
To tender your initial notes in this exchange offer and resell the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, you must make the following representations:
 
• you are authorized to tender the initial notes and to acquire exchange notes, and that we will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto;
 
• the exchange notes acquired by you are being acquired in the ordinary course of business;
 
• you have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the exchange notes and are not participating in, and do not intend to participate in, the distribution of such exchange notes;
 
• you are not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of ours, or you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;

5


 

 
• if you are not a broker-dealer, you are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes; and
 
• if you are a broker-dealer, initial notes to be exchanged were acquired by you as a result of market-making or other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.
 
Please refer to the sections of this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes — Proper Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal,” “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer — Some persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange notes” and “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Obligations of Broker-Dealers If you are a broker-dealer (1) that receives exchange notes, you must acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resales of the exchange notes, (2) that acquired the initial notes as a result of market making or other trading activities, you may use the exchange offer prospectus as supplemented or amended, in connection with resales of the exchange notes, or (3) that acquired the initial notes directly from the issuer in the initial offering and not as a result of market making and trading activities, you must, in the absence of an exemption, comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with resales of the exchange notes.

Summary of Terms of the Exchange Notes

 
Issuer SpectraSite, Inc.
 
Exchange Notes $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8 1/4% senior notes due 2010. The forms and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the initial notes except that the issuance of the exchange notes is registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not be entitled to registration rights under the registration rights agreement. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the initial notes, and both the initial notes and the exchange notes will be governed by the same indenture.
 
Maturity Date May 15, 2010.
 
Interest 8 1/4% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15, commencing November 15, 2003.
 
Security and Ranking The notes will be our unsecured senior obligations and will rank equally with all of our unsecured senior debt. The notes will effectively rank junior to all of the debt and other liabilities of our subsidiaries. As of June 30, 2003, after giving effect to the offering of the initial notes, our only debt outstanding would have been the $200.0 million of senior notes issued in the offering of the initial notes. Our subsidiaries would have had approximately $480.2 million of secured debt and the ability to borrow up to an additional

6


 

$200 million in secured debt and letters of credit under our credit facility, subject to certain conditions.
 
Optional Redemption Except in the case of certain equity offerings by us, we cannot redeem the exchange notes until May 15, 2006. At any time, which may be more than once, after that date, we may redeem some or all of the exchange notes at certain specified prices, plus accrued interest. At any time, which may be more than once, before May 15, 2006, we can choose to buy back up to 35% of the exchange notes with money that we raise in certain equity offerings, as long as:
 
• we pay 108.25% of the principal amount of the exchange notes bought, plus interest;
 
• we buy the exchange notes back within 90 days of completing the equity offering; and
 
• at least 65% of the exchange notes originally issued remain outstanding afterwards.
 
Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of the Notes — Redemption.”
 
Change of Control Upon the occurrence of specified change of control events, we will be required to make an offer to repurchase all of the exchange notes. The purchase price will be 101% of the outstanding principal amount of the exchange notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of repurchase. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of the Notes — Change of Control.” Our ability to complete a change of control repurchase may be limited by the terms of our credit facility or our other indebtedness and by the availability of sufficient funds to complete the repurchase.
 
Certain Covenants The indenture governing the exchange notes will limit what we may do. The provisions of the indenture will limit our ability to:
 
• incur more debt;
 
• pay dividends and make distributions;
 
• issue stock of subsidiaries;
 
• make certain investments;
 
• repurchase stock;
 
• create liens;
 
• enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
• enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
 
• merge or consolidate; and
 
• transfer and sell assets.
 
These covenants are subject to important qualifications and exceptions, which are described under “Description of the Notes — Certain Covenants.”

7


 

 
Absence of a Public Market for the Exchange Notes The exchange notes are new securities with no established market for them. We cannot assure you that a market for these exchange notes will develop or that this market will be liquid. We do not expect to list the exchange notes on any national securities exchange nor do we intend to have the exchange notes qualified to trade on any other market system. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Exchange Notes — There may be no active trading market for the notes.”
 
Form of the Exchange Notes The exchange notes will be represented by one or more permanent global securities in registered form deposited on behalf of The Depository Trust Company with The Bank of New York, as custodian. You will not receive exchange notes in certificated form unless one of the events described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of the Notes — Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes” occurs. Instead, beneficial interests in the exchange notes will be shown on, and transfers of these exchange notes will be effected only through, records maintained in book entry form by The Depository Trust Company with respect to its participants.

Risk Factors

      See “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary for a discussion of some of the risks relating to participating in the exchange offer and investing in the exchange notes.

Information About SpectraSite

      We were incorporated in 1997. Our principal executive offices are located at 400 Regency Forest Drive, Cary, North Carolina 27511, and our telephone number at that address is (919) 468-0112. Our World Wide Web site address is http://www.spectrasite.com. The information in our website is not part of this prospectus.

8


 

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

       The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial and other data. We refer to the periods prior to our emergence from chapter 11 as “predecessor company” and to the periods subsequent to that date as “reorganized company.” The balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2002, January 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003 and the statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and for the one month ended January 31, 2003 for the predecessor company and for the five months ended June 30, 2003 for the reorganized company are derived from our unaudited financial statements. In our opinion, the unaudited financial data include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments for the predecessor company for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and normal recurring adjustments and fresh start accounting adjustments for the predecessor company for the one month period ended January 31, 2003 and for the reorganized company for the five months ended June 30, 2003) necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein.

       As a result of the implementation of fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003, our financial statements after that date are not comparable to our financial statements for prior periods because of the differences in the bases of accounting and the capital structure for the predecessor company and the reorganized company. Operating results for the one month ended January 31, 2003 for the predecessor company and for the five months ended June 30, 2003 for the reorganized company are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2003.

       The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Prior period information has been restated to present the operations of the network services division as a discontinued operation.

                                                     
Reorganized
Predecessor Company(1) Company(1)


Six Months One Month Five Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended Ended Ended

June 30, January 31, June 30,
2000 2001 2002 2002(2) 2003(2) 2003(2)






(Dollars in thousands)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                               
Revenues:
                                               
 
Site operations
  $ 116,476     $ 221,614     $ 282,525     $ 135,585     $ 25,556     $ 128,567  
 
Broadcast services
    38,593       38,211       26,809       12,688       1,237       6,988  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    155,069       259,825       309,334       148,273       26,793       135,555  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                               
 
Costs of operations (excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense):
                                               
   
Site operations
  $ 46,667     $ 91,689     $ 108,540     $ 52,210     $ 8,840     $ 42,824  
   
Broadcast services
    26,245       29,538       21,158       10,375       1,492       6,427  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    51,825       72,431       58,037       30,976       4,280       21,275  
 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense(3)
    78,103       165,267       189,936       95,263       16,075       42,452  
 
Restructuring and non-recurring charges
          142,599       28,570       28,570              
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    202,840       501,524       406,241       217,394       30,687       112,978  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ (47,771 )   $ (241,699 )   $ (96,907 )   $ (69,121 )   $ (3,894 )   $ 22,577  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gain on debt discharge
                            1,034,764        
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (163,059 )   $ (660,627 )   $ (338,979 )   $ (200,561 )   $ 1,025,788     $ (8,670 )

9


 

                                                   
Reorganized
Predecessor Company(1) Company(1)


Six Months One Month Five Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended Ended Ended

June 30, January 31, June 30,
2000 2001 2002 2002(2) 2003(2) 2003(2)






(Dollars in thousands)
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
                                               
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 11,365     $ (12,133 )   $ 36,286     $ (15,688 )   $ 5,892     $ 28,550  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (1,108,690 )     (984,724 )     (69,966 )     (59,347 )     (2,737 )     65,702  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,612,200       475,751       83,094       88,795       (10,884 )     (108,731 )
Purchases of property and equipment
    658,283       958,945       71,248       48,530       2,737       6,181  
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 552,653     $ 31,547     $ 80,961     $ 45,307     $ 73,442     $ 58,753  
Total assets
    3,054,105       3,203,425       2,578,456       2,721,271       2,577,575       1,556,185  
Total long-term obligations
    1,708,273       2,326,177       792,083       2,477,881       849,350       732,929  
Liabilities subject to compromise
                1,763,286             1,763,286        
 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    1,224,800       719,345       (75,127 )     119,984       (96,678 )     681,594  
Selected Operating Data (at end of period):
                                               
Adjusted EBITDA(4)
  $ 21,761     $ (143,284 )   $ 82,100     $ 14,960     $ 11,688     $ 61,959  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)
                            133.1        
Deficiency of earnings to cover fixed charges(5)
    (158,814 )     (613,580 )     (337,394 )     (200,699 )           (7,467 )
Number of owned or operated towers
    5,030       7,925       8,036       7,994       8,036       7,539  


(1)  On February 10, 2003, we emerged from chapter 11. In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code (“SOP 90-7”), we adopted fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003 and our emergence from chapter 11 resulted in a new reporting entity. Under fresh start accounting, the reorganization value of the entity is allocated to the entity’s assets based on fair values, and liabilities are stated at the present value of amounts to be paid determined at appropriate current interest rates. The net effect of all fresh start accounting adjustments resulted in a charge of $644.7 million, which is reflected in the statement of operations for the one month ended January 31, 2003. The effective date is considered to be the close of business on January 31, 2003 for financial reporting purposes. The periods presented prior to January 31, 2003 have been designated “predecessor company” and the periods subsequent to January 31, 2003 have been designated “reorganized company.” As a result of the implementation of fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003, our financial statements after the effective date are not comparable to our financial statements for prior periods because of differences in the bases of accounting and the capital structure for the predecessor company and the reorganized company.
 
(2)  On February 10, 2003, we sold 545 towers to Cingular. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Tower Acquisitions and Dispositions” for a discussion of the impact of the sale of these towers on our results of operations and financial position.
 
(3)  Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense for the one-month and five-month periods are not proportional because the predecessor company and the reorganized company used different bases of accounting.
 
(4)  Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income (loss) before depreciation, amortization and accretion, interest, income tax expense (benefit) and, if applicable, before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. For the periods prior to January 31, 2003, Adjusted EBITDA also excludes gain on debt discharge, reorganization items and writeoffs of investments in and loans to affiliates. We use a different definition of Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal periods prior to our reorganization to enable investors to view our operating performance on a consistent basis before the impact of the items discussed above on the predecessor company. Each of these historical items was incurred prior to, or in connection with, our bankruptcy and is excluded from Adjusted EBITDA to reflect, as accurately as possible, the results of our core operations. Management does not expect any of our pre-reorganization items to have a material financial impact on our operations on a going-forward

10


 

basis because none of these pre-reorganization items is expected to occur in the foreseeable future. Investors may use both of these definitions of Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period before the impact of our capital structure (primarily interest charges from our outstanding debt) and asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) on our operating results. We more fully discuss Adjusted EBITDA and the limitations of this financial measure under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted EBITDA.”

      Adjusted EBITDA was calculated as follows for the periods indicated:

                                                   
Reorganized
Predecessor Company Company


Six Months One Month Five Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended Ended Ended

June 30, January 31, June 30,
2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003






(Dollars in thousands)
Net income (loss)
  $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )   $ (580,099 )   $ 344,970     $ (9,266 )
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense
    78,103       165,267       189,936       95,263       16,075       42,452  
Interest income
    (28,391 )     (17,037 )     (855 )     (377 )     (137 )     (496 )
Interest expense
    134,664       212,174       226,536       120,492       4,721       27,865  
Gain on debt discharge
                            (1,034,764 )        
Writeoff of investments in affiliates
          129,404                            
Writeoff of loans to affiliates
          26,980                            
Income tax expense
    444       555       1,133       143       5       808  
Reorganization items:
                                               
 
Adjust accounts to fair value
                            644,688          
 
Professional and other fees
                4,329             23,894          
Loss (income) from operations of discontinued segment, net of income tax expense
    (5,443 )     (5,858 )     12,268       2,785                
Loss on disposal of discontinued segment
                46,984                   596  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                376,753       376,753       12,236        
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 21,761     $ (143,284 )   $ 82,100     $ 14,960     $ 11,688     $ 61,959  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(5)  The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing income (loss) before income taxes and fixed charges by fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest charges, amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs, and that portion of rental expense SpectraSite believes to be representative of interest. Earnings were not sufficient to cover fixed charges and, therefore, the ratio is not meaningful, for all periods presented in the table, except for the one month ended January 31, 2003.

11


 

RISK FACTORS

      Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks. In addition to the other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors before investing in the exchange notes.

 
      Our substantial indebtedness could impair our financial condition and make it
more difficult for us to fund our operations.

      Even after our recent restructuring, we are, and may continue to be, highly leveraged. As of June 30, 2003, we had $680.2 million of consolidated indebtedness. Our high level of indebtedness could have important negative consequences for us. For example, it could:

  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  limit our ability to obtain additional financing;
 
  •  require the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, reducing available cash flow to fund other projects;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry; and
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to less leveraged competitors.

      Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to pay the principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness is uncertain. In particular, we may not meet our anticipated revenue growth and operating expense targets, and, as a result, our future debt service obligations, including our obligations on the exchange notes, could exceed cash available to us. Further, we may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

      In addition, we may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. To the extent new debt is added to our current debt levels, the risks described above would increase, which could make a material adverse effect on our operations and our ability to run our business more likely and may make it difficult for us to satisfy our obligations on the exchange notes.

 
      We recently emerged from a chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, have a history of losses and may not become profitable.

      Because we recently emerged from bankruptcy and have a history of losses, we cannot assure you that we will grow or achieve and maintain profitability in the near future, or at all. We emerged from our chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization as a new reporting entity on February 10, 2003, approximately three months after filing a voluntary petition for bankruptcy reorganization. Prior to our reorganization, we incurred net losses of approximately $157.6 million in 2000, $654.8 million in 2001 and $775.0 million in 2002. In connection with our reorganization, we adopted fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003. The net effect of all fresh start accounting adjustments resulted in a charge of $644.7 million, which is reflected in the statement of operations for the one month ended January 31, 2003. If we cannot achieve and maintain profitability, the value of your investment in our exchange notes may decline.

 
      You may not be able to compare our historical financial information to our current financial information, which will make it more difficult to evaluate an investment in our exchange notes.

       As a result of our emergence from bankruptcy, we are operating our business with a new capital structure, and are subject to the fresh start accounting prescribed by generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, unlike other companies that have not previously filed for bankruptcy protection, our financial condition and results of operations are not comparable to the financial condition and results of operations reflected in our historical financial statements contained in this prospectus. Without historical financial statements to compare to our current performance, it may be more difficult for you to assess our future prospects when evaluating an investment in our exchange notes.

12


 

 
      The financial and operating difficulties in the wireless telecommunications sector, which have negatively affected some of our customers, could adversely impact our revenues and profitability.

      The slowdown and intense competition in the wireless and telecommunications industries over the past several years have impaired the financial condition of some of our customers. The financial uncertainties facing our customers could reduce demand for our communications sites, increase our bad debt expense and reduce prices on new customer contracts. Industry consolidation could reduce the number of our potential customers. In addition, we may be negatively impacted by our customers’ limited access to debt and equity capital, which may constrain their ability to conduct business with us. As a result, our growth strategy, revenues and profitability may be adversely affected.

 
      A decrease in the demand for our wireless communications sites and our ability to secure additional customers could negatively impact our ability to achieve and maintain profitability.

      Our business depends on demand for communications sites from wireless service providers, which in turn, depends on consumer demand for wireless services. A reduction in demand for our communications sites or increased competition for additional customers could have an adverse effect on our business. Our wireless service provider customers lease and license communications sites on our towers based on a number of factors, including the level of demand by consumers for wireless services, the financial condition and access to capital of those providers, the strategy of providers with respect to owning, leasing or sharing communications sites, available spectrum and related infrastructure, competitive pricing, consolidation among our customers and potential customers, government regulation of communications licenses, changes in telecommunications regulations, the characteristics of each company’s technology and geographic terrain. Any decrease in the demand for our communications sites from current levels or in our ability to secure additional customers could decrease our ability to become and remain profitable and could decrease the value of your investment in the exchange notes.

 
      Consolidation in the wireless industry could decrease the demand for our sites and may lead to reductions in our revenues.

      Various wireless service providers, which are our primary existing and potential customers, could enter into mergers, acquisitions or joint ventures with each other over time. These consolidations could reduce the size of our customer base and have a negative impact on the demand for our services. Recent regulatory developments have made consolidation in the wireless industry easier and more likely. For example, the Federal Communications Commission, or “FCC,” has recently eliminated the spectrum aggregation cap in a geographic area in favor of a case-by-case review of spectrum transactions, enabled the ownership by a single entity of interests in both cellular carriers in an overlapping cellular service area and authorized spectrum leasing for a variety of wireless radio services. See “Business — Regulatory and Environmental Matters.” It is possible that at least some wireless service providers may take advantage of this relaxation of spectrum and ownership limitations and consolidate their businesses. Any industry consolidation could decrease the demand for our sites, which may lead to reductions in our revenues.

 
      An increase in the spectrum available for wireless services may impact the demand for our communication towers, which may negatively impact our operating results.

      It is expected that additional spectrum for the provision of wireless services will be made available over the next few years. For example, the FCC is required to make available for commercial use a portion of the frequency spectrum currently reserved for government use. Some portion of this spectrum may be used to create new land mobile services or to expand existing offerings. Further, the FCC has auctioned or announced plans to auction large blocks of spectrum that will in the future be used to expand existing wireless networks and to create new or advanced wireless services. This additional spectrum could be used to replace existing spectrum and could be deployed in a manner that reduces the need for communications towers to transmit signals over existing spectrum. Any increased spectrum could have an adverse impact on our business and may impair our operating results.

13


 

 
      Because a significant portion of our revenues depends on a small number of customers, the loss of any of these customers could decrease our revenues.

      A significant portion or our revenues is derived from a small number of customers. For example, Nextel (including its affiliates) and Cingular represented approximately 28% and 20%, respectively, of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2002 and 29% and 19%, respectively, of our revenues for the five months ended June 30, 2003. If Nextel, Cingular or any of our other customers were to suffer financial difficulties or were unwilling or unable to perform their obligations under their agreements with us, our revenues could be adversely affected.

      In addition, from time to time in the ordinary course of our business, we have experienced conflicts or disputes with some of our customers and lessors. Most of these disputes relate to the interpretation of terms in our contracts. While we seek to resolve conflicts amicably and have generally resolved customer disputes on commercially reasonable terms, these disputes could lead to increased tensions and damaged relationships with these entities. In some cases, a dispute could result in a termination of our contracts with customers or lessors, some of whom are key to our business. In addition, if we are unable to resolve these differences amicably, we may be forced to litigate these disputes in order to enforce or defend our rights. Damaged or terminated relationships with our key customers, or any related litigation, could hurt our business and lead to decreased revenues (including as a result of losing a customer or lessor) or increased costs, any of which may have a negative impact on our operating results.

 
      If we are unable to successfully compete, our business will suffer.

      We believe that tower location and capacity, price, quality of service and density within a geographic market historically have been, and will continue to be, the most significant competitive factors affecting our site operations business. We compete for customers with:

  •  wireless service providers that own and operate their own towers and lease, or may in the future decide to lease, antenna space to other providers;
 
  •  other independent tower operators; and
 
  •  owners of non-tower antenna sites, including rooftops, water towers and other alternate structures.

      Some of our competitors have significantly more financial resources than we do. The intense competition in our industry may make it more difficult for us to attract new customers, increase our gross margins or maintain or increase our market share.

 
      Competing technologies and other service options offer alternatives to ground-based antenna systems and allow our customers to increase wireless capacity without increased use of ground-based facilities, both of which could reduce the demand for our sites.

      Most types of wireless and broadcast services currently require ground-based network facilities, including communications sites for transmission and reception. The development and growth of communications and other new technologies that do not require ground-based sites could reduce the demand for space on our towers. For example, the growth in delivery of video, voice and data services by satellites, which allow communication directly to users’ terminals without the use of ground-based facilities, could lessen demand for our sites. Moreover, the FCC has issued licenses for several additional satellite systems (including low earth orbit systems) that are intended to provide more advanced, high-speed data services directly to consumers. These satellite systems compete with land-based wireless communications systems, thereby reducing the demand for the services that we provide. Technological developments are also making it possible for carriers to expand their use of existing facilities to provide service without additional tower facilities. The increased use by carriers of signal combining and related technologies, which allow two or more carriers to provide services on different transmission frequencies using the communications antenna and other facilities normally used by only one carrier, could reduce the demand for tower-based broadcast transmissions and antenna space. In addition to sharing transmitters, carriers are sharing (or considering the sharing of) telecommunications infrastructure in ways that might adversely impact the growth of our business. Furthermore, wireless service

14


 

providers frequently enter into agreements with competitors allowing them to utilize one another’s wireless communications facilities to accommodate customers who are out of range of their home providers’ services, so that the home providers do not need to lease space for their own antennas on communications sites we own. Any of the conditions and developments described above could reduce demand for our ground-based antenna sites, and may have an adverse effect on our business and revenues.
 
      We may be unable to modify towers and add new customers, which could negatively impact our growth strategy and our business.

      Our business depends on our ability to modify towers and add new customers as they expand their tower network infrastructure. Regulatory and other barriers could adversely affect our ability to modify towers in accordance with the requirements of our customers, and, as a result, we may not be able to meet our customers’ requirements. Our ability to modify towers and add new customers to towers may be affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including zoning and local permitting requirements, Federal Aviation Administration, or “FAA,” considerations, FCC tower registration procedures, availability of tower components and construction equipment, availability of skilled construction personnel, weather conditions and environmental compliance issues. In addition, because public concern over tower proliferation has grown in recent years, many communities now restrict tower modifications or delay granting permits required for adding new customers. In addition, we may not be able to overcome the barriers to modifying towers or adding new customers. Our failure to complete the necessary modifications could have an adverse effect on our growth strategy and our business.

 
      We may encounter difficulties in integrating acquisitions with our operations, which could limit our revenue growth and our ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

      We have agreed to complete the lease or sublease of 600 towers from SBC between May 2003 and August 2004. The process of integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties, divert managerial attention or require significant financial resources. These leases or subleases and other future acquisitions may require us to incur additional indebtedness and contingent liabilities, which may limit our revenue growth and our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. Alternatively, these acquisitions may be financed through the issuance of additional equity, which would dilute the interests of our stockholders. Moreover, any future acquisitions may not generate any additional income for us or provide any benefit to our business.

 
      Your ability to influence corporate matters may be limited because a small number of stockholders beneficially own a substantial amount of our common stock.

      Affiliates of Apollo Management V, L.P. own approximately 7.9 million shares, or 16.6%, of our common stock and certain funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC own approximately 6.8 million shares, or 14.4%, of our common stock. Two of our directors are associated with these stockholders. As a result, Apollo and Oaktree could exert significant influence over our management and policies and may have interests that are different from yours.

 
      We may be unable to attract and retain key personnel, which would adversely affect our ability to effectively manage our business.

      Our future performance depends largely on the continued services of senior executive officers, including, but not limited to, our Chief Executive Officer, Stephen H. Clark, our Chief Operating Officer, Timothy G. Biltz, and our Chief Financial Officer, David P. Tomick. This dependence is particular to our business because the skills, knowledge, technical experience and customer relationships of our senior executive officers are essential to obtaining and maintaining these relationships and executing our business plan. Although Messrs. Clark, Biltz and Tomick each has an employment agreement with SpectraSite, the loss of any of these key employees would likely have a significantly detrimental effect on our ability to effectively manage our business.

15


 

 
      Our failure to comply with federal, state and local laws and regulations could result in our being fined, liable for damages and, in some cases, losing our right to conduct some of our business.

      We are subject to a variety of regulations, including those at the federal, state and local levels. Both the FCC and the FAA regulate towers and other sites used for wireless communications transmitters and receivers. See “Business — Regulatory and Environmental Matters.” In addition, under the FCC’s rules, we are fully liable for the acts or omissions of our contractors. We generally indemnify our customers against any failure by us to comply with applicable standards. Our failure to comply with any applicable laws and regulations (including as a result of acts or omissions of our contractors, which may be beyond our control) may lead to monetary forfeitures or other enforcement actions, as well as civil penalties, contractual liability and tort liability and, in some cases, losing our right to conduct some of our business, any of which could have an adverse impact on our business.

      We also are subject to local regulations and restrictions that typically require tower owners to obtain a permit or other approval from local officials or community standards organizations prior to tower construction or modification. Local regulations could delay or prevent new tower construction or modifications, as well as increase our costs, any of which could adversely impact our ability to implement or achieve our business objectives.

 
      Because we generally lease, sublease, or license the land under our towers, our business may be adversely affected if we fail to protect our rights under our contracts.

      Our real property interests relating to towers primarily consist of leasehold and sub-leasehold interests, private easements and licenses, and easements and rights-of-way granted by governmental entities. A loss of these interests for any reason, including losses arising from the bankruptcy of a significant number of our lessors, from the default by a significant number of our lessors under their mortgage financing or from a challenge to our interest in the real property, would interfere with our ability to conduct our business and generate revenues. Our ability to protect our rights against persons claiming superior rights in towers or real property depends on our ability to:

  •  recover under title insurance policies, the policy limits of which may be less than the purchase price of a particular tower;
 
  •  in the absence of title insurance coverage, recover under title warranties given by tower sellers, which warranties often terminate after the expiration of a specific period, typically one to three years;
 
  •  recover from landlords under title covenants contained in lease agreements; and
 
  •  obtain so-called “non-disturbance agreements” from mortgagees and superior lienholders of the land under our towers.

      Our inability to protect our rights to the land under our towers could have a material adverse affect on our business and operating results.

 
      Our failure to comply with environmental laws could result in liability and claims for damages.

      We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that impose liability without regard to fault. These laws and regulations place responsibility on us to investigate potential environmental and other effects of operations and to disclose any significant effects in an environmental assessment prior to constructing a tower or adding a new customer on a tower. In the event the FCC determines that one of our towers would have a significant environmental impact, the FCC would be required to prepare an environmental impact statement. This regulatory process could be costly to us and could significantly delay our registration of a particular tower. In addition, we are subject to environmental laws that may require investigation and clean up of any contamination at facilities we own or operate or at third-party waste disposal sites. These laws could impose liability even if we did not know of, or were not responsible for, the contamination. Although we believe that we currently have no material liability under applicable environmental laws, the costs of complying with existing or future environmental laws, responding to petitions filed by environmental protection groups,

16


 

investigating and remediating any contaminated real property and resolving any related liability could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
      Our towers may be damaged by disaster and other unforeseen damage for which our self-insurance may not provide adequate coverage.

      Our towers are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, such as ice and wind storms, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes, as well as other unforeseen damage. We self-insure almost all of our towers against these risks. Since our inception, two of our towers have been destroyed by high wind, one has been destroyed by unknown causes and approximately 25 tower sites have suffered minor damage due to flooding. In addition, we own, lease and license a large number of towers in geographic areas, including Texas, California, Illinois and Ohio, that have historically been subject to natural disasters, such as high winds, floods, earthquakes and severe weather. A tower accident for which we do not have adequate insurance reserves or have no insurance, or a large amount of damage to a group of towers, could decrease the value of our assets and have an adverse effect on our operating results.

 
      If radio frequency emissions from our towers are demonstrated, or perceived, to cause negative health effects, our business and revenues may be adversely affected.

      The safety guidelines for radio frequency emissions from our sites require us to undertake safety measures to protect workers whose activities bring them into proximity with the emitters and to restrict access to our sites by others. If radio frequency emissions are found, or perceived, to be harmful, our customers and possibly our company could face lawsuits claiming damages from these emissions, and demand for wireless services and new towers, and thus our business and revenues could be adversely affected. Although we have not been subject to any claims relating to radio frequency emissions, we cannot assure you that these claims will not arise in the future or that they will not negatively impact our business.

 
Repayment of the principal of our outstanding indebtedness, including our notes, may require additional financing that we cannot assure you will be available to us.

      We have historically financed our operations primarily with indebtedness. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations, including our notes, will continue to depend on our future financial performance. In addition, we currently anticipate that, in order to pay the principal of our outstanding indebtedness, including our notes, or to repay such indebtedness upon a change of control as defined in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as refinancing our indebtedness or selling our equity securities or the equity securities or assets of our subsidiaries. We cannot assure you that we could affect any of the foregoing alternatives on terms satisfactory to us, that any of the foregoing alternatives would enable us to pay the interest or principal of our indebtedness or that any of such alternatives would be permitted by the terms of our credit facility and other indebtedness then in effect.

 
The terms of our credit facility and the indenture relating to our notes may restrict our current and future operations, which would adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.

       Our credit facility and the indenture relating to our notes contain, and any future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

  •  incur additional debt;
 
  •  pay dividends and make other restricted payments;
 
  •  create liens;
 
  •  make investments;

17


 

  •  engage in sales of assets and subsidiary stock;
 
  •  enter into sale-leaseback transactions;
 
  •  enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions; and
 
  •  make capital expenditures.

      The credit facility also requires us to maintain certain financial ratios. A failure by us to comply with the covenants or financial ratios contained in the credit facility could result in an event of default under the facility which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and manage our operations. In the event of any default under our credit facility, the lenders under our credit facility will not be required to lend any additional amounts to us. Our lenders also could elect to declare all amounts outstanding, to be due and payable, require us to apply all of our available cash to repay these amounts or prevent us from making debt service payments on our notes, any of which could result in an event of default under our notes. If the indebtedness under our credit facility or our notes were to be accelerated, there can be no assurance that our assets would be sufficient to repay this indebtedness in full.

Risks Relating to the Exchange Notes

 
SpectraSite is a holding company and its only source of cash to pay interest on, and the principal of, the exchange notes is distributions from Communications.

      SpectraSite is a holding company with no business operations of its own. SpectraSite’s only significant asset is and will be the outstanding capital stock of its subsidiary, SpectraSite Communications. SpectraSite conducts all of its business operations through its subsidiaries. Accordingly, SpectraSite’s only source of cash to pay interest on, and the principal of, the exchange notes is distributions with respect to its ownership interest in Communications from the earnings and cash flow generated by Communications. We currently expect that Communications will retain and use available earnings and cash flow to support its operations, including to service its debt obligations. We cannot assure you that Communications will generate sufficient earnings and cash flow to pay dividends or distributions to SpectraSite or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants contained in Communications’ debt instruments, will permit such dividends or distributions.

      Communications’ credit facility prohibits, subject to certain limited exceptions, dividends or other distributions by Communications to SpectraSite. The credit facility permits distributions to SpectraSite in an amount sufficient to pay scheduled interest payments on the exchange notes, so long as we remain in compliance with applicable financial covenants and there is no default or event of default outstanding under the credit facility. If Communications is unable to make distributions to SpectraSite, we will have to pursue other alternatives to make the scheduled interest payments on the exchange notes, which may include refinancing the credit facility or seeking other sources of debt or equity capital. We cannot assure you that we would be able to secure sources of capital on terms acceptable to us or at all, which could adversely impact the value of your investment in our notes.

 
Your right to receive payments on the exchange notes is effectively junior to certain existing indebtedness and all future borrowings of our subsidiaries.

      Communications is not a guarantor of the exchange notes. All of Communications’ indebtedness, including any borrowings under its credit facility and other liabilities, will be structurally senior to the exchange notes. At June 30, 2003, after giving effect to the offering of the initial notes and the amendment to our credit facility, Communications had approximately $480.2 million of long-term debt and the ability to borrow up to $200 million, including letters of credit, under its credit facility, subject to certain conditions, all of which will be structurally senior in right of payment to the notes.

      In addition, Communications is permitted, under the terms of the indenture governing the exchange notes, to incur certain additional indebtedness that may restrict or prohibit it from making distributions,

18


 

paying dividends or making loans to SpectraSite and to guarantee other indebtedness of SpectraSite without guaranteeing the exchange notes. If Communications or any or all of its or our existing or future subsidiaries become subject to bankruptcy proceedings before payment of the exchange notes, we do not expect the holders of the exchange notes to have claims in the proceedings. Only after the applicable subsidiaries’ creditors are fully paid would any remaining value of the subsidiaries’ assets be available to us or our creditors, including the holders of the exchange notes.
 
The lenders under Communications’ credit facility will be entitled to remedies available to a secured lender, which gives them priority over you to collect amounts due to them.

      The exchange notes will not be secured by any of our assets. Obligations under Communications’ credit facility are secured by substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of Communications and its domestic subsidiaries, a pledge of all of the capital stock of Communications and its domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock of Communications’ foreign subsidiaries. If we become insolvent or are liquidated, or if there is a default under the credit facility, the lenders under the credit facility will be entitled to exercise the remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law in addition to any remedies that may be available under documents pertaining to the credit facility. Upon the occurrence of any default under the credit facility (and even without accelerating the indebtedness under the credit facility), the lenders may be able to prohibit the payment of the exchange notes, including by limiting our ability to access Communications’ cash flow. See “Description of the Credit Facility” and “Description of the Notes.”

 
We may be unable to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control.

      If we experience a change of control, we will be required to offer to purchase the exchange notes in cash at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the exchange notes plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. A change of control would also constitute an event of default under Communication’s credit facility, providing the lenders under Communication’s credit facility with the right to accelerate our borrowings under the facility and to prevent payments in respect of the exchange notes until outstanding borrowings under the credit facility were repaid in full. In the event of a change of control, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the amounts outstanding under our credit facility and to purchase all the exchange notes.

 
There may be no active trading market for the exchange notes, which may adversely impact the value of your investment in the exchange notes.

      The exchange notes will constitute a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. We do not intend to list the notes on any national securities exchange or to seek the admission of the notes for quotation through the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System. Although the initial purchasers of the notes have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue such market making activity at any time without notice. In addition, market-making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the federal securities laws and may be limited during the exchange offer and the pendency of any shelf registration statement. Following the exchange offer, a market for the exchange notes may not develop or be liquid. Holders of the exchange notes may not be able to sell their exchange notes at acceptable prices or at all. In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial fluctuations in the prices of the securities, which may make it more difficult for you to sell your exchange notes.

Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer

 
The issuance of the exchange notes may adversely affect the market for the initial notes.

      To the extent the initial notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for the untendered and tendered but unaccepted initial notes could be adversely affected. Because we anticipate that most holders of the initial notes will elect to exchange their initial notes for exchange notes due to the absence of restrictions on the resale of exchange notes under the Securities Act, we anticipate that the liquidity of the

19


 

market for any initial notes remaining after the completion of this exchange offer may be substantially limited. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled “The Exchange Offer — Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences.”
 
Some persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the exchange notes.

      Based on interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993), we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances described in this prospectus under “Plan of Distribution,” you will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer your exchange notes. In these cases, if you transfer any exchange note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your exchange notes under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under this act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.

20


 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act, Section 21E of the Exchange Act and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that are subject to risks and uncertainties. You should not place undue reliance on those statements because they are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategy. These statements often include words such as “may,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions. These statements are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. They involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. These factors include but are not limited to:

  •  substantial leverage and capital requirements, even after our emergence from chapter 11;
 
  •  dependence on demand for wireless communications;
 
  •  our ability to add customers on our towers;
 
  •  material adverse changes in economic conditions in the markets we serve;
 
  •  future regulatory actions and conditions in our operating areas;
 
  •  competition from others in the communications tower industry;
 
  •  technological innovation;
 
  •  the integration of our operations with those of towers or businesses we have acquired or may acquire in the future and the realization of the expected benefits;
 
  •  dependence upon a small number of significant customers;
 
  •  disputes with our current and prospective customers and lessors;
 
  •  the need for additional financing to provide operating and growth capital; and
 
  •  other risks and uncertainties as may be detailed from time to time in our public announcements and SEC filings.

      You should keep in mind that any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus, or elsewhere, speaks only as of the date on which we make it. New risks and uncertainties come up from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect us. We have no duty to, and do not intend to, update or revise the forward-looking statements in this prospectus after the date of this prospectus. In light of these risks and uncertainties, you should keep in mind that any forward-looking statement made in this prospectus or elsewhere might not occur.

21


 

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in exchange for the outstanding initial notes. We are making this exchange solely to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the offering of the initial notes. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes, we will receive initial notes in like aggregate principal amount.

      The net proceeds from the offering of the initial notes, after deducting the initial purchasers’ discounts, were approximately $194.5 million. We used the net proceeds from the offering of the initial notes to repay a portion of the outstanding term loans under our credit facility. The multiple draw term loan and term loan that were repaid mature on June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, respectively. At June 30, 2003, the interest rate on the multiple draw term loan and term loan was 4.06% and 5.40%, respectively.

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of June 30, 2003.

      The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

               
As of June 30,
2003

(Dollars in
thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 58,753  
     
 
Long-term debt:
       
 
Credit facility(1)
  $ 479,955  
 
8 1/4% senior notes due 2010
    200,000  
 
Other debt
    281  
     
 
   
Total long-term debt
    680,236  
Stockholders’ equity:
       
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 47,487,030 issued and outstanding(2)
    475  
 
Additional paid-in-capital
    686,861  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    3,524  
 
Accumulated deficit
    (9,266 )
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    681,594  
     
 
     
Total capitalization
  $ 1,361,830  
     
 


(1)  The credit facility includes a revolving credit facility, a multiple draw term loan and a term loan. As of June 30, 2003, the revolving credit facility was undrawn and the term loans were fully drawn with outstanding balances of $204.8 million under the multiple draw term loan and $275.2 million under the term loan. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the credit facility was 4.83% as of June 30, 2003.
 
(2)  As of June 30, 2003, we had 47,487,030 shares outstanding. An additional 135,866 shares are subject to issuance pursuant to further distributions under our plan of reorganization. In addition, as of June 30, 2003, we have 2,499,940 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants at an exercise price of $16.00 per share. As of June 30, 2003, options to purchase 5,462,714 shares of our common stock are outstanding and 414,450 shares are available for future awards under our equity incentive plan.

22


 

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

      The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial and other data. We refer to the periods prior to our emergence from chapter 11 as “predecessor company” and to the periods subsequent to that date as “reorganized company.” The balance sheet data as of December 31, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The balance sheet data as of June 30, 2002, January 31, 2003 and June 30, 2003 and the statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and for the one month ended January 31, 2003 for the predecessor company and for the five months ended June 30, 2003 for the reorganized company are derived from our unaudited financial statements. In our opinion, the unaudited financial data include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments for the predecessor company for the six months ended June 30, 2002 and normal recurring adjustments and fresh start accounting adjustments for the predecessor company for the one month period ended January 31, 2003 and for the reorganized company for the five months ended June 30, 2003) necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein.

      As a result of the implementation of fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003, our financial statements after that date are not comparable to our financial statements for prior periods because of the differences in the bases of accounting and the capital structure for the predecessor company and the reorganized company. Operating results for the one month ended January 31, 2003 for the predecessor company and for the five months ended June 30, 2003 for the reorganized company are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2003.

      Net loss per share (basic and diluted) and weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted) of the reorganized company for the five months ended June 30, 2003, gives effect to our two-for-one stock split, effected August 21, 2003. Net loss per share (basic and diluted) and weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted) of the predecessor company reflect share amounts of our Old Common Stock and do not reflect the stock split.

      The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Prior period information has been restated to present the operations of the network services division as a discontinued operation.

23


 

                                                                 
Reorganized
Company
Predecessor Company(1) (1)(2)


Six One Five
Months Month Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended Ended Ended

June 30, January 31, June 30,
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002(2) 2003(2) 2003








(Dollars and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                               
Revenues:
                                                               
Site operations
  $ 656     $ 46,515     $ 116,476     $ 221,614     $ 282,525     $ 135,585     $ 25,556     $ 128,567  
Broadcast services
    8,142       12,624       38,593       38,211       26,809       12,688       1,237       6,988  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total revenues
    8,798       59,139       155,069       259,825       309,334       148,273       26,793       135,555  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Costs of operations (excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense):
                                                               
Site operations
    299       17,825       46,667       91,689       108,540       52,210       8,840       42,824  
Broadcast services
    2,492       5,572       26,245       29,538       21,158       10,375       1,492       6,427  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    9,690       31,243       51,825       72,431       58,037       30,976       4,280       21,275  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense(3)
    1,268       32,038       78,103       165,267       189,936       95,263       16,075       42,452  
Restructuring and non-recurring charges
          7,727             142,599       28,570       28,570              
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
    13,749       94,405       202,840       501,524       406,241       217,394       30,687       112,978  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
  $ (4,951 )   $ (35,266 )   $ (47,771 )   $ (241,699 )   $ (96,907 )   $ (69,121 )   $ (3,894 )   $ 22,577  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gain on debt discharge
                                        1,034,764        
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (9,079 )     (94,282 )     (163,059 )     (660,627 )     (338,979 )     (200,561 )     1,025,788       (8,670 )
Reorganization items:
                                                               
Adjust accounts to fair value
                                        (644,688 )      
Professional and other fees
                                        (23,894 )      
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
          (3,386 )     5,443       5,858       (59,252 )     (2,785 )           (596 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                            (376,753 )     (376,753 )     (12,236 )      
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (9,079 )   $ (97,668 )   $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )   $ (580,099 )   $ 344,970     $ (9,266 )
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders
  $ (11,235 )   $ (98,428 )   $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )   $ (580,099 )   $ 344,970     $ (9,266 )
Net loss per share (basic and diluted)
  $ (11.98 )   $ (12.48 )   $ (1.31 )   $ (4.36 )   $ (5.03 )   $ (3.77 )   $ 2.24     $ (0.20 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)
    938       7,886       120,731       150,223       153,924       153,834       154,014       47,216  
Statement of Cash Flows Data:
                                                               
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (2,347 )   $ 17,555     $ 11,365     $ (12,133 )   $ 36,286     $ (15,688 )   $ 5,892     $ 28,550  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (45,002 )     (813,225 )     (1,108,690 )     (984,724 )     (69,966 )     (59,347 )     (2,737 )     65,702  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    144,663       733,900       1,612,200       475,751       83,094       88,795       (10,884 )     (108,731 )
Purchases of property and equipment
    26,598       644,778       658,283       958,945       71,248       48,530       2,737       6,181  
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 114,962     $ 37,778     $ 552,653     $ 31,547     $ 80,961     $ 45,307     $ 73,442     $ 58,753  
Total assets
    161,946       1,219,953       3,054,105       3,203,425       2,578,456       2,721,271       2,577,575       1,556,185  
Total long-term obligations
    132,913       716,639       1,708,273       2,326,177       792,083       2,477,881       849,350       732,929  
Liabilities subject to compromise
                            1,763,286             1,763,286        
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    40,656                                            
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (14,067 )     457,756       1,224,800       719,345       (75,127 )     119,984       (96,678 )     681,594  
Selected Operating Data (at end of period):
                                                               
Adjusted EBITDA(4)
  $ (3,210 )   $ (3,682 )   $ 21,761     $ (143,284 )   $ 82,100     $ 14,960     $ 11,688     $ 61,959  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)
                                        133.1        
Deficiency of earnings to cover fixed charges(5)
    (9,176 )     (94,931 )     (158,814 )     (613,580 )     (337,394 )     (200,699 )           (7,467 )
Number of owned or operated towers
    106       2,765       5,030       7,925       8,036       7,994       8,036       7,539  

24


 


(1)  On February 10, 2003, we emerged from chapter 11. In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code (“SOP 90-7”), we adopted fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003 and our emergence from chapter 11 resulted in a new reporting entity. Under fresh start accounting, the reorganization value of the entity is allocated to the entity’s assets based on fair values, and liabilities are stated at the present value of amounts to be paid determined at appropriate current interest rates. The net effect of all fresh start accounting adjustments resulted in a charge of $644.7 million, which is reflected in the statement of operations for the one month ended January 31, 2003. The effective date is considered to be the close of business on January 31, 2003 for financial reporting purposes. The periods presented prior to January 31, 2003 have been designated “predecessor company” and the periods subsequent to January 31, 2003 have been designated “reorganized company.” As a result of the implementation of fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003, our financial statements after the effective date are not comparable to our financial statements for prior periods because of differences in the bases of accounting and the capital structure for the predecessor company and the reorganized company.
 
(2)  On February 10, 2003, we sold 545 towers to Cingular. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Tower Acquisitions and Dispositions” for a discussion of the impact of the sale of these towers on our results of operations and financial position.
 
(3)  Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense for the one-month and five-month periods are not proportional because the predecessor company and the reorganized company used different bases of accounting.
 
(4)  Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income (loss) before depreciation, amortization and accretion, interest, income tax expense (benefit) and, if applicable, before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. For the periods prior to January 31, 2003, Adjusted EBITDA also excludes gain on debt discharge, reorganization items and writeoffs of investments in and loans to affiliates. We use a different definition of Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal periods prior to our reorganization to enable investors to view our operating performance on a consistent basis before the impact of the items discussed above on the predecessor company. Each of these historical items was incurred prior to, or in connection with, our bankruptcy and is excluded from Adjusted EBITDA to reflect, as accurately as possible, the results of our core operations. Management does not expect any of our pre-reorganization items to have a material financial impact on our operations on a going-forward basis because none of these pre-reorganization items is expected to occur in the foreseeable future. Investors may use both of these definitions of Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period before the impact of our capital structure (primarily interest charges from our outstanding debt) and asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) on our operating results. We discuss Adjusted EBITDA and the limitations of this financial measure more fully under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted EBITDA.”

25


 

     Adjusted EBITDA was calculated as follows for the periods indicated:
                                                                   
Reorganized
Predecessor Company Company


Six Months One Month Five Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended Ended Ended

June 30, January 31, June 30,
1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2002 2003 2003








(dollars in thousands)
Net income (loss)
  $ (9,079 )   $ (97,668 )   $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )   $ (580,099 )   $ 344,970     $ (9,266 )
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense
    1,268       32,038       78,103       165,267       189,936       95,263       16,075       42,452  
Interest income
    (3,569 )     (8,951 )     (28,391 )     (17,037 )     (855 )     (377 )     (137 )     (496 )
Interest expense
    8,170       67,513       134,664       212,174       226,536       120,492       4,721       27,865  
Gain on debt discharge
                                        (1,034,764 )      
Writeoff of investments in affiliates
                      129,404                          
Writeoff of loans to affiliates
                      26,980                          
Income tax expense
                444       555       1,133       143       5       808  
Reorganization items:
                                                               
 
Adjust accounts to fair value
                                        644,688        
 
Professional and other fees
                            4,329             23,894        
Loss (income) from operations of discontinued segment, net of income tax expense
          3,386       (5,443 )     (5,858 )     12,268       2,785              
Loss on disposal of discontinued segment
                            46,984                   596  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                            376,753       376,753       12,236        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ (3,210 )   $ (3,682 )   $ 21,761     $ (143,284 )   $ 82,100     $ 14,960     $ 11,688     $ 61,959  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(5)  The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing income (loss) before income taxes and fixed charges by fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest charges, amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs, and that portion of rental expense SpectraSite believes to be representative of interest. Earnings were not sufficient to cover fixed charges and, therefore, the ratio is not meaningful, for all periods presented in the table, except for the one month ended January 31, 2003.

26


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      You should read the following discussion in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in the following discussion are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Business Overview

      We are one of the largest, in terms of number of towers, and fastest growing, in terms of revenue growth, wireless tower operators in the United States. Our primary business is owning, leasing and licensing antenna sites on wireless and broadcast towers, owning and licensing in-building shared infrastructure systems and managing rooftop telecommunications access on commercial real estate. We also provide design, construction, modification and maintenance services for the broadcast tower industry. After the sale of 545 towers to Cingular, we owned or operated 7,539 towers and in-building systems as of June 30, 2003, located primarily in the top 100 BTA markets in the United States.

      On December 31, 2002, we completed the sale of our network services division. Network services’ revenues for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 were $213.1 million and $136.2 million, respectively, and $77.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. In conjunction with the sale, we recorded a loss on disposal of the network services division of $47.0 million. The results of the network services’ operations have been reported separately as discontinued operations in the statements of operations. Prior period financial statements have been restated to present the operations of the division as a discontinued operation.

      For the five months ended June 30, 2003, approximately 95% of our revenues came from our site operations business and approximately 5% of our revenues came from our broadcast services division. Factors affecting the growth in our site operations revenues include, among other things, the rate at which wireless carriers choose to deploy capital to improve and expand their wireless networks and contractual escalation clauses associated with existing site leasing and licensing agreements. We expect our broadcast service revenues to continue to approximate 5% of our revenues in the immediate future.

      During the last six months, we have experienced a decline in revenues in our broadcast services division as compared to prior periods. This decline is attributable to reduced demand from our primary customers in the radio and television broadcast industries. In addition to lower revenues, Adjusted EBITDA for the broadcast services division for the three and five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003 were ($0.6) million, ($0.4) million and ($0.5) million, respectively, compared to Adjusted EBITDA of ($0.7) million and ($0.8) million for the three months and six months ended June 30, 2002, respectively. Certain of our competitors in this industry have experienced similar business declines and one competitor has recently discontinued its broadcast services operation. Our Board of Directors has initiated an effort to evaluate whether similar actions may be required. In the event that our Board of Directors decides to discontinue our broadcast services business, we estimate that the resulting loss could be as much as $20.0 million, depending on the nature of the disposition.

      We generate site operations revenues primarily from wireless communication and broadcast companies by leasing and licensing space on our towers and access to our in-building neutral host distributed antenna systems. Our site operations business consists of our wireless segment and the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment. Typically, our site leasing and licensing agreements are specific to each site and are for the initial term of five to ten years, renewable for additional pre-determined periods at the option of the customer. Payments under leasing and licensing agreements are generally paid on a monthly basis, and revenue from each agreement is recorded monthly. Rate increases based on fixed escalation clauses included in certain lease and licensing agreements are recognized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the agreement. We also generate revenue by providing engineering and site inspection services to our customers for a fee. Revenues from fees originate at the time the customer applies for space on our towers or we provide certain services required in order to process the customer’s application. Additionally, we generate revenues related to the management of sites on rooftops. Under each site management agreement, we are entitled to a

27


 

fee based on a percentage of the gross revenue derived from the rooftop site subject to the agreement. We recognize this fee as revenue when earned.

      Broadcast services revenues consist of fees from construction contracts that are either fixed priced or on a time and materials basis. For the time and material contracts, revenues are recognized as services are performed. For long-term construction contracts primarily related to the construction of broadcast towers, revenues are recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. Design, construction and fabrication services are provided to the customer’s specifications. Costs to complete projects can be reasonably estimated. Revenues are recognized by the percentage of contract cost incurred to date compared to estimated total contract cost.

      Costs of operations related to site operations revenues consist primarily of ground rent, maintenance, utilities and taxes. Because our tower operating expenses generally do not increase significantly as we add additional customers, once a tower is built for an anchor customer, additional customers provide high incremental cash flow. Fluctuations in our profit margin are therefore directly related to the incremental number of customers on each site and the amount of fees generated in a particular period.

      Costs of operations related to broadcast services revenue include the direct costs of the fabrication, construction, modification and maintenance services that we provide. These costs include labor, subcontractors, materials, equipment rental and engineering services. The profit margins for broadcast services are highly susceptible to changes in service mix and demand. A substantial decline in capital expenditures by our broadcast customers in 2003 has adversely affected our broadcast services profit margins. Our declining profit margin in the broadcast services sector is primarily due to uncertainties regarding the requirements and timing for multicasting of digital television. These uncertainties have caused broadcasters to delay their capital expenditures for new construction and make minimum modifications to their towers.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses have three major components. The first component consists of expenses necessary to support our site leasing and licensing operations such as sales, marketing, and property management functions. The second component includes expenses incurred to support broadcast services activity, which include sales, legal and administrative support. The final component includes expenses that are incurred to support all of our business segments, such as legal, finance, human resources and other administrative support.

      The financial difficulties experienced by the telecommunications and broadcast industries in recent years have severely impacted capital availability within the wireless telecommunications and broadcast sectors. Many of our customers were forced to reduce capital expenditures, which in turn impeded our revenue and earnings growth and, therefore, our ability to service our long-term debt. We incurred net losses of approximately $157.6 million in 2000, $654.8 million in 2001 and $775.0 million in 2002. After a review of our business and our prospects, we concluded that recoveries to creditors and equity holders would be maximized by a consensual restructuring.

      On November 15, 2002, we filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, Raleigh Division. On November 18, 2002, we filed a Proposed Plan of Reorganization with the Bankruptcy Court. A plan confirmation hearing was held on January 28, 2003, and the Proposed Plan of Reorganization, as modified on that date (the “Plan of Reorganization”), was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. All conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan of Reorganization were met by February 10, 2003, thereby allowing us to emerge from bankruptcy. Our emergence from bankruptcy and adoption of fresh start accounting resulted in the extinguishment of $1.76 billion of indebtedness and significantly reduced our interest expense and our depreciation, amortization, and accretion expense. In addition to our reorganization, we have taken a number of other measures to minimize the potential net losses in the future, including the sale of non-performing assets and the reduction of overhead and capital expenditures.

      As a result of our reorganization, we expect to achieve profitability sooner than if we had not filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy. We expect the portion of our significant customers’ capital expenditures related to network improvements and coverage enhancements to remain at current levels for the foreseeable

28


 

future. As customers continue to add antenna sites to our towers, we expect revenues associated with our tower assets to increase. Because a significant percentage of tower operating costs are fixed and do not increase with additional customers, we expect that our earnings will increase as we add additional customers on towers.

      Our Plan of Reorganization provides for the distribution of 47.5 million shares of our common stock to our general unsecured creditors, including former noteholders, and new warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2.5 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $16.00 per share to the holders of our old common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Old Common Stock”). These warrants expire on February 10, 2010. In addition, pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, all outstanding shares of Old Common Stock and all outstanding options and warrants to purchase Old Common Stock that were outstanding on February 10, 2003 were cancelled. See Note 2 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. New options representing an aggregate of 10.0% of our fully diluted common stock were issued to our management.

Tower Acquisitions and Dispositions

      Our portfolio has grown from 106 towers as of December 31, 1998, to 7,539 towers and in-building systems as of June 30, 2003. We have accomplished this growth through acquisitions or new construction (principally pursuant to build-to-suit arrangements). The majority of our towers were acquired from (or built under agreements with) affiliates of SBC Communications and Nextel.

      Our original agreement with SBC called for us to acquire leasehold and subleasehold interests in approximately 3,900 towers over approximately two years and to commit to build towers for Cingular, an affiliate of SBC. Subsequent amendments to these agreements have resulted in a reduction in the number of towers to be leased or subleased to approximately 3,306 towers and in the termination of the build-to-suit arrangement. See Note 5 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements, “Acquisition Activities — SBC Transaction.” We reduced our acquisition program and terminated our build-to-suit program in order to limit our required capital expenditures and to achieve additional financial flexibility. In November 2001, we paid a fee of $35 million in connection with the first of these amendments. On February 10, 2003, we sold our interest in 545 SBC towers in California and Nevada to Cingular for an aggregate purchase price of $81.0 million and paid SBC a fee of $7.5 million related to the last of the reductions in the maximum number of towers that we will lease or sublease. In connection with these transactions, we received a net cash payment of $73.5 million, which we used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under our credit facility, significantly reduced our capital expenditure commitments, extended the timeline to meet our remaining commitments and maintained a mutually profitable commercial relationship with a significant customer. The 545 towers sold represented approximately 7% of our owned and operated tower portfolio at December 31, 2002 and generally were characterized by lower revenues per tower than other towers in our portfolio. We do not expect the sale of our interest in the 545 towers to materially impact our future operating performance.

      For the one month ended January 31, 2003, these towers represented $1.2 million of a total of $25.6 million of site operations revenues and $0.5 million of a total of $8.8 million of costs of site operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense. For the five months ended June 30, 2003, these towers represented $0.4 million of a total of $128.6 million of site operations revenues and $0.2 million of a total of $42.8 million in costs of site operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense. For the six months ended June 30, 2002 the same towers represented $5.4 million of a total of $135.6 million of site operations revenues and $2.9 million of a total of $52.2 million in costs of site operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense.

      We remain contractually obligated to purchase an additional 600 towers from SBC from May 2003 through August 2004 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $156 million. These commitments will require approximately $78 million in each of 2003 and 2004.

29


 

Results of Operations

 
      Five Months Ended June 30, 2003, One Month Ended January 31, 2003 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2002

      On January 28, 2003, our Plan of Reorganization was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court, and we emerged from bankruptcy on February 10, 2003. As a result of the implementation of fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003, our results of operations after that date are not comparable to results reported in prior periods because of differences in the bases of accounting and the capital structure for the Predecessor Company and the Reorganized Company. See Note 2 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for additional information on the consummation of the Plan of Reorganization and implementation of fresh start accounting.

      Consolidated revenues for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003 were $135.6 million and $26.8 million, respectively. Consolidated revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2002 were $148.3 million. Site operations revenues were $128.6 million and $25.6 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Site operations revenues were $135.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Wireless revenues were $119.4 million and $23.8 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Wireless revenues were $126.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Revenues from broadcast leasing were $9.2 million and $1.8 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Revenues from broadcast leasing were $9.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Revenues in 2003 were primarily affected by incremental revenue in 2003 from new customers on towers that were part of our portfolio on June 30, 2002, revenues derived from towers acquired or built subsequent to June 30, 2002 and increases in fee revenues, offset by reductions in revenues relating to the 545 SBC towers sold in February 2003. Based on trailing twelve-months revenue on the towers that we owned or operated as of June 30, 2002 and June 30, 2003, same tower revenue growth was 15%. After the sale of 545 towers to Cingular, we owned or operated 7,539 towers and in-building systems at June 30, 2003, as compared to 7,994 towers and in-building systems at June 30, 2002.

      Revenues from broadcast services were $7.0 million and $1.2 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Revenues from broadcast services were $12.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002. Our declining profit margin in the broadcast services sector is primarily due to uncertainties regarding the requirements and timing for multicasting of digital television. These uncertainties have caused broadcasters to delay their capital expenditures for new construction and make minimum modifications to their towers.

      Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, were $49.3 million and $10.3 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, were $62.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for site operations were $42.8 million and $8.8 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January  31, 2003, respectively. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for site operations were $52.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for the wireless segment were $41.8 million and $8.7 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for the wireless segment were $50.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for the wireless segment as a percentage of wireless segment revenues were 35.0% for the five months ended June 30, 2003, 36.3% for the one month ended January 31, 2003 and 39.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Broadcast leasing costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, were $1.0 million and $0.1 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Broadcast leasing costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, were $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Broadcast leasing costs of operations, excluding depreciation,

30


 

amortization and accretion expenses, as a percentage of broadcast leasing revenues were 10.9%, 10.6% and 23.6% for the five months ended June 30, 2003, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the six months ended June 30, 2002, respectively. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for the wireless and broadcast leasing segments in 2003 were primarily affected by increased revenues generated from new customers on existing towers. As our wireless and broadcast leasing operations mature, we expect that additional customers on towers will generate increases in our margins for wireless and broadcast leasing operations and in cash flow because a significant percentage of tower operating costs are fixed and do not increase with additional customers.

      Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services were $6.4 million and $1.5 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services were $10.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services as a percentage of broadcast services revenues were 92.0% for the five months ended June 30, 2003, 120.6% for the one month ended January 31, 2003 and 81.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services in 2003 were primarily affected by lower revenue volumes in 2003.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses were $21.3 million and $4.3 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one-month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses were $31.0 for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expenses were 15.7% and 16.0% of total revenues for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one-month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses were 20.9% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expenses were primarily affected in amount and as a percentage of revenues as a result of cost cutting measures that were implemented late in 2002 across all segments of the business.

      Site operations selling, general and administrative expenses were $10.1 million and $2.2 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Site operations selling, general and administrative expenses were $14.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expenses for our wireless segment were $9.4 million and $2.1 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one-month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this segment were $13.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expenses for our wireless segment were 7.9% and 8.9% of wireless revenues for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one-month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this segment were 10.9% of wireless revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment were $0.7 million and $0.1 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this component were $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment as a percentage of broadcast leasing revenues were 9.0% and 6.2% for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one-month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this component as a percentage of broadcast leasing revenues were 9.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2002.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses for the broadcast services component of our broadcast segment were $1.0 million and $0.3 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this component were $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the broadcast services component of our broadcast segment were 13.8% and 22.4% of broadcast services revenues for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one-month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this component were 15.2% of broadcast services revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2002.

31


 

      Selling, general and administrative expenses not specific to the above business segments were $10.2 million and $1.8 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses not specific to the above business sectors were $14.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Selling, general and administrative expenses not specific to the above business sectors were 7.5% and 6.6% of total revenues for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one-month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Selling, general and administrative expenses not specific to the above business sectors were 9.7% of total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2002.

      In May 2002, we announced that we would terminate our build-to-suit programs with Cingular and other carriers and implement other cost-cutting measures as a part of the curtailment of tower development activities. As a result of these actions, we recorded restructuring charges of $24.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002. Site operations restructuring charges were $23.1 million, consisting of $20.3 million in our wireless segment and $2.8 million in the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment. The restructuring charge for our wireless segment consisted of $13.6 million related to the write-off of work in progress related to wireless sites in development that were terminated, $3.2 million related to the costs of closing offices and $3.5 million related to the costs of employee severance. The restructuring charge for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment related to the write-off of work in progress related to broadcast sites in development that were terminated. The restructuring charges for the broadcast services component of our broadcast segment were $1.2 million related to costs of employee severance.

      In addition, we recorded a non-recurring impairment charge in the wireless segment of our site leasing business of $4.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002 to write-down the carrying value of 21 towers that were not marketable. The charge was based on the difference between the carrying value and the estimated discounted cash flows of the towers.

      Other income (expense) was a net expense of $3.1 million and $0.5 million in the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. All of this expense was recorded in the wireless segment of our site operations business. In the five months ended June 30, 2003, this amount consisted primarily of $1.7 million of loss on sale of assets and $0.6 million related to the write-down of our interest rate cap to fair value. For the one month ended January 31, 2003, this amount consisted of $0.6 million related to losses from investments in affiliates accounted for under the equity method offset by a gain on sale of assets of $0.1 million.

      Other income (expense) was a net expense of $11.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002. Of this amount, other expense related to the wireless segment of our site operations business was $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002, consisting of $0.1 million related to losses from investments in affiliates accounted for under the equity method and $1.8 million related to losses on sales of assets. Other expense not specific to any business segment for the six months ended June 30, 2002 was $9.3 million and was related to expenses associated with our proposed debt tender and exchange offers.

      As a result of the factors discussed above, Adjusted EBITDA was $62.0 million and $11.7 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA was $15.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002.

      Adjusted EBITDA for site operations was $72.6 million and $14.0 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA for site operations was $39.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Adjusted EBITDA for our wireless segment was $65.2 million and $12.6 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Adjusted EBITDA for this segment was $35.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Adjusted EBITDA for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment was $7.4 million and $1.4 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. EBITDA for this component was $3.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002.

      Adjusted EBITDA for the broadcast services component of our broadcast segment were ($0.4) million and ($0.5) million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003,

32


 

respectively. Adjusted EBITDA for this component was ($0.8) million for the six months ended June 30, 2002.

      Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses were $42.5 million and $16.1 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses were $95.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Site operations depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses were $42.0 million and $15.9 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Site operations depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses were $94.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for our wireless segment were $40.3 million and $15.4 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for this segment were $91.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment were $1.7 million and $0.5 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for this component were $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for the broadcast services component of our broadcast segment were $0.5 million and $0.2 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for this component were $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for 2003 were affected primarily by the implementation of fresh start accounting, which reduced the depreciable bases of property and equipment by $957.2 million, resulting in decreased depreciation expense, offset by an increase in amortization expense relating to customer contracts and an increase in accretion of the asset retirement obligation.

      Interest income was $0.5 million and $0.1 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Interest income was $0.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002. Interest income for 2003 was affected by higher cash balances on hand and lower interest rates. Interest expense was $27.9 million and $4.7 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, respectively. Interest expense was $120.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Interest expense in 2003 was affected by the extinguishment of indebtedness pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization and a reduction of amounts outstanding under our credit facility, offset by increases in interest expense as a result of the issuance of the 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2010 and writeoffs of $8.2 million of debt issuance costs resulting from prepayments of amounts outstanding under our credit facility.

      On February 10, 2003, we emerged from bankruptcy and the holders of the indebtedness extinguished pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization received their pro rata share of 47.5 million shares of common stock in exchange for their notes. The excess of the carrying value of the extinguished indebtedness, net of the related debt issuance costs, over the reorganization value used in adopting fresh start accounting was recorded as a gain on debt discharge of $1.03 billion in the one month ended January 31, 2003.

      In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code (“SOP 90-7”), the Company adopted fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003, and the Company’s emergence from bankruptcy resulted in a new reporting entity. Under fresh start accounting, the reorganization value of the entity is allocated to the entity’s assets based on fair values, and liabilities are stated at the present value of amounts to be paid determined at appropriate current interest rates. The net effect of all fresh start accounting adjustments resulted in a charge of $644.7 million, which is recorded in the one month ended January 31, 2003. In addition, we incurred costs directly associated with the chapter 11 proceedings of $23.9 million in the one month ended January 31, 2003. These costs are included in reorganization items in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      Loss on disposal of discontinued segment was $0.6 million in the five months ended June 30, 2003. This amount consisted of the settlement of a disputed item related to the disposal of our network services business. This segment was sold on December 31, 2002.

      Loss from operations of discontinued segment was $2.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002. This segment was sold on December 31, 2002.

33


 

      As a result of the factors discussed above, net loss for the five months ended June 30, 2003 was $9.3 million, and net income for the one month ended January 31, 2003 was $345.0 million. Net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2002 was $580.1 million.

 
Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2001

      Consolidated revenues increased to $309.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $259.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Site operations revenues were $282.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to $221.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Revenues from wireless operations increased to $261.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $210.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Revenues from broadcast leasing increased to $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was primarily a result of incremental revenue in 2002 from new customers on towers that were part of our portfolio on December 31, 2001 and revenues derived from towers acquired in 2001 and 2002. Based on trailing twelve-months revenue on the towers that we owned or operated as of December 31, 2001, same tower revenue growth was 18%. We owned or operated 8,036 towers at December 31, 2002, as compared to 7,925 towers at December 31, 2001.

      Revenues from broadcast services decreased to $26.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $38.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Our declining profit margin in the broadcast services sector is primarily due to uncertainties regarding the requirements and timing for multicasting of digital television. These uncertainties have caused broadcasters to delay their capital expenditures for new construction and make minimum modifications to their towers.

      For the year ended December 31, 2002, one wireless customer, which was a significant stockholder of the Company at the time, and its affiliates accounted for $88.0 million or 28% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2001, this customer and its affiliates accounted for $78.5 million or 30% of the Company’s revenues. In addition, another wireless customer, which was an affiliate of a significant stockholder of the Company at the time, accounted for $63.2 million or 20% of the Company’s revenues in the year ended December 31, 2002 and $33.9 million or 13% of the Company’s revenues in the year ended December 31, 2001. Both of these customers remain significant customers, but neither they nor their affiliates are significant stockholders following our reorganization and thus are no longer considered to be our related parties.

      Accounts receivable, net of allowance, decreased by $7.2 million from December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2002. This decrease is primarily due to an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts, which grew by $6.4 million for the same period. We analyze the adequacy of our accounts receivable on a periodic basis to ensure that we appropriately reflect the amount we expect to collect. The economic factors affecting the wireless communications industry as a whole, our customers’ ability to meet their financial obligations and the age of our outstanding accounts receivable are all factors we take into consideration when evaluating the adequacy of our estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts. During 2002, numerous wireless carriers experienced financial difficulties and their balances owed to us continued to age; these circumstances caused us to increase our allowance.

      Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, increased to $129.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $121.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was due to increases in site operations costs attributable to operating costs of the communications towers acquired or constructed during 2001 and 2002 partially offset by a decrease in costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services resulting from lower revenue volumes.

      Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for site operations were $108.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to $91.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for wireless operations increased to $103.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $89.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for wireless operations as a percentage of wireless revenues decreased to 40% for the year ended

34


 

December 31, 2002 from 43% for the year ended December 31, 2001. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast leasing increased to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast leasing as a percentage of broadcast leasing revenues increased to 23% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 20% for the year ended December 31, 2001. Overall, costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for site operations as a percentage of site operations revenues decreased to 38% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 41% for the year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease was primarily due to increased revenues generated from new customers on existing towers. As our operations mature, we expect that additional customers on towers will generate increases in our margins and in cash flow because a significant percentage of tower operating costs are fixed and do not increase with additional customers.

      Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services decreased to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services as a percentage of broadcast services revenues increased to 79% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 77% for the year ended December 31, 2001 primarily due to lower revenue volumes in 2002.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased to $58.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $72.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 19% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 28% for the year ended December 31, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased in amount and as a percentage of revenues as a result of significant cost cutting measures implemented in the second half of 2001 and early 2002. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded non-cash compensation charges of $0.7 million related to the issuance of stock options and restricted shares of common stock to employees compared to $2.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2001.

      Site operations selling, general and administrative expenses were $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to $33.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses for wireless operations decreased to $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses for wireless operations as a percentage of wireless revenues decreased to 9% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 16% for the year ended December 31, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses for broadcast leasing increased to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses for broadcast leasing as a percentage of broadcast leasing revenues increased to 8% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 6% for the year ended December 31, 2001.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses for broadcast services decreased to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses for broadcast services as a percentage of broadcast services revenues decreased to 12% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 18% for the year ended December 31, 2001.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses not specific to the above business segments decreased to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Selling, general and administrative expenses not specific to the above business segments as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 9% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 12% for the year ended December 31, 2001.

      In May 2002, we announced that we would terminate our build-to-suit programs with Cingular and other carriers and implement other cost-cutting measures as a part of the curtailment of tower development activities. As a result of these actions, we recorded restructuring charges of $24.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2002. Site operations restructuring charges were $23.1 million, consisting of $20.3 million in our wireless segment and $2.8 million in the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment. The restructuring charge for our wireless segment consisted of $13.6 million related to the write-off of work in

35


 

progress related to wireless sites in development that were terminated, $3.2 million related to the costs of closing offices and $3.5 million related to the costs of employee severance. The restructuring charge for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment related to the write-off of work in progress related to broadcast sites in development that were terminated. The restructuring charges for the broadcast services component of our broadcast segment were $1.2 million related to costs of employee severance.

      In addition, we recorded a non-recurring impairment charge in the wireless segment of our site leasing business of $4.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2002 to write-down the carrying value of 21 towers that were not marketable. The charge was based on the difference between the carrying value and the estimated discounted cash flows of the towers.

      In the year ended December 31, 2001, we recorded restructuring and non-recurring charges of $142.6 million, all relating to the wireless segment of our site operations business. The details of these charges are discussed in the following paragraphs.

      In May 2001, we announced the consolidation of our rooftop management operations and recorded a non-recurring charge of $35.8 million. Of this amount, $29.6 million related to the write-off of goodwill, $5.1 million related to the write-down of assets and $1.1 million related to the costs of employee severance and other costs related to the consolidation of those operations.

      In June 2001, we announced that we would divest our operations in Mexico. As a result, we recorded non-recurring charges of $32.2 million of which $10.7 million related to the write-off of goodwill, $17.6 million related to the write-down of long-term assets and $3.9 million related to the costs of employee severance and other costs related to the divestiture. Also in June 2001, we announced that we would close operations from the purchase of Vertical Properties. As a result, we recorded non-recurring charges of $4.3 million of which $4.2 million was related to the write-off of goodwill and $0.1 million was related to the costs of employee severance and other costs related to the closing.

      In November 2001, we announced that we would reduce our planned new tower construction and acquisition programs for 2002. As a result of the reduced new tower activity, we recorded restructuring charges of $70.3 million. Of this amount, $27.7 million was related to the write-off of work in progress related to sites in development that we terminated, $4.8 million was related to the costs of closing certain offices and $2.8 million was related to the costs of employee severance. In addition, we completed an amendment to our agreement to acquire leasehold and sub-leasehold interests in approximately 3,900 communications towers from affiliates of SBC Communications. This amendment provided for the number of towers to be leased or subleased to be reduced by 300 and for the lease or sublease date on at least 850 towers to be postponed to 2003 and January 2004. In exchange for these modifications, we paid a fee of $35.0 million, which has been included as part of the restructuring charge.

      Other income (expense) was an expense of $10.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2002. Other income (expense) for our wireless segment of our site operations business was an expense of $1.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily due to loss on sale of assets. Other income (expense) not specific to any business segment was an expense of $9.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily due to expenses associated with our proposed debt tender and exchange offers.

      Other income (expense) not specific to any business segment was a net expense of $223.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2001. Of this amount, $61.8 million related to losses from investments in former affiliates accounted for under the equity method, primarily our investment in SpectraSite-Transco Communications, Ltd., $121.9 million related to the write-down of our investment in SpectraSite-Transco and $20.0 million related to the write-off of a loan to SpectraSite-Transco. We completed the sale of our interest in SpectraSite-Transco in October 2001. In addition, $7.5 million related to a write-off of our investment in Evolution Holdings, Inc., a network services company that ceased operations in the second quarter. Other income (expense) for 2001 also includes $7.0 million related to the write-down of a loan to Concourse Communications, Inc., a former affiliate that provides in-building antenna sites primarily in airports and other public sites in New York City.

36


 

      As a result of the factors discussed above, Adjusted EBITDA increased to $82.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from ($143.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Adjusted EBITDA for site operations was $118.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to ($46.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Wireless Adjusted EBITDA increased to $106.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from ($54.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Adjusted EBITDA for broadcast leasing increased to $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Adjusted EBITDA for broadcast services decreased to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

      Depreciation and amortization expense increased to $189.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $165.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Site operations depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses increased to $188.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $163.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for our wireless segment increased to $182.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $159.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment increased to $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for the broadcast services component of our broadcast segment increased to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. These increases were primarily a result of the increased depreciation from the towers we have acquired or constructed, partially offset by the $35.5 million reduction in goodwill amortization as a result of the adoption of SFAS 142. See “Description of Critical Accounting Policies — Goodwill.”

      As a result of the factors discussed above, our loss from operations was $96.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to a loss of $241.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

      Net interest expense increased to $225.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 from $195.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The increase was due to increased accreted value of the senior discount notes and increased amounts outstanding under our credit facility, as well as the write-off of $4.5 million of debt issuance costs related to the decrease in the maximum availability of the credit facility. This increase was partially offset by not incurring interest expense of $24.4 million on the senior notes, senior discount notes and senior convertible notes for the period from the date of the chapter 11 filing (November 15, 2002) through December 31, 2002.

      Loss from operations of the discontinued network services segment was $12.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to income from operations of the discontinued segment of $5.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2001. The loss from operations in 2002 was primarily due to lower revenues, fixed costs that did not decline as revenues did and a more competitive environment for these services that led to lower pricing and restructuring charges. On December 31, 2002, we completed the sale of the network services segment resulting in a loss on disposal of $47.0 million.

      We performed the first of the impairment tests of goodwill required by SFAS 142 by comparing the fair value of each of our reporting units with its carrying value. Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. Based on our impairment tests, we recognized an adjustment of $376.8 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in our wireless services, broadcast tower, broadcast services and building units to its implied fair value. The impairment adjustment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in our first quarter 2002 statement of operations.

      As a result of the factors discussed above, net loss was $775.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to a net loss of $654.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 
Year Ended December 31, 2001 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2000

      Consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2001 increased to $259.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $155.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Site operations revenues were $221.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 as compared to $116.5 million for the

37


 

year ended December 31, 2000. Revenues from wireless operations increased to $210.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $112.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Revenues from broadcast leasing increased to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Revenues from site operations increased primarily as a result of revenues derived from towers which we acquired or constructed during 2000 and 2001. We owned or operated 7,925 towers at December 31, 2001, as compared to 5,030 towers at December 31, 2000. The remaining factor contributing to the increase is incremental revenue in 2001 for towers that existed as of December 31, 2000 from new customers.

      Revenues from broadcast services remained relatively flat at $38.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 compared to $38.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.

      For the year ended December 31, 2001, one wireless customer, which was a significant stockholder of the Company at the time, and its affiliates accounted for $78.5 million or 30% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2000, this customer and its affiliates accounted for $75.4 million or 48% of the Company’s revenues. In addition, another wireless customer, which was an affiliate of a significant stockholder of the Company at the time, accounted for $33.9 million or 13% of the Company’s revenues in the year ended December 31, 2001 and $3.5 million or 2% of the Company’s revenues in the year ended December 31, 2000. Both of these customers remain significant customers, but neither they nor their affiliates are significant stockholders following our reorganization and thus are no longer considered to be our related parties.

      Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, increased to $121.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $72.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in costs was primarily attributable to operating costs of the communications towers acquired or constructed during 2000 and 2001, acquisitions in 2000 and 2001 and overall growth in operating activities.

      Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for site operations were $91.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 as compared to $46.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for wireless operations increased to $89.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $45.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for wireless operations as a percentage of wireless revenues increased to 43% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 41% for the year ended December 31, 2000. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast leasing increased to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Costs of operations for broadcast leasing as a percentage of broadcast leasing revenues increased to 20% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 18% for the year ended December 31, 2000. Overall, costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for site operations as a percentage of site operations revenues increased to 41% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 40% for the year ended December 31, 2000. These increases were primarily due to the addition of new towers and higher tower operating expenses partially offset by increased revenues generated from new customers on existing towers. As our operations mature, we expect that additional customers on a tower will generate increases in our margins and in cash flow because a significant percentage of tower operating costs are fixed and do not increase with additional customers.

      Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services increased to $29.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $26.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, for broadcast services as a percentage of broadcast services revenues increased to 77% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 68% for the year ended December 31, 2000. Our declining profit margin in the broadcast services sector is primarily due to uncertainties regarding the requirements and timing for multicasting of digital television. These uncertainties have caused broadcasters to delay their capital expenditures for new construction and make minimum modifications to their towers.

38


 

      Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $72.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $51.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase is a result of expenses related to additional corporate overhead and field operations to manage and operate the growth of our ongoing operations and acquisition activities. For the year ended December 31, 2001, we recorded non-cash compensation charges of $2.1 million related to the issuance of stock options and restricted shares of common stock to employees. We recorded non-cash compensation charges of $2.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2000 related to stock options and restricted shares of common stock issued to employees. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased to 28% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 33% for the year ended December 31, 2000 primarily due to cost reduction efforts implemented in the second quarter of 2001.

      Site operations selling, general and administrative expenses were $33.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 as compared to $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses for our wireless operations segment increased to $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this segment as a percentage of wireless revenues decreased to 16% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 20% for the year ended December 31, 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment increased to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this component as a percentage of broadcast leasing revenues decreased to 6% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 9% for the year ended December 31, 2000.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses for our broadcast services segment decreased to $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses for this segment as a percentage of broadcast services revenues decreased to 18% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 24% for the year ended December 31, 2000.

      Selling, general and administrative expenses not specific to the above business segments increased to $31.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Selling, general and administrative expenses not specific to the above business segments as a percentage of total revenues decreased to 12% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 13% for the year ended December 31, 2000.

      In the year ended December 31, 2001, we recorded restructuring and non-recurring charges of $142.6 million, all relating to the wireless segment of our site operations business. The details of these charges are discussed in the following paragraphs.

      In May 2001, we announced the consolidation of our rooftop management operations and recorded a non-recurring charge of $35.8 million. Of this amount, $29.6 million related to the write-off of goodwill, $5.1 million related to the write-down of assets and $1.1 million was related to the costs of employee severance and other costs related to the consolidation of those operations.

      In June 2001, we announced that we would divest our operations in Mexico. As a result, we recorded non-recurring charges of $32.2 million of which $10.7 million related to the write-off of goodwill, $17.6 million related to the write-down of long-term assets and $3.9 million related to the costs of employee severance and other costs related to the divestiture. Also in June 2001, we announced that we would close operations from the purchase of Vertical Properties. As a result, we recorded non-recurring charges of $4.3 million of which $4.2 million was related to the write-off of goodwill and $0.1 million was related to the costs of employee severance and other costs related to the closing.

      In November 2001, we announced that we would reduce our planned new tower construction and acquisition programs for 2002. As a result of the reduced new tower activity, we recorded restructuring charges of $70.3 million. Of this amount, $27.7 million was related to the write-off of work in progress related to sites in development that we terminated, $4.8 million was related to the costs of closing certain offices and $2.8 million was related to the costs of employee severance. In addition, we completed an amendment to our agreement to acquire leasehold and sub-leasehold interests in approximately 3,900 communications towers

39


 

from affiliates of SBC Communications. This amendment provided for the number of towers to be leased or subleased to be reduced by 300 and for the lease or sublease date on at least 850 towers to be postponed to 2003 and January 2004. In exchange for these modifications, we paid a fee of $35.0 million, which has been included as part of the restructuring charge.

      Other income (expense) not specific to any business segment was a net expense of $223.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2001. Of this amount, $61.8 million related to losses from investments in affiliates accounted for under the equity method, primarily our investment in SpectraSite-Transco Communications, Ltd., $121.9 million related to the write-down of our investment in SpectraSite-Transco and $20.0 million related to the write-off of a loan to SpectraSite-Transco. We completed the sale of our interest in SpectraSite-Transco in October 2001. In addition, $7.5 million related to a write-off of our investment in Evolution Holdings, Inc., a network services company that ceased operations in the second quarter. Other income (expense) for 2001 also includes $7.0 million related to the write-down of a loan to Concourse Communications, Inc., a former affiliate that provides in-building antenna sites primarily in airports and other public sites in New York City.

      Other income (expense) not specific to any business segment was an expense of $8.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2000, primarily due to a loss from an investment in SpectraSite-Transco accounted for under the equity method.

      As a result of the factors discussed above, Adjusted EBITDA was ($143.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2001 compared to $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Adjusted EBITDA for site operations was ($46.3) million for the year ended December 31, 2001 as compared to $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Wireless Adjusted EBITDA was ($54.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2001 compared to $44.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Adjusted EBITDA for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment increased to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Adjusted EBITDA for the broadcast services component of our broadcast segment decreased to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.

      Depreciation and amortization expense increased to $165.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $78.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, primarily as a result of the increased depreciation from towers we have acquired or constructed and amortization of goodwill related to acquisitions.

      Site operations depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses increased to $163.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $77.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for our wireless segment increased to $159.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $75.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for the broadcast leasing component of our broadcast segment increased to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.

      Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses for our broadcast services component of our broadcast segment increased to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.

      As a result of the factors discussed above, our loss from operations was $241.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to a loss of $47.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.

      Net interest expense increased to $195.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2001 from $106.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase reflects additional interest expense due to the issuance of our 12 7/8% senior discount notes due 2010 in March 2000, our 10 3/4% senior notes due 2010 in March 2000, our 6 3/4% senior convertible notes due 2010 in November 2000 and our 12 1/2% senior notes due 2010 in December 2000, as well as additional borrowings under our credit facility in 2001.

      Income from operations of the discontinued network services segment increased to $5.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2001 compared to income from operations of discontinued segment of $5.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2000 primarily as a result of increased revenues.

40


 

      As a result of the factors discussed above, net loss was $654.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to a net loss of $157.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      We are a holding company whose only significant asset is the outstanding capital stock of its subsidiary, Communications. Our only source of cash to pay our obligations is distributions from Communications.

      As a result of the reorganization and implementation of fresh start accounting, our results of operations after January 31, 2003 are not comparable to results reported in prior periods because of differences in the bases of accounting and the capital structure for the predecessor company and the reorganized company.

     Cash Flows

       Cash provided by operating activities was $36.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to cash used in operating activities of $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The change is primarily attributable to the $35.0 million fee paid in 2001 to SBC to amend our agreement to acquire leasehold and sub-leasehold interests in wireless communications towers and by improved operating performance.

      Cash provided by operating activities was $28.6 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003 and $5.9 million for the one month ended January 31, 2003. Cash used in operating activities was $15.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. The increase in cash provided by operating activities in 2003 is primarily attributable to decreased interest payments and decreased depreciation expense following our reorganization, decreased accounts receivable and increased accounts payable.

      Cash used in investing activities was $70.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $984.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The decrease in cash used in investing activities is primarily attributable to the reduction in the number of towers purchased under the SBC agreement in 2002 as compared to 2001, the termination of our build-to-suit agreement with Cingular on May 15, 2002 and other tower purchases that occurred in 2001.

      Cash provided by investing activities was $65.7 million for the five months ended June 30, 2003. Cash used in investing activities was $2.7 million for the one month ended January 31, 2003 and $59.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2002. Investing activities for the five months ended June 30, 2003 consisted primarily of proceeds received from the sale of the 545 SBC towers of $81.0 million. In addition, we invested $15.5 million, $2.7 million and $58.6 million in purchases of property and equipment and acquisitions, primarily related to the acquisition and construction of communications towers, in the five months ended June 30, 2003, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the six months ended 2002, respectively.

      Cash provided by financing activities was $83.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2002 as compared to $475.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2001. The cash provided by financing activities in 2001 and 2002 was primarily attributable to draws on our credit facility.

      Cash used in financing activities was $108.7 million in the five months ended June 30, 2003 and $10.9 million in the one month ended January 31, 2003. Cash provided by financing activities was $88.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2002. Cash used in financing activities for the five months ended June 30, 2003 consisted primarily of $200.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of our 8 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2010 and $1.6 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock, offset by $303.0 million of payments on our credit facility, payments on capital leases of $0.3 million and $7.0 million in debt issuance costs related to the Senior Notes. Cash used in financing activities for the one month ended January 31, 2003 consisted of payments on capital leases of $10.9 million, which includes the prepayment of a capital lease in connection with the exercise of our purchase option on our corporate headquarters. The cash provided by financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2002 was primarily attributable to $90.0 million of draws on our credit facility.

41


 

     Credit Facility

      Our principal operating subsidiary, Communications, is party to an amended and restated credit facility with lending commitments totaling approximately $680.0 million. The credit facility includes a revolving credit facility with a borrowing limit of $200.0 million, subject to compliance with covenants and the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent. As of June 30, 2003, Communications could borrow up to approximately $193.7 million of the $200.0 million under the revolving credit facility. The maximum amount available will be reduced (and, if necessary, the amounts outstanding must be repaid) in quarterly installments beginning on September 30, 2005 and ending on June 30, 2007. The credit facility also includes a multiple draw term loan that is fully drawn and which must be repaid in quarterly installments beginning on March 31, 2006 and ending on June 30, 2007, and a term loan that is fully drawn and which must be repaid in quarterly installments beginning on September 30, 2007 and ending on December 31, 2007. As of June 30, 2003, $204.8 million was outstanding under the multiple draw term loan and $275.2 million was outstanding under the term loan.

      With the proceeds of the sale of 545 towers to Cingular, Communications repaid $31.4 million of the multiple draw term loan and $42.1 million of the term loan on February 11, 2003. In addition, Communications repaid $1.1 million of the multiple draw term loan and $1.4 million of the term loan on February 19, 2003. In connection with these repayments, Communications wrote off $1.6 million in debt issuance costs. This charge is included in interest expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      With the proceeds from the issuance of the initial notes, Communications repaid $83.0 million of the multiple draw term loan and $111.5 million of the term loan on May 21, 2003. In addition, Communications repaid $1.1 million of the multiple draw term loan and $1.4 million of the term loan on June 24, 2003 and $12.8 million of the multiple draw term loan and $17.2 million of the term loan on June 30, 2003. In connection with these repayments, Communications wrote off $4.6 million in debt issuance costs. This charge is included in interest expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      Effective May 14, 2003, we amended our credit facility to, among other things, reduce our unused former $300 million commitment under our revolving credit facility by $100 million in exchange for moderately increasing the ratios in our leverage covenant in future periods.

      Effective October 24, 2003, we amended our credit facility to replace our existing term loan with a new term loan that is substantially the same as our existing term loan, except that the interest rate is 100 basis points lower.

 
Liquidity and Commitments

      We emerged from bankruptcy in February 2003. As a result, $1.76 billion of previously outstanding indebtedness was cancelled. Communications, the borrower under the credit facility, and our other subsidiaries were not part of the bankruptcy. The credit facility has remained in place during, and since, the reorganization.

      We had cash and cash equivalents of $81.0 million at December 31, 2002 and $58.8 million at June 30, 2003. We also had $783.0 million outstanding under our credit facility at December 31, 2002 and $480.0 million outstanding at June 30, 2003. The revolving portion of our credit facility was undrawn. Our ability to borrow under the revolving credit facility is limited by the financial covenants regarding the total debt to Annualized EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) and interest and fixed charge coverage ratios of Communications and its subsidiaries. Communications could borrow approximately $193.7 million under the revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2003. Our ability to borrow under the credit facility’s financial covenants will increase or decrease as our Annualized EBITDA (as defined in the credit facility) increases or decreases. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the credit facility was 5.94% as of December 31, 2002 and 4.83% as of June 30, 2003.

42


 

      While we have taken steps to reduce our capital commitments, we are contractually obligated to purchase an additional 600 towers from SBC from May 2003 through August 2004. These commitments will require approximately $78 million in each of 2003 and 2004. In addition, we will continue to make capital expenditures to improve our existing towers and to install new in-building neutral host distributed antenna systems. We believe that cash flow from operations and available cash on hand will be sufficient to fund our capital expenditures and other currently anticipated cash needs for the next three years. Our ability to meet these needs from cash provided by operating activities will depend on the demand for wireless services, developments in competing technologies and our ability to add new customers, as well as general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, if we make additional acquisitions or pursue other opportunities or if our estimates prove inaccurate, we may seek additional sources of debt or equity capital or reduce the scope of tower construction and acquisition activity.

      The following table provides a summary of our material debt, lease and other contractual commitments as of June 30, 2003:

                                         
Payments Due by Period

Less than
Contractual Obligations Total 1 Year 1-3 Years 4-5 Years After 5 Years






(In thousands)
Credit Facility
  $ 479,955     $     $ 30,137     $ 449,818     $  
Initial Notes
    200,000                         200,000  
Capital Lease Payments
    931       704       227              
Operating Leases Payments
    297,891       63,369       97,210       49,326       87,986  
Asset Retirement Obligations
    36,684       381       411       962       34,930  
SBC Tower Purchase Commitment(1)
    141,960       104,000       37,960              
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total Contractual Cash Obligations
  $ 1,157,421     $ 168,454     $ 165,945     $ 500,106     $ 322,916  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Based on the estimated average purchase price of towers to be acquired from SBC.

      In addition, we had standby letters of credit of $6.3 million and performance bonds of $5.5 million outstanding at June 30, 2003, most of which expire within one year.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 
Adjusted EBITDA

      Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income (loss) before depreciation, amortization and accretion, interest, income tax expense (benefit) and, if applicable, before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. For the periods prior to January 31, 2003, Adjusted EBITDA also excludes gain on debt discharge, reorganization items, and writeoffs of investments in and loans to affiliates. We use a different definition of Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal periods prior to our reorganization to enable investors to view our operating performance on a consistent basis before the impact of the items discussed above on the predecessor company. Each of these historical items was incurred prior to, or in connection with, our bankruptcy and is excluded from Adjusted EBITDA to reflect, as accurately as possible, the results of our core operations. Management does not expect any of these items to have a material financial impact on our operations on a going-forward basis because none of these pre- reorganization items is expected to occur in the foreseeable future.

      Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or “GAAP.”

      We use Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income or loss, cash flows provided by

43


 

operating, investing and financing activities or other income statement or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP.

      We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because:

  •  it is the primary measure used by our management to evaluate the economic productivity of our operations, including the efficiency of our employees and the profitability associated with their performance, the realization of contract revenue under our long-term contracts, our ability to obtain and maintain our customers and our ability to operate our leasing and licensing business effectively;
 
  •  it is widely used in the wireless tower industry to measure operating performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets; and
 
  •  we believe it helps investors meaningfully evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure (primarily interest charges from our outstanding debt) and asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) from our operating results.

      Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:

  •  as a measurement of operating performance because it assists us in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis as it removes the impact of our capital structure (primarily interest charges from our outstanding debt) and asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) from our operating results;
 
  •  in presentations to our Board of Directors to enable it to have the same measurement of operating performance used by management;
 
  •  for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget;
 
  •  for compensation purposes, including the basis for incentive quarterly and annual bonuses for certain employees, including our sales force;
 
  •  as a valuation measure in strategic analyses in connection with the purchase and sale of assets; and
 
  •  with respect to compliance with our credit facility, which requires us to maintain certain financial ratios based on Annualized EBITDA (as defined in our credit agreement).

      There are material limitations to using a measure such as Adjusted EBITDA, including the difficulty associated with comparing results among more than one company and the inability to analyze certain significant items, including depreciation and interest expense, that directly affect our net income or loss. Management compensates for these limitations by considering the economic effect of the excluded expense items independently as well as in connection with its analysis of net income. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for, other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

44


 

      Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, the six months ended June 30, 2002, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the five months ended June 30, 2003 was calculated as follows:

                                           
Year Ended
December 31, Six Months One Month Five Months

Ended Ended Ended
2001 2002 June 30, 2002 January 31, 2003 June 30, 2003





(In thousands)
Net income (loss)
  $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )   $ (580,099 )   $ 344,970     $ (9,266 )
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense
    165,267       189,936       95,263       16,075       42,452  
Interest income
    (17,037 )     (855 )     (377 )     (137 )     (496 )
Interest expense
    212,174       226,536       120,492       4,721       27,865  
Gain on debt discharge
                      (1,034,764 )      
Writeoff of investments in affiliates
    129,404                          
Writeoff of loans to affiliates
    26,980                          
Income tax expense
    555       1,133       143       5       808  
Reorganization items:
                                       
 
Adjust accounts to fair value
                      644,688        
 
Professional and other fees
          4,329             23,894        
Loss (income) from operations of discontinued segment, net of income tax expense
    (5,858 )     12,268       2,785              
Loss on disposal of discontinued segment
          46,984                   596  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
          376,753       376,753       12,236        
     
     
     
     
     
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ (143,284 )   $ 82,100     $ 14,960     $ 11,688     $ 61,959  
     
     
     
     
     
 

45


 

 
Free Cash Flow

      Free cash flow (deficit), as we have defined it, is calculated as the cash provided by (used in) operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. We believe free cash flow to be relevant and useful information to our investors as this measure is used by our management in evaluating our liquidity and the cash generated by our consolidated operating businesses. Our definition of free cash flow does not take into consideration cash provided by or used for acquisitions or sales of tower assets or cash used to acquire other businesses. Additionally, our definition of free cash flow does not reflect cash used to make mandatory repayments of our debt obligations. The limitations of using this measure include the difficulty in analyzing the impact on our operating cash flow of certain discretionary expenditures such as purchases of property and equipment and our mandatory debt service requirements. Management compensates for these limitations by analyzing the economic effect of these expenditures and asset dispositions independently as well as in connection with the analysis of our cash flow. Free cash flow reflects cash available for financing activities, to strengthen our balance sheet, or cash available for strategic investments, including acquisitions of tower assets or businesses. We believe free cash flow should be considered in addition to, but not as a substitute for, other measures of liquidity reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Free cash flow, as we have defined it, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Free cash flow (deficit) for the three months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003, the six months ended June 30, 2002, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the five months ended June 30, 2003 was calculated as follows:

                                         
Predecessor Reorganized Predecessor Predecessor Reorganized
Company Company Company Company Company
Three Months Three Months Six Months One Month Five Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
June 30, 2002 June 30, 2003 June 30, 2002 January 31, 2003 June 30, 2003





(In thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (19,890 )   $ 16,623     $ (15,688 )   $ 5,892     $ 28,550  
Less: Purchases of property and equipment
    (19,579 )     (3,926 )     (48,530 )     (2,737 )     (6,181 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Free cash flow (deficit)
  $ (39,469 )   $ 12,697     $ (64,218 )   $ 3,155     $ 22,369  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Cash flow provided by (used in) investing activities and cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities for the three months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003, the six months ended June 30, 2002, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the five months ended June 30, 2003 are as follows:

                                         
Predecessor Reorganized Predecessor Predecessor Reorganized
Company Company Company Company Company
Three Months Three Months Six Months One Month Five Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
June 30, 2002 June 30, 2003 June 30, 2002 January 31, 2003 June 30, 2003





(In thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
  $ (19,579 )   $ (13,171 )   $ (59,347 )   $ (2,737 )   $ 65,702  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
  $ (791 )   $ (32,603 )   $ 88,795     $ (10,884 )   $ (108,731 )
     
     
     
     
     
 

Description of Critical Accounting Policies

      The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to the matters described below. These estimates are based on the information that is currently available to us and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

46


 

 
Revenue Recognition

      Site operations revenues are recognized when earned based on lease and license agreements. Rate increases based on fixed escalation clauses that are included in certain lease and license agreements are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or license. Revenues from fees, such as engineering and site inspection fees, are recognized upon delivery of the related products and services to the customer. Additionally, we generate revenues related to the management of sites on rooftops. Under each site management agreement, we are entitled to a fee based on a percentage of the gross revenue derived from the rooftop site subject to the agreement. We recognize this fee as revenue when earned.

      Broadcast services revenues related to construction activities are derived from service contracts with customers that provide for billing on a time and materials or fixed price basis. For time and material contracts, revenues are recognized as services are performed. For fixed price contracts, we recognize revenue and profit as work progresses using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, which relies on estimates of total expected contract revenues and costs. We follow this method because reasonable estimates of the revenue and costs applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. Because the financial reporting of these contracts depends on estimates, which are assessed continually during the term of the contract, recognized revenues and profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. Revisions in profit estimates are reflected in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. Accordingly, favorable changes in estimates result in additional revenue and profit recognition, and unfavorable changes in estimates result in the reversal of previously recognized revenue and profits. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.

      Unbilled revenues (costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings) become billable when, in accordance with the terms of the contract, certain pre-determined targets are reached. Typically these targets are reached as certain pre-defined stages of the project are completed. In the event that the contractual payment provisions are not triggered or a contract is terminated, the Company’s contracts typically provide for a payment to be due based on the extent of work performed to date.

 
Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

      We evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware that a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us is in question (e.g., bankruptcy filings, substantial down-grading of credit ratings), we record a specific allowance against amounts due to reduce the net recognized receivable from that customer to the amount we reasonably believe will be collected. For all other customers, we reserve a percentage of the remaining outstanding accounts receivable balance based on a review of the aging of customer balances, industry experience and the current economic environment. If circumstances change (e.g., higher than expected defaults or an unexpected material adverse change in one or more significant customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us), our estimates of the recoverability of amounts due us could be reduced by a material amount.

 
Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment built, purchased, leased or licensed under long-term leasehold or license agreements are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. We capitalize costs incurred in bringing property and equipment to an operational state. Costs clearly associated with the acquisition, development and construction of property and equipment are capitalized as a cost of the assets. Indirect costs that relate to several assets are capitalized and allocated to the assets to which the costs relate. Indirect costs that do not clearly relate to projects under development or construction are charged to expense as incurred. Estimates and cost allocations are reviewed at the end of each financial reporting period. Costs are revised and reallocated as necessary for material changes on the basis of current estimates. Depreciation on property and equipment excluding towers is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three to fifteen years. Depreciation on towers is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 15 years for wireless towers and 30 years for broadcast towers. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation.

47


 

 
Goodwill

      The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in purchase business combinations has been recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or as impairment indicators are identified, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. On an ongoing basis, we assess the recoverability of goodwill by determining the ability of the specific assets acquired to generate future cash flows sufficient to recover the unamortized goodwill over the remaining useful life. We estimate future cash flows based on the current performance of the acquired assets and our business plan for those assets. Changes in business conditions, major customers or other factors could result in changes in those estimates. Goodwill determined to be unrecoverable based on future cash flows is written-off in the period in which such determination is made.

 
Impairment of Long-lived Assets

      Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, goodwill and purchased intangible assets, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset (if any) are less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment is identified, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. Effective January 1, 2002, potential impairment of long-lived assets other than goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is evaluated using the guidance provided by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.

 
Accounting for Income Taxes

      As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent that we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against net deferred tax assets. We have recorded a valuation allowance of $464.7 million as of December 31, 2002, due to uncertainties related to utilization of deferred tax assets, primarily consisting of net operating losses carryforwards, before they expire.

 
Derivative Financial Instruments

      Derivative financial instruments are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”), as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 138, Accounting for Certain Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities (“SFAS 138”) and as further amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. All derivative financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements at fair value. Changes in the fair values of derivative financial instruments are either recognized in earnings or in stockholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting as defined by SFAS 133. Changes in fair values of derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting are reported in earnings as they occur.

48


 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (“SFAS 143”) which is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. SFAS 143 requires legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets to be recognized at their fair value at the time that the obligations are incurred. Upon initial recognition of a liability, that cost should be capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset and allocated to expense over the useful life of the asset. We adopted the new rules on asset retirement obligations on January 1, 2003. Application of the new rules resulted in an increase in net property, plant and equipment of $23.2 million, recognition of an asset retirement obligation of $35.4 million, and a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle that reduced net income and stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $12.2 million. Had the Company adopted SFAS 143 as of January 1, 2000, the asset retirement obligation would have been as follows (in thousands):

     
January 1, 2000
  $22,653
December 31, 2000
  $29,447
December 31, 2001
  $32,122
December 31, 2002
  $35,442

      These pro forma amounts are measured using information and assumptions as of the adoption date of this statement.

      In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statement Nos. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13 and Technical Corrections (“SFAS 145”). SFAS 145 amends or rescinds a number of authoritative pronouncements, including Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt (“SFAS 4”). SFAS 4 required that gains and losses from extinguishment of debt that were included in the determination of net income or loss be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. Upon adoption of SFAS 145, gains and losses from extinguishment of debt will no longer be classified as extraordinary items, but rather will generally be classified as part of other income (expense) on our consolidated statement of operations. The provisions of SFAS 145 are effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 145 on January 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In July 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, Accounting For Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”). The statement requires costs associated with exit or disposal activities to be recognized when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The requirements of SFAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after January 1, 2003. We adopted the provisions of SFAS 146 on January 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 are effective for fiscal year 2002. The interim and annual disclosure requirements are effective for the first quarter of 2003. The adoption of SFAS 148 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In April 2003, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 149”). SFAS 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other

49


 

contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS 133, as previously amended by SFAS 138. SFAS 149 clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in SFAS 133. In addition, it clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. SFAS 149 amends certain other existing pronouncements. SFAS 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003 and should be applied prospectively. We do not expect the impact of adopting this statement to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 requires an investor with a majority of the variable interests in a variable interest entity (“VIE”) to consolidate the entity and also requires majority and significant variable interest investors to provide certain disclosures. A VIE is an entity in which the equity investors do not have a controlling interest, or the equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance the entity’s activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from the other parties. For arrangements entered into with VIEs created prior to January 31, 2003, the provisions of FIN 46 are required to be adopted at the beginning of the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2003. We are currently reviewing our investments and other arrangements to determine whether any of our investee companies are VIEs. We do not expect to identify any significant VIEs that would be consolidated, but may be required to make additional disclosures. Our maximum exposure related to any investment that may be determined to be in a VIE is limited to the amount invested. The provisions of FIN 46 are effective immediately for all arrangements entered into with new VIEs created after January 31, 2003. We have not invested in any new VIEs created after January 31, 2003.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity(“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). SFAS 150 amends certain other existing pronouncements. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities. We do not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Inflation

      Some of our expenses, such as those for marketing, wages and benefits, generally increase with inflation. However, we do not believe that our financial results have been, or will be, adversely affected by inflation in a material way.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

      We use financial instruments, including fixed and variable rate debt, to finance our operations. The information below summarizes our market risks associated with debt obligations outstanding as of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002. The following table presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by fiscal year of maturity of our fixed rate debt as of June 30, 2003:

                                                           
Expected Maturity Date

2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Thereafter Total







(Dollars in thousands)
Long-term obligations:
                                                       
 
Fixed rate
  $     $     $     $     $     $ 200,000     $ 200,000  
 
Average interest rate
                                  8.25 %     8.25 %

      As of December 31, 2002, we had $1.76 billion of liabilities subject to compromise, which were converted to common stock on February 10, 2003 pursuant to our Plan of Reorganization. Prior to our chapter 11 filing, these obligations had an average fixed interest rate of 11.30%.

50


 

      In addition, as of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, we had $480.0 million and $783.0 million, respectively, of variable rate debt outstanding under our credit facility at a weighted average interest rate of 4.83% and 5.94%, respectively. A 1% increase in the interest rate on our variable rate debt would have increased interest expense by approximately $1.6 million, $2.8 million, $0.7 million and $7.8 million in the three months ended June 30, 2003, the five months ended June 30, 2003, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the year ended December 31, 2002, respectively.

      In addition, as of June 30, 2003, we have an interest rate cap on $375.0 million of the variable rate debt outstanding under our credit facility, which caps LIBOR at 7.0% for the next three years. As of June 30, 2003, the carrying amount and fair value of this instrument was $0.2 million.

51


 

BUSINESS

Introduction

      We are one of the largest, in terms of number of towers, and fastest growing, in terms of revenue growth, wireless tower operators in the United States. Our primary business is owning, leasing and licensing antenna sites on wireless and broadcast towers, owning and licensing in-building shared infrastructure systems and managing access to rooftop telecommunications on commercial real estate. For the five months ended June 30, 2003, approximately 95% of our revenues came from our site operations. We also provide design, fabrication, construction, modification and maintenance services for the broadcast tower industry.

      We have a portfolio of over 7,500 towers, primarily located in the top 100 BTA markets in the United States. We believe that the growing use of wireless communication services together with capacity constraints in the top 100 BTA markets will continue to increase the demand for tower assets located in these markets and drive the growth of our business.

      Our business is characterized by stable and recurring revenues, predictable operating costs and a low level of capital expenditures. We expect to continue to increase our revenues by adding new customers to our towers and by providing additional space to our existing customers. Revenues from our existing customers are expected to grow because of contractual provisions that increase our customers’ payments to us on an annual basis. In addition, we experience minimal customer turnover due to long-term customer contracts, the quality of our assets and the significant relocation costs for our existing customers. Approximately 90% of our revenues are derived from the six largest wireless service providers, two of which were responsible for 48% of our revenues in 2002 and the first half of 2003.

Products and Services

      Our business consists of site leasing and licensing operations and broadcast services.

 
Site Operations

      As of June 30, 2003, we owned or operated 7,466 wireless towers and in-building systems and 73 broadcast towers primarily located in the top 100 BTA markets in the United States. We have major metropolitan market clusters in Los Angeles, Chicago, San Francisco, Philadelphia, Detroit and Dallas. Our principal business is the leasing of space on our antenna sites to wireless carriers, which represents more than 92% of our monthly site operations revenues.

      Wireless Tower Ownership, Leasing, Licensing and Management. We are one of the largest independent owners and operators of wireless communications towers in the United States. We provide antenna site services, which primarily involve the leasing and licensing of antenna space on our towers, to wireless carriers. In leasing and licensing antenna space, we generally receive monthly fees from customers. Our customer leases and licenses typically have original terms of five to ten years, with four or five renewal periods of five years each, and usually provide for periodic rate increases ranging from two percent to five percent per year. Monthly pricing varies with the tower location and the number and type of antennas installed on a given site. Our wireless leasing customers are leading wireless service providers, including AT&T Wireless, Cingular, Nextel, Sprint PCS, T-Mobile, Verizon Wireless and their affiliates.

      Over the last two years, we have taken steps to reduce our capital commitments, particularly with respect to the acquisition and construction of wireless towers. For example, in November 2001, we paid $35 million to SBC to reduce the number of towers to be leased or subleased from SBC. In 2002, we implemented a plan to reduce the number of new tower constructions and acquisitions, and, in February 2003, we sold 545 wireless communications towers to Cingular and further reduced the number of towers to be leased or subleased from SBC.

      In-Building Shared Infrastructure Solutions. We are a leading provider in the rapidly growing business of in-building neutral host distributed antenna systems serving telecommunications carriers in the United States. We have the exclusive rights to provide in-building systems to wireless carriers in over 300 retail

52


 

shopping malls, casino/ hotel resorts and office buildings in the United States. Our leases with property owners for the rights to install and operate the in-building systems are generally for an initial period of ten years. Some of these leases contain automatic extension provisions and continue after the initial period unless terminated by us. Under these leases, we are the exclusive operator of in-building neutral host distributed antenna systems for the term of the lease. We are also responsible for marketing the property as part of our portfolio of telecommunications sites and for installing, operating and maintaining the distributed antenna system at the properties. We grant rights to wireless service providers to attach their equipment to our in-building system for a fee under licenses with the providers that typically have an initial term of ten years. We typically share a portion of the collected fees with the property owners.

      Broadcast Tower Ownership, Leasing, Licensing and Management. We are one of the largest independent owners and operators of broadcast towers in the United States. Broadcast towers generally are taller and structurally more complex than wireless towers, require unique engineering skills and are more costly to build. The anchor customers on our broadcast towers are mostly television broadcasting companies. We provide antenna site services, which involve the leasing and licensing of antenna space on our broadcast towers to broadcasters and wireless carriers. In leasing and licensing antenna space, we generally receive monthly fees from customers, with contracts typically initially ranging from ten to 20 years.

      The following chart shows the locations of our wireless towers, broadcast towers and in-building systems as of June 30, 2003:

         
State Number


Texas
    1,015  
California
    840  
Illinois
    740  
Ohio
    555  
Michigan
    397  
Florida
    334  
Missouri
    325  
Georgia
    226  
Pennsylvania
    226  
Alabama
    207  
Oklahoma
    202  
New York
    197  
Louisiana
    180  
North Carolina
    177  
Washington
    148  
Indiana
    129  
Wisconsin
    123  
Maryland
    120  
Other
    1,398  
     
 
Total
    7,539  
     
 

      Rooftop Management. We also provide rooftop management services to telecommunications carriers in the United States. We are the exclusive site manager for over 10,000 real estate properties, with significant access clusters in major metropolitan areas. Wireless carriers utilize our managed rooftop sites as transmitting locations, often where there are no existing towers or where new towers are difficult to build. Our rooftop management contracts are generally for an initial period of three to five years. These contracts contain automatic extension provisions and continue after the initial period unless terminated by either party. Under

53


 

these contracts, we are engaged as the exclusive site manager for rooftop management. For these services, we receive a percentage of occupancy or license fees.

     Broadcast Services

      We provide, design, fabrication, construction, modification and maintenance services for the broadcast tower industry. We have over 50 years of experience in the broadcast tower industry and have worked on the development of more than 700 broadcast towers, which we believe represent approximately 50% of the existing broadcast towers in the United States.

      Broadcast towers require a high level of technical design and erection expertise, as they reach heights of up to 2,000 feet. The existing domestic broadcast tower infrastructure was generally developed to accommodate individual broadcast signals. This broadcast tower infrastructure was built primarily in the 1940’s and 1950’s. Today, it is considered to be at capacity and somewhat antiquated. The FCC mandate requiring the conversion of analog to digital broadcast signals potentially creates significant infrastructure deployment requirements for the broadcast community in the United States. In addition, the engineering and construction expertise for broadcast towers is limited to a relatively small number of fabrication and construction companies that specialize in broadcast towers, including our company.

Competitive Strengths

      We believe that we are distinguished by the following competitive strengths which will allow us to continue to grow our revenues and increase our operating margins:

        High Quality Assets. We believe that the quality of our portfolio of tower assets, including our tower clusters in major metropolitan markets, makes us a preferred provider for the largest carriers in the wireless industry. In addition, because our tower portfolio was predominantly built over the last four years and we acquired primarily single-tenant towers from wireless carriers, we have fewer customers per tower than the other publicly traded tower companies. Therefore, we expect that as we add new customers our revenue per tower will grow at a faster rate than revenue per tower of other publicly traded tower companies. Over the last two years, we have been a leader in the tower industry in terms of key operating performance measures such as same tower revenue and same tower cash flow growth.
 
        Stable and Growing Core Site Operations Business. Our focus on the leasing and licensing of antenna space on communications towers pursuant to long-term contracts provides us with a recurring, stable cash flow stream. Significant relocation costs also tend to deter existing customers from switching to other towers. Our leases and licenses generally provide for regular annual rate increases. Because our tower operating expenses generally do not increase significantly as we add additional customers, once a tower is built for an anchor customer, additional customers provide high incremental cash flow.
 
        Low Levels of Debt in our Capital Structure. We currently operate with the lowest levels of total debt and debt leverage among the publicly traded tower companies. We also have substantially completed the build-out of our wireless tower portfolio and terminated our build-to-suit contracts with wireless carriers. These measures have reduced our capital expense commitments and our future funding requirements. We believe our lower level of total debt and funding requirements will increase our financial flexibility relative to the other publicly traded tower companies and will enhance our cash flow generating capability.
 
        Disciplined Approach to Operations. Over the last nine quarters, we have aggressively focused on operating cost controls. During that time, we reduced our quarterly sales, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue from 31% to 16%. In addition, as a result of initiatives by our management team over the past two years, we believe that our accounts receivable as a percentage of revenues is the lowest among the publicly traded tower companies. By reducing the amount of working capital required to operate our business we have improved our operating flexibility.
 
        Experienced Management. Our senior management team has been in place for four years and its members have an average of over 11 years of experience in the wireless industry. Our chief operating

54


 

  officer and the presidents of our leasing and broadcast divisions, for example, have a combined 38 years of experience in management positions at wireless carriers.

Business Strategy

       We intend to capitalize on the continued growth in demand for wireless services and the related infrastructure required to support that growth. The principal features of our business strategy are to:

        Maximize Use of Our Tower Portfolio. We believe that our highest returns will be achieved by leasing and licensing additional space on our existing towers. Because the costs of operating a tower are largely fixed, increasing utilization will significantly improve our operating margins. For example, based on trailing twelve-months revenue on the towers that we owned or operated as of June 30, 2002 and June 30, 2003, same tower revenue growth was 15%, while same tower costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, increased 5%.
 
        Take Advantage of Our Major Market Presence. Approximately 58% of our wireless antenna sites are located in the top 50 BTA markets and approximately 71% of our wireless antenna sites are located in the top 100 BTA markets in the United States, which are the highest percentages among the publicly traded tower companies. Approximately 60% of the U.S. population is located in the top 50 BTA markets and approximately 74% of the U.S. population is located in the top 100 BTA markets. We believe the increase in peak minutes of use, together with capacity constraints, in these markets will lead carriers to deploy more capital to expand their network capacity in these markets than in other markets.
 
        Leverage Existing Relationships with Wireless Service Providers and Their Program Management Companies. Maintaining and cultivating relationships with wireless service providers is a critical focus of our sales and marketing program. We have a dedicated group of sales representatives that focuses on establishing and maintaining relationships with customers at both local and regional levels. In addition, we employ an experienced national accounts team that works closely with each wireless service provider’s corporate headquarters and senior management team to cultivate and ensure long-term relationships.
 
        Capitalize on Our Industry-Leading Position in Providing In-Building Shared Infrastructure Solutions to Wireless Carriers. We have the largest operational base of distributed antenna systems providing in-building wireless coverage in the tower industry. We also have a leading position in distributed radio frequency transport. We believe wireless carriers will continue to commit greater financial resources to these areas as they seek to improve network quality and provide additional high quality network coverage.

Customers

      Our customers include several of the largest wireless service providers in the United States, including AT&T Wireless, Cingular, Nextel, Sprint, T-Mobile and Verizon Wireless. Our largest customers currently are Nextel (and its affiliates) and Cingular, which represented approximately 28% and 20%, respectively, of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2002 and approximately 29% and 19%, respectively, of our revenues for both the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the five months ended June 30, 2003. For the year ended December 31, 2001, Nextel (and its affiliates) and Cingular accounted for 30% and 13% of our revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2000, Nextel (and its affiliates) accounted for 48% of our revenues.

Sales and Marketing

      We believe that our quality portfolio of tower assets, our strong customer relationships and our operational excellence make us a preferred provider for the wireless industry. Our sales and marketing goals are to:

  •  Leverage existing relationships and develop new relationships with wireless service providers to lease and license antenna space on our tower, in-building and rooftop assets; and

55


 

  •  Form relationships with wireless service providers’ program management companies to further broaden our channels of distribution.

      Maintaining and cultivating relationships with wireless service providers is a critical focus of our sales and marketing program. We have a dedicated group of sales representatives that focuses on establishing and maintaining relationships with customers at both local and regional levels. In addition, we employ an experienced national accounts team that works closely with each wireless service provider’s corporate headquarters and senior management team to cultivate and ensure long-term relationships.

      Our sales staff is compensated on new customer revenue generation, relocation/ reconfiguration revenue, fee revenue and customer satisfaction. In addition, our sales teams rely on the complementary functions of our field support services and project management teams to further identify revenue opportunities and enhance customer satisfaction.

Competition

      Our principal competitors include American Tower Corp., Crown Castle International Corp., Pinnacle Holdings, Inc., SBA Communications Corp., Sprint Sites USA, numerous independent tower operators and the many owners of non-tower antenna sites, including rooftops, water towers and other alternate structures. Wireless service providers, such as AT&T Wireless, Sprint PCS and T-Mobile, own and operate their own tower networks and lease (or may in the future decide to lease) antenna sites to other providers. We compete principally on the basis of tower location and capacity, price, quality of service and density of service within a geographic market.

      Technological developments are also making it possible for wireless carriers to expand their use of existing facilities to provide service without additional tower facilities. The increased use by carriers of signal combining and related technologies, which allow two or more carriers to provide services on different transmission frequencies using the communications antenna and other facilities normally used by only one carrier, could reduce the demand for tower-based broadcast transmissions and antenna space. In addition to sharing transmitters, carriers are, through joint ventures and other arrangements (such as Cingular’s infrastructure joint ventures with T-Mobile and AT&T Wireless), sharing (or considering the sharing of) telecommunications infrastructure in ways that might adversely impact the growth of our business.

      In addition, wireless service providers frequently enter into agreements with competitors allowing them to utilize one another’s wireless communications facilities to accommodate customers who are out of range of their home providers’ services. These roaming agreements may be viewed by wireless service providers as a superior alternative to leasing space for their own antennas on communications sites we own.

Employees

      As of June 30, 2003, we had 597 employees. None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our employee relations to be good.

International

      During 2001, we ceased development efforts in Europe and Mexico. In 2002, we sold our network services operations in Canada. Our primary focus is on operations in the United States.

Regulatory and Environmental Matters

     Federal Regulations

      Both the FCC and the FAA regulate towers used for communications transmitters and receivers. These regulations control the siting, marking and lighting of towers and generally, based on the characteristics of the tower, require registration of tower facilities with the FCC. Wireless and broadcast communications antennas operating on towers are separately regulated and independently authorized by the FCC based upon the

56


 

particular frequency used and the service provided. In addition to these regulations, SpectraSite must comply with certain environmental laws and regulations.

      Under the requirements of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, the FCC, in conjunction with the FAA, has developed standards for review of proposals for new or modified antenna structures. These standards mandate that the FCC and the FAA consider the height of the proposed antenna structure, the relationship of the structure to existing natural or man-made obstructions and the proximity of the structure to runways and airports. Proposals to construct new communications sites or modify existing communications sites that could affect air traffic must be filed with and reviewed by the FAA to ensure the proposals will not present a hazard to aviation. The FAA may condition its issuance of no-hazard determinations upon compliance with specified lighting and marking requirements. The FCC will not authorize the operation of communications antennas on towers unless the tower has been registered with the FCC or a determination has been made that such registration is not necessary. The FCC will not register a tower unless it has received all necessary clearances from the FAA. The FCC also enforces special lighting and marking requirements. Owners of towers on which communications antennas are located have an obligation to maintain marking and lighting to conform to FCC standards. Tower owners also bear the responsibility of notifying the FAA of any tower lighting failures. We generally outsource the monitoring of the lighting of our towers to contractors that specialize in those services. However, under the FCC’s rules, we remain fully liable for the acts and omissions of those contractors. We generally indemnify our customers against any failure to comply with applicable standards. Failure to comply with the applicable requirements (including as a result of acts or omissions of our contractors, which may be beyond our control) may lead to monetary forfeitures or other enforcement actions, as well as civil penalties, contractual liability and/or tort liability.

      The Telecommunications Act of 1996 amended the Communications Act of 1934 by limiting state and local zoning authorities’ jurisdiction over the construction, modification and placement of wireless communications towers. The law preserves local zoning authority but prohibits any action that would discriminate between different providers of wireless services or ban altogether the construction, modification or placement of communications towers. It also prohibits state or local restrictions based on the environmental effects of radio frequency emissions to the extent the facilities comply with the FCC regulations. The 1996 Act also requires the federal government to help licensees of wireless communications services gain access to preferred sites for their facilities. This may require that federal agencies and departments work directly with licensees to make federal property available for tower facilities.

      In October 2000, the FCC adopted rules and policies related to telecommunications service providers’ access to rooftops, other rights-of-way and conduits in multi-tenant buildings. The FCC prohibited telecommunications carriers in commercial settings from entering into new exclusive contracts with building owners, including contracts that effectively restrict premises owners or their agents from permitting access to other telecommunications service providers. The FCC also established procedures to ensure that the demarcation point in buildings, which marks the end of the incumbent local exchange carrier’s control over on-premises wiring and the beginning of the customer’s or building owner’s control, will, at the premises owner’s request, be at the “minimum point of entry” to the structure rather than further inside the premises. In addition, the FCC determined that, under the Communications Act, utilities, including local exchange carriers, will be required to afford telecommunications carriers and cable service providers reasonable and nondiscriminatory access to conduits and rights-of-way in customer buildings, to the extent such conduits and rights-of-way are owned or controlled by the utility. Finally, the FCC amended its existing rules to give building tenants the same ability to place on their leased or owned property small satellite dishes for receiving telecommunications and other fixed wireless signals that they currently have for receiving video services.

      In the same October 2000 action, the FCC sought comment on a number of related issues, including whether the prohibition on exclusive contracts should be extended to residential buildings; whether it should be broadened to prohibit preferences other than exclusive access, such as exclusive marketing or landlord bonuses for tenants; whether the FCC should prohibit carriers from enforcing exclusive access provisions in existing contracts for commercial or residential multi-tenant buildings; and whether the agency has authority to prohibit local exchange carriers from providing services to multi-tenant buildings where the owners

57


 

maintain policies unreasonably preventing competing carriers from gaining access to potential customers within the building.

       In June 2003, the FCC issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeking comment on a draft agreement between the FCC, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation and the National Conference of State Historic Preservation Officers that would tailor and streamline procedures for review of towers and other FCC licensed communications facilities under the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, or “NHPA”, and on related revisions to the FCC’s rules. The FCC has indicated that the intent of the agreement and the proposed rule revisions is to improve compliance with the NHPA and streamline the review process for construction of towers and other FCC licensed communications facilities. We cannot predict with certainty whether, and if so when, the FCC’s proposals will be adopted, and, if they are, the effect they will have on our business.

      In 1996, the FCC mandated the conversion of analog television signals to digital. As a result of several subsequent rulings by the FCC, each commercial television station in the United States was required to complete construction of new digital broadcasting facilities by May 1, 2002. Non-commercial stations were given until May 1, 2003, to complete digital construction. By April 21, 2003, all television stations were required to be simulcasting at least 50% of their programming on both their analog and digital facilities and must convert to 100% simulcasting within two years. The simulcasting transition is scheduled to end in 2006, when television broadcasters will be required to terminate analog service, unless that date has been extended based on satisfaction of statutory standards demonstrating that significant portions of the viewing public do not have the ability to receive digital television signals.

      Although these deadlines have resulted from past extensions by the FCC of previous deadlines, various broadcasters have requested that the FCC further extend the current conversion deadlines. In December 2001, the FCC declined to issue a blanket extension of the current deadlines, however, and instead agreed to continue to consider extension requests by particular broadcasters on a case-by-case basis, and made it easier for broadcasters to qualify for such extensions. As of January 2003, approximately 93% of all television stations in the United States have been granted a construction permit or a license for digital television. More than 75% of the stations whose deadline to complete their digital television broadcast facilities was May 1, 2002, requested an extension of their completion deadline to November 1, 2002 and approximately 85% of those requests were granted. Of those stations that were granted an initial extension, nearly 78% requested an additional six-month extension and, to date, the FCC has granted more than one-third of these extension requests. In April 2003, the FCC granted a six-month waiver on digital television simulcast requirements for all public television stations.

      In August 2002, the FCC adopted a rule requiring all TV receivers manufactured in the United States with screen sizes greater than 13 inches, and all TV receiving equipment, such as VCRs and digital television recorders, be capable of receiving digital television signals over the air no later than July 1, 2007. We believe that this increased penetration of digital television capability among the general broadcast audience may also hasten the digital conversion and add to the demand for digital television broadcast towers.

      We believe that, although the planned conversion to digital might continue to be delayed through FCC extensions or the failure of various broadcasters to achieve the conversion in accordance with the established deadlines, if and when the conversion occurs, it will create significant potential for increased demand for space on broadcast towers, including our towers. We believe that the digital conversion will thus drive increased demand for our tower design and installation services.

State and Local Regulations

      Most states regulate certain aspects of real estate acquisition and leasing activities. Where required, we outsource site acquisition to licensed real estate brokers or agents. Local regulations and restrictions include building codes and other local ordinances, zoning restrictions and restrictive covenants imposed by community developers. These regulations and restrictions vary greatly, but typically require tower owners to obtain a permit or other approval from local officials or community standards organizations prior to tower construction and prior to modifications of towers, including installation of equipment for new customers. Local zoning authorities generally have been hostile to construction of new transmission towers in their communities

58


 

because of the height and visibility of the towers. Companies owning or seeking to build or modify towers have encountered an array of obstacles arising from state and local regulation of tower site construction and modification, including environmental assessments, fall radius assessments, marking and lighting requirements, and concerns with interference with other electronic devices. The delays resulting from the administration of such restrictions can last for several months and, when appeals are involved, can take several years.

Environmental and Related Regulations

      Owners and operators of communications towers are subject to environmental laws. The FCC’s decision to register a proposed tower may be subject to environmental review under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, which requires federal agencies to evaluate the environmental impacts of their decisions under certain circumstances. The FCC has issued regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act, as well as the National Historic Preservation Act, the Endangered Species Act and the American Indian Religious Freedom Act. These regulations place responsibility on each applicant to investigate potential environmental and other effects of operations and to disclose any significant effects in an environmental assessment prior to constructing a tower or adding a new customer on a tower. In the event the FCC determines that a proposed tower would have a significant environmental impact based on the standards the FCC has developed, the FCC would be required to prepare an environmental impact statement. In addition, various environmental groups routinely petition the FCC to deny applications to register new towers. This regulatory process can be costly and could significantly delay the registration of a particular tower. In addition, we are subject to environmental laws that may require investigation and remediation of any contamination at facilities we own or operate or at third-party waste disposal sites. These laws could impose liability even if we did not know of, or were not responsible for, the contamination. Although we believe that we currently have no material liability under applicable environmental laws, the costs of complying with existing or future environmental laws, responding to petitions filed by environmental protection groups, investigating and remediating any contaminated real property and resolving any related liability could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

      In August 2003, the FCC adopted a Notice of Inquiry to gather information on the impact of communications towers on migratory birds. The Notice of Inquiry is part of the FCC’s comprehensive action plan on environmental and historic preservation matters that Chairman Michael Powell announced in May 2003. This Notice of Inquiry marks the most significant action to date taken by the FCC on this subject and may lead to changes in the FCC’s environmental rules. These changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Properties

      We are headquartered in Cary, North Carolina, where we currently occupy an owned 109,570 square foot office facility on 19.7 acres of land and lease 35,973 square feet of office space. We own a 38,000 square foot broadcast tower manufacturing facility located on 10 acres of land in Pine Forge, Pennsylvania. We also own 9.5 acres of land in Visalia, California, on which a 57,000 square foot broadcast tower manufacturing facility is located and 161.7 acres of land in Mobile, Alabama, on which a 1,944 foot broadcast tower is located.

      Our interests in communications sites are comprised of a variety of fee interests, leasehold and sub-leasehold interests created by long-term lease or sublease agreements, private easements, and easements and licenses or rights-of-way granted by government entities. In rural areas, a communications site typically consists of a three-to-five acre tract that supports towers, equipment shelters and guy wires to stabilize the structure. Less than 2,500 square feet are required for a self-supporting tower structure of the kind typically used in metropolitan areas. Land leases generally have an initial term of five years, with five additional five-year renewal periods. See “— Products and Services — Site Operations” for a list of the locations of our wireless towers.

59


 

Legal Proceedings

      We emerged from bankruptcy on February 10, 2003. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Business Overview” for a discussion of our bankruptcy proceedings. Our subsidiaries, including Communications, were not part of the bankruptcy reorganization.

      From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings relating to claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any such legal proceeding, the adverse outcome of which, individually or in the aggregate, is expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

60


 

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

      The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers:

             
Name Age Position



Stephen H. Clark
    59     President, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director
Timothy G. Biltz
    45     Chief Operating Officer
David P. Tomick
    51     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Dale A. Carey
    38     President, Leasing Division
Thomas A. Prestwood, Jr. 
    50     President, Broadcasting Division
Gabriela Gonzalez
    41     Senior Vice President and Controller
John H. Lynch
    45     Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Paul M. Albert, Jr. 
    60     Director
Gary S. Howard
    52     Director
Robert Katz
    36     Director
Richard Masson
    45     Director

      Stephen H. Clark is President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of SpectraSite. He has been a director of SpectraSite since its formation in May 1997 and Chairman since September 2002. Mr. Clark has 23 years of general management experience in high growth companies in the communications, technology and manufacturing sectors.

      Timothy G. Biltz is Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining SpectraSite in August 1999, Mr. Biltz spent 10 years at Vanguard Cellular Systems, Inc., most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. He joined Vanguard in 1989 as Vice President of Marketing and Operations and was Executive Vice President and President of U.S. Wireless Operations from November 1996 until May 1998 when he became Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Biltz was instrumental in Vanguard’s development from an initial start-up to an enterprise with over 800,000 subscribers.

      David P. Tomick is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Tomick joined SpectraSite in 1997. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Tomick was Chief Financial Officer of Masada Security, Inc., a company engaged in the security monitoring business. From 1988 to 1994, he was Vice President — Finance of Falcon Cable TV where he was responsible for debt management, mergers and acquisitions, equity origination and investor relations. Prior to 1988, he managed a team of corporate finance professionals focusing on the communications industry for The First National Bank of Chicago.

      Dale A. Carey is President of SpectraSite’s Leasing Division. Mr. Carey joined SpectraSite as Senior Vice President of Services and Operations in February 2000 and assumed his current position in May 2002. Prior to joining SpectraSite, Mr. Carey served in various capacities for the Pennsylvania Super System of Vanguard Cellular Systems since 1989, most recently as the Regional Vice President and General Manager.

      Thomas A. Prestwood, Jr. is President of SpectraSite’s Broadcast Division. Mr. Prestwood joined SpectraSite in November 2001. Mr. Prestwood has over 15 years of senior management experience and executive level work in the telecommunications industry, most recently as Regional Vice President for Telecorp PCS. Prior to joining Telecorp, Mr. Prestwood served as an Executive Vice President for Highland Holdings and a Market Director for AT&T Wireless Services. Mr. Prestwood was a Senior Vice President at Vanguard Cellular Systems, Inc. from 1990 until the company was acquired by AT&T Wireless in 1999.

      Gabriela Gonzalez is Senior Vice President and Controller. Prior to joining SpectraSite in April 2000, Ms. Gonzalez served as Controller for Commercial Operations for GlaxoWellcome (now GlaxoSmithKline). Before joining GlaxoWellcome in 1998, Ms. Gonzalez served as Controller for Alyeska Pipeline, the operator of the TransAlaskan Pipeline. Ms. Gonzalez is a Certified Public Accountant in Alaska and North Carolina.

61


 

      John H. Lynch is Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining SpectraSite in August 1999, Mr. Lynch served as General Counsel for Qualex Inc., the wholly owned photofinishing subsidiary of Eastman Kodak Company. Before joining Qualex in 1989, Mr. Lynch practiced corporate and real estate law in the Atlanta, Georgia offices of Wildman, Harrold, Allen, Dixon and Branch.

      Paul M. Albert, Jr. has been a director of SpectraSite since February 2003. Mr. Albert is a corporate director, a finance and capital markets consultant primarily engaged in educating bankers at global financial institutions, and a private investor. He has been a director of DigitalGlobe, Inc. since April 1999 and prior to the sale of the companies was a director of CAI Wireless Systems from December 1998 to August 1999 and Teletrac Inc. from December 1999 to April 2001. In his capacity as a corporate director he has served on audit, compensation, finance, and governance committees, often as committee chairman, and is a director of the New York Chapter of the National Association of Corporate Directors. From 1970 to 1996 he was an investment banker, holding senior officer positions at Morgan Stanley & Co. and Prudential Securities.

      Gary S. Howard has been a director of SpectraSite since February 2003. Mr. Howard has been Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of Liberty Media, Inc. since July 1998. Mr. Howard served as Chief Executive Officer of Liberty Satellite & Technology, Inc. from December 1996 to April 2000. Mr. Howard also served as Executive Vice President of TCI from December 1997 to March 1999. Previously, Mr. Howard served as Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and a director of TV Guide, Inc., President and Chief Executive Officer of TCI Ventures Group, LLC and President of Liberty Satellite and Technology. Mr. Howard is also a director of Liberty Satellite & Technology, Inc., UnitedGlobalCom, Inc., and On Command Corporation. Mr. Howard serves as Chairman of the Board of Liberty Satellite & Technology, Inc. and On Command Corporation.

      Robert Katz has been a director of SpectraSite since February 2003. Mr. Katz has been associated with Apollo Management, L.P. since 1990. Mr. Katz is also a director of Vail Resorts, Inc.

      Richard Masson has been a director of SpectraSite since February 2003. Mr. Masson is a Principal and co-founder of Oaktree Capital Management, LLC, an investment advisory firm with over $25 billion of assets under management. He serves as co-Head of Research for their distressed debt funds. Prior to that, Mr. Masson was the head of the Special Credits analytic group at The TCW Group, Inc.

Directors’ Compensation

      Directors who are not executive officers receive an annual fee of $25,000 and $1,000 for each board meeting they attend. In addition, each Audit Committee member receives an annual fee of $20,000 and the chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional annual fee of $5,000. Each member of the Compensation Committee and the Governance Committee receives an annual fee of $2,000 and the chairman of the Compensation Committee receives an additional annual fee of $5,000. Directors will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board and its committees. We also have granted 10,000 stock options with an exercise price of $13.08, which vest over a period of approximately three years, to each of our non-employee directors as compensation for their services as members of our board.

62


 

Executive Compensation

  Summary Compensation Table

      The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation paid by or incurred on behalf of SpectraSite to its Chief Executive Officer and four other most highly compensated executive officers for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002.

                                                           
Long Term Compensation Awards

Annual Compensation Number of

Securities
Other Restricted Underlying All Other
Annual Stock Options/ Compensation
Name and Principal Position Year Salary($) Bonus($) ($)(1) ($) SARs(#)(2) ($)(3)








Stephen H. Clark
    2002       375,000       367,500                         5,500  
 
Chief Executive Officer
    2001       375,000       300,000                   245,250       4,884  
        2000       323,077       325,000                   500,000       4,398  
Timothy G. Biltz
    2002       300,000       294,000                         5,500  
 
Chief Operating Officer
    2001       300,284       270,000                   140,000       5,100  
        2000       260,000       200,000                   300,000       5,100  
David P. Tomick
    2002       235,000       230,300                         5,500  
 
Chief Financial Officer
    2001       228,654       89,725                   113,973       5,250  
        2000       219,615       77,150                   100,000       5,100  
Dale A. Carey(4)
    2002       209,423       102,255                         5,500  
 
President, Leasing
    2001       202,500       90,839                   75,000       3,175  
      2000       146,058       53,885       15,214             150,400       26,059  
Thomas A. Prestwood, Jr.(4)
    2002       204,750       97,500                         5,000  
 
President, Broadcast
    2001       15,000       50,000                   150,000        


(1)  The amount indicated for Mr. Carey in 2000 reflects tax gross ups on relocation expenses.
 
(2)  All options were terminated on February 10, 2003 under the Plan of Reorganization without consideration.
 
(3)  Amounts reported are SpectraSite’s contribution under its 401(k) plan, except the amount reported for Mr. Carey in 2000. The amount reported for Mr. Carey in 2000 includes SpectraSite’s contribution under its 401(k) plan of $2,229 and a relocation reimbursement of $23,830.
 
(4)  Mr. Carey joined SpectraSite in February 2000. Mr. Prestwood joined SpectraSite in November 2001.
 
Options/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

      There were no stock option grants to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

63


 

     Aggregated Options/SAR Exercises and Value in Last Fiscal Year

      The table below provides information as to the exercise of options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 and the number and value of unexercised options held by the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above as of December 31, 2002.

Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year

and Year-End Option/SAR Values
                                                 
Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised Value of Unexercised
Number of Options/SARs at Fiscal In-the-Money Options/SARs
Shares Year-End(#)(1) at Fiscal Year-End($)(a)
Acquired on Value

Name Exercise(#) Realized($) Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable







Stephen H. Clark
                843,813       627,687              
Timothy G. Biltz
                485,000       355,000              
David P. Tomick
                292,108       197,730              
Dale A. Carey
                93,950       131,450              
Thomas A. Prestwood, Jr. 
                37,500       112,500              


(1)  All options were terminated on February 10, 2003 under the Plan of Reorganization without consideration.

     Employment Agreements

      SpectraSite has entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Clark, Tomick and Biltz, effective as of February 10, 2003. The initial term of the employment agreements is three years, with automatic one-year renewals unless either party gives written notice of nonrenewal at least six months prior to the end of the term. The annual base salaries for Messrs. Clark, Tomick, and Biltz are determined pursuant to their respective employment agreements, and they are each eligible to receive annual bonuses in amounts to be determined based on SpectraSite’s achievement of annual financial targets established by the Board of Directors of SpectraSite. In connection with SpectraSite’s emergence from chapter 11 bankruptcy, Messrs. Clark and Tomick also received cash bonuses on February 10, 2003, in the amounts of $2,800,000 and $1,120,000, respectively. If their employment is terminated as a result of their death or disability or is terminated by SpectraSite without cause, or if they resign without good reason during the thirteenth month following a change in control (as defined in the employment agreements), Messrs. Clark, Tomick, and Biltz will be entitled to receive continued salary, average annual bonus and benefits for a period of 24 months following the termination, provided that this period shall be extended to 36 months if they are terminated by SpectraSite without cause or if they resign with good reason during the 24-month period following a change in control.

      Messrs. Clark, Tomick, and Biltz have agreed that for a period of 24 months following the termination of their employment with SpectraSite they generally will not:

  •  engage in, or own any interest in or perform any services for any business which engages in, competition with SpectraSite;
 
  •  solicit management employees of SpectraSite or otherwise interfere with the employment relationship between SpectraSite and its employees; or
 
  •  hire, engage or in any manner be associated with any supplier, contractor or entity with a business relationship with SpectraSite, if such action would have a material adverse effect on SpectraSite.

      In connection with their employment agreements, Messrs. Clark, Tomick, and Biltz were granted options under our Equity Incentive Plan to purchase 1,527,778, 555,556 and 972,222 shares of common stock,

64


 

respectively. The exercise prices of these options are $14.91, $15.09 and $13.08, respectively. The options were vested 20% on March 12, 2003 and, subject to the optionee’s continued employment with SpectraSite, 50% will vest ratably on a monthly basis during the next 36 months, and 30% will vest on March 12, 2009, or earlier if the Company achieves annual financial targets determined by the Board of Directors of SpectraSite.

     Severance Plans

      Messrs. Carey and Prestwood participate in SpectraSite’s Executive Severance Plan B. This plan generally provides that, upon termination of a participant’s employment by SpectraSite other than for cause or by the participant for good reason (which includes any termination by a participant during the thirteenth month following a change in control), the participant will be entitled to continued payments of base salary and target bonus, as well as continued benefits, during the 18 months following termination if the participant then has five or more years experience in current or equivalent employment positions, and 12 months following termination if the participant has less than five years of such experience. In the event of termination resulting from a change in control or in the two-year period following a change in control, the periods referred to above shall be increased to 24 months. For this purpose, a change of control occurs upon (i) the acquisition, other than by the principal stockholders of SpectraSite, of more than 35% of the total combined voting power of SpectraSite’s outstanding securities and such principal stockholders own a lesser percentage of the voting power of SpectraSite’s outstanding securities than such acquiring person and cease to have the ability to elect or designate for election a majority of SpectraSite’s Board of Directors; (ii) a change in the composition of the Board of Directors of SpectraSite during any two-year period that results in the current directors (or those directors approved by the Board of Directors) ceasing to constitute a majority of the directors; (iii) a merger or consolidation of SpectraSite with another entity unless the Company’s outstanding voting securities are exchanged for consideration including securities representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation; or (iv) a sale of all or substantially all of SpectraSite’s assets other than to the principal stockholders of SpectraSite or persons controlled by such stockholders.

     Equity Compensation Plans

      In connection with the Plan of Reorganization, all outstanding awards under the Company’s compensation plans were terminated without consideration. The following table sets forth information with respect to compensation plans under which the common stock is authorized for issuance as of June 30, 2003, subject to execution of definitive documentation.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

                         
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Number of Securities to Weighted-average Future Issuance under
be Issued upon Exercise Exercise Price of Equity Compensation Plans
of Outstanding Options, Outstanding Options, (excluding securities
Plan Category Warrants and Rights Warrants and Rights reflected in column)




Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)
    5,462,714     $ 13.80       414,450  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
     
     
     
 
Total
    5,462,714     $ 13.80       414,450  
     
     
     
 


(1)  Includes SpectraSite’s 2003 Equity Incentive Plan, which was approved in connection with the Plan of Reorganization.

     2003 Equity Incentive Plan

      In 2003, subject to execution of definitive documentation, options for 5,462,714 shares of common stock were issued under the Equity Incentive Plan, each having an exercise price of $13.08 per share, except for the

65


 

options granted to Messrs. Clark and Tomick, whose options have an exercise price of $14.91 and $15.09, respectively. Approximately 414,450 shares of common stock were available for future grants.

      The following is a discussion of other features of the plan.

      Purpose of Plan. The nature and purpose of the plan is to use performance-based grants of long-term, equity-based incentives in the form of stock options and other equity based awards in order to link total compensation for management and key employees to SpectraSite’s performance and stock price appreciation and to allow SpectraSite to remain competitive and to retain top performing employees over time. The plan also permits awards to directors.

      Plan Administration. The plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of SpectraSite. The Compensation Committee has sole discretion, subject to the terms of the plan, to determine the amounts and types of awards to be made, set the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to each award, and prescribe the form of the instruments embodying any award. The Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee may delegate to another committee of the Board of Directors the authority to grant awards to certain persons and the Compensation Committee may generally delegate the authority to act on its behalf to certain officers of SpectraSite.

      Eligibility. Awards may be granted under the plan to any director, officer or other employee of SpectraSite and its subsidiaries, and any individual providing services as a consultant, advisor or otherwise as an independent contractor to SpectraSite and its subsidiaries.

      Vesting and Exercise of Options. Options become exercisable as set forth in a participant’s award agreement.

      Payment for Options. The exercise price of any stock option awarded under the plan will be determined by the Compensation Committee. Participants may exercise an option by making payment in any manner specified by the Compensation Committee.

      Restricted Stock. The Compensation Committee may authorize awards of restricted stock, including performance-based restricted stock. Awards of restricted stock may be made for no consideration, or for an amount as is determined by the Compensation Committee. Restricted stock is common stock that generally is non-transferable and is subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation Committee for a specified period. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment during the restricted period, then any unvested restricted stock will be forfeited. To date, no shares of restricted stock have been awarded under the plan.

      Other Awards Under the Plan. The Compensation Committee may grant other types of equity-based awards such as stock appreciation rights, deferred stock, dividend equivalents and performance-based awards. Such awards and awards of restricted stock may be subject to attainment of preestablished performance goals based on, Adjusted EBITDA, revenue, net income, operating income, cash plan, return on assets, return on equity, return on capital or total stockholder return.

      Federal Income Tax Consequences of Options. The grant of a stock option under the plan will generally not have any immediate effect on the federal income tax liability of SpectraSite or the participant. If the Compensation Committee grants a non-qualified stock option, then the participant will recognize ordinary income at the time he or she exercises the option in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the common stock at the time of its exercise and the exercise price, and SpectraSite will receive a deduction for the same amount.

      If the Compensation Committee grants an incentive stock option, the participant generally will not recognize any taxable income at the time he or she exercises the incentive stock option, but will recognize income at the time he or she sells the common stock acquired by exercise of the incentive stock option. Upon sale of the common stock acquired upon exercise of the incentive stock option, the employee will recognize income equal to the difference between the exercise price and the amount received upon sale, and such income generally will be eligible for capital gain treatment. SpectraSite generally is not entitled to an income tax deduction in connection with an incentive stock option. However, if the employee sells the common stock

66


 

either within two years of the date of the grant, or within one year of the date of the exercise of the incentive stock option, then the option is treated for federal income tax purposes as if it were a non-qualified stock option; the income recognized by the employee will not be eligible for capital gain treatment and SpectraSite will be entitled to a federal income tax deduction equal to the amount of income recognized by the employee.

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The table below sets forth, as of October 15, 2003 and after giving effect to our secondary public offering, information with respect to the beneficial ownership of SpectraSite’s common stock by:

  •  each of our directors and each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table under “Management — Executive Compensation;”
 
  •  each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class or series of our capital stock; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

      The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.

                 
Number Percentage
of Shares of Total
Name of Beneficial Owner Beneficially Owned Voting Power



Stephen H. Clark(1)
    498,523       *  
Timothy G. Biltz(2)
    315,972       *  
David P. Tomick(3)
    184,471       *  
Dale A. Carey(4)
    102,916       *  
Thomas A. Prestwood, Jr.(5)
    48,749       *  
Paul M. Albert, Jr.(6)
    4,001       *  
Gary S. Howard(6)
    4,001       *  
Robert Katz(6)(7)
    4,001       *  
Richard Masson(8)
    4,001       *  
Funds managed by Apollo Management V, L.P.(7)
    7,882,765       16.6  
Funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC(8)(9)
    6,835,906       14.4  
Funds managed by Capital Research and Management Company(10)
    4,694,612       9.9  
Funds affiliated with SPO Partners & Co.(11)
    3,029,800       6.4  
Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC(12)
    3,016,908       6.3  
All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(13)
    1,214,439       2.5  


    * Less than 1%.

(1)  Includes 496,529 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days. Also includes 1,994 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants exercisable within 60 days.
 
(2)  Includes 315,972 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.

67


 

(3)  Includes 180,557 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days. Also includes 3,914 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants exercisable within 60 days, of which 1,204 are held by the Tomick Family Trust.
 
(4)  Includes 102,916 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.
 
(5)  Includes 48,749 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.
 
(6)  Includes 4,001 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days.
 
(7)  With respect to Apollo Management V, L.P. (“Apollo Management”), includes 7,882,765 shares of common stock held by AP Towers LLC (“AP Towers”). The members of AP Towers consist of Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P., Apollo Overseas Partners V, L.P. and other affiliated investment partnerships (collectively, the “Apollo Funds”). Apollo Management serves as manager of each of AP Towers and each of the Apollo Funds and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment control over the shares held by AP Towers. Mr. Katz, a director of the Company, is associated with Apollo Management but does not beneficially own any of the shares held by AP Towers or the Apollo Funds. The business address of AP Towers and each of the Apollo Funds is c/o Apollo Management, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019.
 
(8)  Includes 4,001 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days. Mr. Masson, a director of the Company, is a principal of Oaktree Capital Management, LLC but does not beneficially own any of the shares held by the funds managed by Oaktree Capital Management LLC. Pursuant to the policies of Oaktree Capital Management, LLC, Mr. Masson cannot retain the reported options or the underlying common shares and has assigned such options to Oaktree Capital Management, LLC. Mr. Masson disclaims beneficial ownership of such options and the underlying common shares.
 
(9)  Includes 4,517,587 shares of common stock held by OCM Opportunities Fund IV, L.P. and 2,314,318 shares held by OCM Opportunities Fund IVb, L.P. Oaktree Capital Management, LLC is the general partner of each of the funds and as such may be deemed to have voting and investment control over the shares held by the funds. Oaktree Capital Management, LLC disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares except to the extent of its pecuniary interest in the shares. The business address for the Oaktree funds is 333 S. Grand Avenue, 28th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.

(10)  Capital Research and Management Company is the beneficial owner of common stock, arising from the beneficial ownership by certain investment companies, including 1,796,394 shares owned by American High-Income Trust, registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which is advised by Capital Research and Management, a registered investment adviser. Such shares are held by American High-Income Trust and other funds, in their capacity as investment companies and are beneficially held by Capital Research and Management as an investment adviser. Capital Research and Management has sole voting power and sole dispositive power over the shares but has no pecuniary interest in and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The business address for Capital Research and Management is 333 S. Hope St., 55th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071.
 
(11)  Based solely on information reported on a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 14, 2003. Includes 2,596,800 shares of common stock held by SPO Partners II, L.P., 233,000 shares of common stock held by San Francisco Partners II, L.P., 100,000 shares of common stock held by Cranberry Lake Partners, L.P. and 100,000 shares of common stock held by Netcong Newton Partners, L.P. The business address for each of the funds affiliated with SPO Partners & Co. is 591 Redwood Highway, Suite 3215, Mill Valley, California 94941.
 
(12)  Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC is the beneficial owner of common stock, arising from the beneficial ownership by certain investment companies and other managed accounts, including investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are advised by Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC. Such shares are beneficially held by funds in their capacity as investment

68


 

companies and are beneficially held by Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC as an investment advisor. Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC has sole voting power and sole dispositive power over the shares but has no pecuniary interest in and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The business address for Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC is 51 John F. Kennedy Parkway, Short Hills, New Jersey 07078.
 
(13)  Includes 1,208,503 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options exercisable within 60 days and 5,936 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants exercisable within 60 days.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Registration Rights Agreement

      Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with Oaktree Capital Management, LLC, as general partner and/or investment manager of certain funds and accounts it manages, AP Towers LLC, an affiliate of Apollo Management V, L.P., and Capital Research Management Company as investment adviser for certain funds it manages, providing for the registration of the common stock. The following is a summary of the material terms of that registration rights agreement.

      Under the registration rights agreement, the holders of our common stock that are party to the agreement may require us to register all or some of their shares under the Securities Act. The first two times each holder that is a party to the agreement makes such request, we are obligated to register the shares set forth in such request. If a holder that is party to the agreement makes more than two such requests, then the following conditions must be met to trigger a registration obligation:

  •  we must receive a request for registration from holders of at least 5% of its outstanding stock covered by the registration rights agreement; and
 
  •  the request must specify the number of shares to be disposed of and the proposed plan of distribution therefor.

      We are only obligated to effect six such registrations except to the extent necessary to ensure that each of the holders that are party to the agreement may cause at least two such registrations during the term of the agreement. We have the right to include our shares in any registration statement required by the registration rights agreement.

      In addition to the registration obligations discussed above, if we register any of our common stock under the Securities Act for sale to the public for our own account or for the account of others or both, the registration rights agreement requires that we use commercially reasonable efforts to include in the registration statement common stock held by stockholders that are party to the agreement who wish to participate in the offering. Registrations on Form S-4, Form S-8 or an offering to our existing security holders pursuant to rights distributed to our existing security holders or pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan will not trigger this registration obligation.

Transactions with Executive Officers

      In August 1999, we loaned David P. Tomick $325,000 in connection with the exercise of stock options to acquire Old Common Stock. The loan bears interest at the applicable federal rate under the Internal Revenue Code, 5.36% per annum, and matures in August 2004.

      In September 1999, we loaned Timothy G. Biltz $500,000 to purchase a home as a relocation incentive. This loan is secured by any shares of common stock issued to Mr. Biltz upon his exercise of options or otherwise acquired by Mr. Biltz and bears interest at 5.82% per annum and matures in September 2004.

      In January 2000, we loaned Stephen H. Clark $1,100,000 in connection with the exercise of stock options to acquire 512,500 shares of Old Common Stock. The loan bears interest at 5.80% per annum and matures in December 2004.

69


 

Predecessor Company Transactions

      During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, we entered into various transactions with parties that either were, or as a result of the transactions became, beneficial owners of 5% or more of our Old Common Stock. Following our reorganization, none of these parties owned more than 1% of our common stock. These transactions are described briefly below. Additional information regarding these transactions can be found in notes 9 and 11 to our consolidated financial statements.

      On August 25, 2000, we entered into an agreement, which was subsequently amended, to acquire leasehold and sub-leasehold interests in approximately 3,900 wireless communications towers from affiliates of SBC Communications. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Tower Acquisitions and Dispositions.”

      On April 20, 1999, we acquired 2,000 communications towers from affiliates of Nextel Communications, Inc. in a merger transaction. All the sites were then leased back to Nextel under a master site lease agreement. In connection with this transaction, Nextel agreed to offer us certain exclusive opportunities relating to the construction and purchase of additional sites.

      Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce and some of its affiliates (“CIBC”) have, together with other unrelated financial institutions, acted as agent and lender under Communications’ credit facility, for which CIBC received customary fees. In addition, CIBC World Markets Corp, was an initial purchaser of our 12% Senior Discount Notes due 2008, our 11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2009, our 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2010 and our 12 7/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2012 and an underwriter of our February 2000 public offering of common stock. CIBC World Markets Corp. received customary fees for these investment banking activities.

70


 

DESCRIPTION OF THE CREDIT FACILITY

      Communications, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpectraSite, is party to an amended and restated credit facility with lending commitments totaling approximately $680.0 million. The credit facility includes a $200.0 million revolving credit facility, which may be drawn at any time, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent. As of June 30, 2003, Communications could borrow up to approximately $193.7 million of the $200.0 million under the revolving credit facility. The amount available will be reduced (and, if necessary, the amounts outstanding must be repaid) in quarterly installments beginning on September 30, 2005 and ending on June 30, 2007. The credit facility also includes a $218.7 million multiple draw term loan that is fully drawn and which must be repaid in quarterly installments beginning on March 31, 2006 and ending on June 30, 2007 and a term loan that is fully drawn and which must be repaid in quarterly installments beginning on September 30, 2007 and ending on December 31, 2007. As of June 30, 2003, $204.8 million was outstanding under the multiple draw term loan.

      Effective May 14, 2003, we amended our credit facility to, among other things, reduce our unused former $300 million commitment under our revolving credit facility by $100 million in exchange for moderately increasing the ratios in our leverage covenant in future periods.

      Effective October 24, 2003, we amended our credit facility to replace our existing term loan with a new term loan that is substantially the same as our existing term loan, except that the interest rate is 100 basis points lower.

      With the proceeds of the sale of 545 towers to Cingular, Communications repaid $31.4 million of the multiple draw term loan and $42.1 million of the term loan on February 11, 2003. In addition, Communications repaid $1.1 million of the multiple draw term loan and $1.4 million of the term loan on February 19, 2003. In connection with these repayments, Communications wrote off $1.6 million in debt issuance costs. This charge is included in interest expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations. In connection with the reduction of the revolving portion of the credit facility and the repayment of the term loans with the proceeds from the offering of the initial notes, we wrote off approximately $5.9 million of associated debt issuance costs. As of March 31, 2003, after giving effect to the offering of the initial notes and the use of proceeds from the initial notes to repay a portion of the amounts outstanding under the credit facility, Communications would have had $512.5 million outstanding under the credit facility. The remaining $200.0 million under the credit facility was undrawn.

      The revolving credit loans and the multiple draw term loans bear interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.00% to 1.00% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 2.25% per annum, depending on Communications’ leverage ratio at the end of the preceding fiscal quarter.

      The term loan bears interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus 1.75% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus 3.00% per annum.

      The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the credit facility was 5.94% as of December 31, 2002 and 4.83% as of June 30, 2003.

      Communications is required to pay a commitment fee of between 1.375% and 0.500% per annum in respect of the undrawn portions of the revolving credit facility, depending on the undrawn amount. Communications may be required to prepay the credit facility in part upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a sale of assets, the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness, certain changes to the SBC transaction or the generation of excess cash flow.

      SpectraSite and each of Communications’ domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations under the credit facility. The credit facility is further secured by substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of Communications and its domestic subsidiaries, a pledge of all of the capital stock of Communications and its domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock of Communications’ foreign subsidiaries. The credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict Communications’ ability to incur additional indebtedness; create liens on assets; make investments or acquisitions or engage in mergers or consolidations;

71


 

dispose of assets; enter into new lines of business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and pay dividends or make capital distributions. In addition, the credit facility requires compliance with certain financial covenants, including a requirement that Communications and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, maintain a maximum ratio of total debt to annualized EBITDA (as defined in the credit facility), a minimum interest coverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.

      In February 2003, we entered into an interest rate cap agreement in order to limit exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on our variable rate credit facility. This transaction is designated as a fair value hedge. Accordingly, gains and losses from the change in the fair value of this instrument are recognized in other income and expense. As of June 30, 2003, the carrying amount and fair value of this instrument was $0.2 million and is included in Other Assets in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

72


 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Terms of the Exchange Offer

      We are offering to exchange our exchange notes for a like aggregate principal amount of our initial notes.

      The exchange notes that we propose to issue in this exchange offer will be substantially identical to our initial notes except that, unlike our initial notes, the exchange notes will have no transfer restrictions or registration rights. You should read the description of the exchange notes in the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of the Notes.”

      We reserve the right in our sole discretion to purchase or make offers for any initial notes that remain outstanding following the expiration or termination of this exchange offer and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to purchase initial notes in the open market or privately negotiated transactions, one or more additional tender or exchange offers or otherwise. The terms and prices of these purchases or offers could differ significantly from the terms of this exchange offer.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination

      This exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on December      , 2003, unless we extend it in our reasonable discretion. The expiration date of this exchange offer will be at least 20 business days after the commencement of the exchange offer in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act.

      We expressly reserve the right to delay acceptance of any initial notes, extend or terminate this exchange offer and not accept any initial notes that we have not previously accepted if any of the conditions described below under “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” have not been satisfied or waived by us. We will notify the exchange agent of any extension by oral notice promptly confirmed in writing or by written notice. We will also notify the holders of the initial notes by a press release or other public announcement communicated before 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date unless applicable laws require us to do otherwise.

      We also expressly reserve the right to amend the terms of this exchange offer in any manner. If we make any material change, we will promptly disclose this change in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of our initial notes of the change, including providing public announcement or giving oral or written notice to these holders. A material change in the terms of this exchange offer could include a change in the timing of the exchange offer, a change in the exchange agent and other changes in the terms of this exchange offer. If we make any material change to this exchange offer, we will disclose this change by means of a post-effective amendment to the registration statement which includes this prospectus and will distribute an amended or supplemented prospectus to each registered holder of initial notes. In addition, we will extend this exchange offer for up to an additional five to ten business days as required by the Exchange Act, depending on the significance of the amendment, if the exchange offer would otherwise expire during that period. We will promptly notify the exchange agent by oral notice, promptly confirmed in writing, or written notice of any delay in acceptance, extension, termination or amendment of this exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes

 
Proper Execution and Delivery of Letters of Transmittal

      To tender your initial notes in this exchange offer, you must use one of the three alternative procedures described below:

        (1) Regular delivery procedure: Complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal. Have the signatures on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal. Mail or otherwise deliver the letter of transmittal or the facsimile together with the certificates representing the initial notes being tendered and any other required documents to the exchange agent so that they arrive by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

73


 

        (2) Book-entry delivery procedure: Send a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of your initial notes, if this procedure is available, into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with the procedures for book-entry transfer described under “— Book-Entry Delivery Procedure” below, on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
        (3) Guaranteed delivery procedure: If time will not permit you to complete your tender by using the procedures described in (1) or (2) above before the expiration date and this procedure is available, comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described under “— Guaranteed Delivery Procedure” below.

      The method of delivery of the initial notes, the letter of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. Instead of delivery by mail, we recommend that you use an overnight or hand-delivery service. If you choose the mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not send any letters of transmittal or initial notes to us. You must deliver all documents to the exchange agent at its address provided below. You may also request your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or nominee to tender your initial notes on your behalf.

      Only a holder of initial notes may tender initial notes in this exchange offer. A holder is any person in whose name initial notes are registered on our books or any other person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

      If you are the beneficial owner of initial notes that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and you wish to tender your notes, you must contact that registered holder promptly and instruct that registered holder to tender your notes on your behalf. If you wish to tender your initial notes on your own behalf, you must, before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your initial notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register the ownership of these notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time.

      You must have any signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal guaranteed by:

        (1) a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.;
 
        (2) a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States; or
 
        (3) an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act,

      unless the initial notes are tendered:

        (1) by a registered holder or by a participant in The Depository Trust Company whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner, who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal and only if the exchange notes are being issued directly to this registered holder or deposited into this participant’s account at The Depository Trust Company; or
 
        (2) for the account of a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act.

      If the letter of transmittal or any bond powers are signed by:

        (1) the recordholder(s) of the initial notes tendered, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the initial notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
 
        (2) a participant in The Depository Trust Company, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of the initial notes.

74


 

        (3) a person other than the registered holder of any initial notes, these initial notes must be endorsed or accompanied by bond powers and a proxy that authorize this person to tender the initial notes on behalf of the registered holder, in form satisfactory to us as determined in our sole discretion, in each case, as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the initial notes.
 
        (4) trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must also be submitted with the letter of transmittal.

      To tender your initial notes in this exchange offer, you must make the following representations:

        (1) you are authorized to tender, sell, assign and transfer the initial notes tendered and to acquire exchange notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered initial notes, and that we will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by us;
 
        (2) any exchange notes acquired by you pursuant to the exchange offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of business, whether or not you are the holder;
 
        (3) you or any other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes, does not have an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of such exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act and is not participating in, and does not intend to participate in, the distribution of such exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;
 
        (4) you or such other person who receives exchange notes, whether or not such person is the holder of the exchange notes, is not an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of ours, or if you or such other person is an affiliate, you or such other person will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable;
 
        (5) if you are not a broker-dealer, you represent that you are not engaging in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of exchange notes; and
 
        (6) if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for initial notes and the initial notes to be exchanged for the exchange notes were acquired by you as a result of market-making or other trading activities, you acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale, offer to resell or other transfer of such exchange notes.

      You must also warrant that the acceptance of any tendered initial notes by us and the issuance of exchange notes in exchange therefor shall constitute performance in full by us of our obligations under the registration rights agreement relating to the initial notes.

 
Book-Entry Delivery Procedure

      Any financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust Company’s systems may make book-entry deliveries of initial notes by causing The Depository Trust Company to transfer these initial notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company in accordance with The Depository Trust Company’s procedures for transfer. To effectively tender notes through The Depository Trust Company, the financial institution that is a participant in The Depository Trust Company will electronically transmit its acceptance through the Automatic Tender Offer Program. The Depository Trust Company will then edit and verify the acceptance and send an agent’s message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. An agent’s message is a message transmitted by The Depository Trust Company to the exchange agent stating that The Depository Trust Company has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in The Depository Trust Company tendering the notes that this participation has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce this agreement against this participant. The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the initial notes at The Depository Trust Company for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus.

75


 

      A delivery of initial notes through a book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company will only be effective if an agent’s message or the letter of transmittal or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents is transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address indicated below under “— Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date unless the guaranteed delivery procedures described below are complied with. Delivery of documents to The Depository Trust Company does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent.

 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedure

      If you are a registered holder of initial notes and desire to tender your notes, and (1) these notes are not immediately available, (2) time will not permit your notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis and an agent’s message delivered, you may still tender in this exchange offer if:

        (1) you tender through a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or an eligible guarantor institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act;
 
        (2) on or before the expiration date, the exchange agent receives a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and a notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, with your name and address as holder of the initial notes and the amount of notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made by that letter and notice and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date the certificates for all the initial notes tendered, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation with an agent’s message, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and
 
        (3) the certificates for all your tendered initial notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry confirmation as the case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Acceptance of Initial Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

      Your tender of initial notes will constitute an agreement between you and us governed by the terms and conditions provided in this prospectus and in the related letter of transmittal.

      We will be deemed to have received your tender as of the date when your duly signed letter of transmittal accompanied by your initial notes tendered, or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of these notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company with an agent’s message, or a notice of guaranteed delivery from an eligible institution is received by the exchange agent.

      All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tenders will be determined by us in our sole discretion. Our determination will be final and binding.

      We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all initial notes not properly tendered or any initial notes which, if accepted, would, in our opinion or our counsel’s opinion, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any conditions of this exchange offer or irregularities or defects in tender as to particular notes. If we waive a condition to this exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note holders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of this exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of initial notes must be cured within such time as we shall determine. We, the exchange agent or any other person will be under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of initial notes. We and the exchange agent or any other person will incur no liability for any failure to give notification of these defects or irregularities. Tenders of initial notes will not be deemed to have been made

76


 

until such irregularities have been cured or waived. The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders any initial notes that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived promptly following the expiration date.

      If all the conditions to the exchange offer are satisfied or waived on the expiration date, we will accept all initial notes properly tendered and will issue the exchange notes promptly thereafter. Please refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “— Conditions to the Exchange Offer” below. For purposes of this exchange offer, initial notes will be deemed to have been accepted as validly tendered for exchange when, as and if we give oral or written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent.

      We will issue the exchange notes in exchange for the initial notes tendered pursuant to a notice of guaranteed delivery by an eligible institution only against delivery to the exchange agent of the letter of transmittal, the tendered initial notes and any other required documents, or the receipt by the exchange agent of a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of initial notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company with an agent’s message, in each case, in form satisfactory to us and the exchange agent.

      If any tendered initial notes are not accepted for any reason provided by the terms and conditions of this exchange offer or if initial notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged initial notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder, or, in the case of initial notes tendered by book-entry transfer procedures described above, will be credited to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

      By tendering into this exchange offer, you will irrevocably appoint our designees as your attorney-in-fact and proxy with full power of substitution and resubstitution to the full extent of your rights on the notes tendered. This proxy will be considered coupled with an interest in the tendered notes. This appointment will be effective only when, and to the extent that we accept your notes in this exchange offer. All prior proxies on these notes will then be deemed to be revoked and you will not be entitled to give any subsequent proxy. Any proxy that you may give subsequently will not be deemed effective. Our designees will be empowered to exercise all voting and other rights of the holders as they may deem proper at any meeting of note holders or otherwise. The initial notes will be validly tendered only if we are able to exercise full voting rights with respect to the notes, including voting at any meeting of the note holders, and full rights to consent to any action taken by the note holders.

Withdrawal of Tenders

      Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw tenders of initial notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

      For a withdrawal to be effective, you must send a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date at the address provided below under “— Exchange Agent” and before acceptance of your tendered notes for exchange by us.

      Any notice of withdrawal must:

        (1) specify the name of the person who tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn;
 
        (2) identify the notes to be withdrawn, including, if applicable, the registration number or numbers and total principal amount of these notes;
 
        (3) be signed by the person who tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which these notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to permit the trustee for the initial notes to register the transfer of these notes into the name of the person having made the original tender and withdrawing the tender;

77


 

        (4) specify the name in which any of these initial notes are to be registered, if this name is different from that of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn; and
 
        (5) if applicable because the initial notes have been tendered through the book-entry procedure, specify the name and number of the participant’s account at The Depository Trust Company to be credited, if different than that of the person having tendered the initial notes to be withdrawn.

      We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of all notices of withdrawal and our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Initial notes that are withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange in this exchange offer.

      The exchange agent will return without cost to their holders all initial notes that have been tendered for exchange and are not exchanged for any reason, promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or expiration or termination of this exchange offer.

      You may retender properly withdrawn initial notes in this exchange offer by following one of the procedures described under “— Procedures for Tendering Initial Notes” above at any time on or before the expiration date.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

      We will complete this exchange offer only if:

        (1) there is no change in the laws and regulations which would reasonably be expected to impair our ability to proceed with this exchange offer;
 
        (2) there is no change in the current interpretation of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission which permits resales of the exchange notes;
 
        (3) there is no stop order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities authority suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement which includes this prospectus or the qualification of the indenture for our exchange notes under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and there are no proceedings initiated or, to our knowledge, threatened for that purpose;
 
        (4) there is no action or proceeding instituted or threatened in any court or before any governmental agency or body that would reasonably be expected to prohibit, prevent or otherwise impair our ability to proceed with this exchange offer; and
 
        (5) we obtain all governmental approvals that we deem in our sole discretion necessary to complete this exchange offer.

      These conditions are for our sole benefit. We may assert any one of these conditions regardless of the circumstances giving rise to it and may also waive any one of them, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, if we determine in our reasonable discretion that it has not been satisfied, subject to applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived before the expiration of this exchange offer. If we waive a condition to this exchange offer, the waiver will be applied equally to all note holders. We will not be deemed to have waived our rights to assert or waive these conditions if we fail at any time to exercise any of them. Each of these rights will be deemed an ongoing right which we may assert at any time and from time to time.

      If we determine that we may terminate this exchange offer because any of the conditions set forth above is not satisfied, we may:

        (1) refuse to accept and return to their holders any initial notes that have been tendered;
 
        (2) extend the exchange offer and retain all notes tendered before the expiration date, subject to the rights of the holders of these notes to withdraw their tenders; or

78


 

        (3) waive any condition that has not been satisfied and accept all properly tendered notes that have not been withdrawn or otherwise amend the terms of this exchange offer in any respect as provided under the section in this prospectus entitled “— Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments; Termination.”

Accounting Treatment

      We will record the exchange notes at the same carrying value as the initial notes as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes. We will amortize the costs of the exchange offer and the unamortized expenses related to the issuance of the exchange notes over the term of the exchange notes.

Exchange Agent

      We have appointed The Bank of New York as exchange agent for this exchange offer. You should direct all questions and requests for assistance on the procedures for tendering and all requests for additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent as follows:

By mail:

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Operations
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street — 7 East
New York, New York 10286
Attention: Mr. Kin Lau

By hand/overnight delivery:

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Operations
Reorganization Unit
101 Barclay Street — 7 East
New York, New York 10286
Attention: Mr. Kin Lau

Facsimile Transmission: (212) 298-1915

Confirm by Telephone: (212) 815-3750
Attention: Mr. Kin Lau

Fees and Expenses

      We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders in this exchange offer, including fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and expenses.

      We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of this exchange offer. However, we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this exchange offer. We will also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for forwarding copies of the prospectus, letters of transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the initial notes and for handling or forwarding tenders for exchange to their customers.

      We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of initial notes in accordance with this exchange offer. However, tendering holders will pay the amount of any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons, if:

        (1) certificates representing exchange notes or initial notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the initial notes tendered,

79


 

        (2) tendered initial notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal, or
 
        (3) a transfer tax is payable for any reason other than the exchange of the initial notes in this exchange offer.

      If you do not submit satisfactory evidence of the payment of any of these taxes or of any exemption from this payment with the letter of transmittal, we will bill you directly the amount of these transfer taxes and will not deliver initial notes or exchange notes giving rise to such transfer taxes until we are satisfied that such taxes have been paid.

Your Failure to Participate in the Exchange Offer Will Have Adverse Consequences

      The initial notes were not registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and you may not resell them, offer them for resale or otherwise transfer them unless they are subsequently registered or resold under an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. If you do not exchange your initial notes for exchange notes in accordance with this exchange offer, or if you do not properly tender your initial notes in this exchange offer, you will not be able to resell, offer to resell or otherwise transfer the initial notes unless they are registered under the Securities Act or unless you resell them, offer to resell or otherwise transfer them under an exemption from the registration requirements of, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act.

      In addition, except as set forth in this paragraph, you will not be able to obligate us to register the initial notes under the Securities Act. You will not be able to require us to register your initial notes under the Securities Act unless:

        (1) the initial purchasers request us to register initial notes that are not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer; or
 
        (2) you are not eligible to participate in the exchange offer or do not receive freely tradable exchange notes in the exchange offer,

in which case the registration rights agreement requires us to file a registration statement for a continuous offer in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for the benefit of the holders of the initial notes described in clauses (1) and (2) above. We do not currently anticipate that we will register under the Securities Act any notes that remain outstanding after completion of the exchange offer.

Delivery of Prospectus

      Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for initial notes, where such initial notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

80


 

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

      The following is a summary of the material terms of the indenture governing the notes. This summary does not include all the provisions of the indenture, nor does it include certain terms made a part of the indenture by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. You can find definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary under the subheading “— Certain Definitions.” Certain terms contained in this summary but not capitalized in this summary or defined under the subheading “— Certain Definitions” are defined in the indenture.

General

 
Methods of Payment

      The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes will be payable, and the notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of SpectraSite in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The initial office for transfers is the office of the trustee, at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286 Attention: Corporate Trust Operations, 7th Floor, East. However, at SpectraSite’s option, interest payments may be made by check mailed to the registered holders of the notes at their registered addresses.

 
Methods of Issuance

      SpectraSite will issue the notes only in fully registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. No service charge will be made for any registration of a transfer or an exchange of notes, but SpectraSite may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection with any such transfer or exchange.

      Subject to the covenants described below under “— Certain Covenants,” SpectraSite may issue additional notes under the indenture, subject to the limitation set forth under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness,” Any additional notes issued under the indenture will be treated as the same class of notes initially issued under the indenture.

Terms of the Notes

      The notes:

  •  are unsecured senior obligations of SpectraSite;
 
  •  are unlimited in aggregate principal amounts of which $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount was issued in the offering of the initial notes;
 
  •  are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future secured Indebtedness of SpectraSite and all obligations, including trade payables, of its subsidiaries;
 
  •  are senior in right of payment to any future subordinated Indebtedness of SpectraSite; and
 
  •  mature on May 15, 2010.

      The notes will accrue interest from the issue date, payable each May 15 and November 15, commencing November 15, 2003. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Redemption

 
Terms of Optional Redemption

      Prior to May 15, 2006, SpectraSite may redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the notes at any time and from time to time but only from the proceeds of Equity Offerings. The redemption price for any such redemption will be 108.25% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the redemption date. At least 65% of the principal amount of the notes originally issued (excluding notes held by SpectraSite or any of its subsidiaries) must remain

81


 

outstanding after each such redemption, and each such redemption must occur within 90 days after the date of closing of the related Equity Offering.

      SpectraSite may redeem the notes at any time or from time to time on or after May 15, 2006. SpectraSite shall pay accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the principal amount of the notes being redeemed to the redemption date. For any notes being redeemed in any twelve-month period beginning on May 15 of the years indicated in Column A below, SpectraSite shall pay a redemption price equal to the percentage of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed set forth opposite such period in Column B below.

         
Column B
Column A Redemption
Period Price


2006
    104.125%  
2007
    102.750%  
2008
    101.375%  
2009 and thereafter
    100.000%  
 
Partial Redemption: Selection and Notice

      In the case of any partial redemption, the trustee will select the notes for redemption:

  •  in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the notes are listed; or
 
  •  if the notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate. However, no note of $1,000 or less in original principal amount will be redeemed in part.

      The trustee will send notice by first class mail at least 30, but not more than 60, days before the redemption date to each holder of a note to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new note, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the partially redeemed note, will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note.

Ranking

      The Indebtedness evidenced by the notes:

  •  is unsecured Indebtedness of SpectraSite;
 
  •  will rank ratably in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured Senior Indebtedness of SpectraSite;
 
  •  will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Obligations of SpectraSite; and
 
  •  will be effectively subordinated to all obligations, including trade payables, of its subsidiaries.

      In addition, the notes will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured Indebtedness of SpectraSite to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness and will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities of any of SpectraSite’s subsidiaries.

      As of June 30, 2003, after giving effect to the offering of the initial notes and the amendment to our credit facility, our only debt outstanding was the $200.0 million of senior notes issued in the offering of the initial notes and our subsidiaries would have had approximately $480.2 million of secured debt and the ability to borrow up to an additional $200 million in secured debt and letters of credit under our existing credit facility, subject to certain conditions. Although the indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional

82


 

Indebtedness which SpectraSite and its subsidiaries may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and, in any case, such Indebtedness may be Senior Indebtedness or Secured Indebtedness. See “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness,” “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” and “Risk Factors — Our substantial indebtedness could impair our financial condition and make it more difficult for us to fund our operations.”

      SpectraSite conducts all of its operations through subsidiaries and, therefore, SpectraSite depends upon the cash flow of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations under the notes. SpectraSite’s subsidiaries will not be guarantors of the notes and are separate entities, with no obligation to make payments on the notes or to make funds available therefor. Generally, with respect to the assets and earnings of such subsidiaries, priority will be given to claims of the subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors, secured creditors and creditors holding indebtedness and guarantees issued by the subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders, if any, of the subsidiaries over the claims of SpectraSite’s creditors, including holders of the notes. The notes, therefore, will be effectively subordinated to all Indebtedness, preferred stock, if any, and other liabilities and commitments of SpectraSite’s subsidiaries. The provisions of our credit facility contain substantial restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer cash or assets to SpectraSite by dividend or distribution. These restrictions can be changed without the consent of note holders. Although the indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness and preferred stock of certain of SpectraSite’s subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications. Moreover, the indenture does not impose any limitation on the subsidiaries’ incurrence of liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness or preferred stock under the indenture and does not restrict SpectraSite’s subsidiaries from guaranteeing other debt of SpectraSite. See “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” and “Risk Factors — SpectraSite is a holding company and its only source of cash to pay interest on, and the principal of, the notes is distributions from Communications.”

      As of the date of the indenture, all of SpectraSite’s subsidiaries, other than SpectraSite International, Inc., are Restricted Subsidiaries. However, under certain circumstances, SpectraSite may designate current or future subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, which will not be subject to many of the restrictive covenants set forth in the indenture.

Change of Control

      If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, each registered holder of notes will have the right to require SpectraSite to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount as of the repurchase date, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the repurchase date.

      Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, SpectraSite shall mail a notice to each holder, with a copy to the trustee, stating:

  •  that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that each holder has the right to require SpectraSite to purchase such holder’s notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount as of the repurchase date plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the repurchase date;
 
  •  the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control, including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization, after giving effect to the Change of Control;
 
  •  the repurchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days, from the date such notice is mailed; and
 
  •  the instructions determined by SpectraSite, consistent with this covenant, that a holder must follow in order to have its notes purchased.

83


 

      The definition of Change of Control includes the phrase “all or substantially all” as used with respect to a sale of assets. The meaning of “substantially all” varies according to the facts and circumstances of the subject transaction. There is no clearly established meaning of “substantially all” under New York law, the law governing the indenture, and the phrase thus is subject to judicial interpretation. Accordingly, in certain circumstances, there may be uncertainty about whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a person, and therefore it may be unclear whether a Change of Control has occurred.

      SpectraSite will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, SpectraSite will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue of its compliance with the law.

      The indenture’s provisions relative to SpectraSite’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes then outstanding.

      SpectraSite will not be required to make an offer, pursuant to this covenant, upon a Change of Control, if a third party, in compliance with the requirements set forth in the indenture applicable to SpectraSite’s Change of Control, makes an offer to purchase, and purchases, all notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such offer.

Certain Covenants

      The indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

 
Limitation on Indebtedness

      (1) SpectraSite shall not incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness unless on the date of such incurrence and after giving effect to such incurrence and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio of SpectraSite would be equal to or less than 7.00:1. SpectraSite may give pro forma effect to the incurrence of Indebtedness and the application of proceeds from such incurrence when determining compliance with the ratio. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will be deemed not to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

      (2) Despite the limitations described in paragraph (1), and regardless of the amount of SpectraSite’s outstanding Indebtedness, SpectraSite may incur any or all of the following Indebtedness:

        (a) Indebtedness of SpectraSite owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness, except to another Restricted Subsidiary, will be deemed to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by SpectraSite that is not permitted by this clause (a);
 
        (b) Indebtedness represented by the notes issued on the Issue Date;
 
        (c) any of SpectraSite’s Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date;
 
        (d) Indebtedness, including capital lease obligations, which SpectraSite incurs to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets, in an aggregate principal amount, together with the amount of any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (2)(f) of

84


 

  the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant, not to exceed the greater of:

  •  $25.0 million; and
 
  •  an amount equal to 7.5% of SpectraSite’s Consolidated Tangible Assets, at any one time outstanding;

provided, that such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days after the date of such acquisition, construction or improvement, and does not exceed the fair market value of such acquired, constructed or improved assets, as SpectraSite’s Board of Directors determines in good faith;

        (e) Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect of any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to paragraph (1) above, clause (2)(b) or (c) above or this clause (2)(e);
 
        (f) Indebtedness which is:

  •  in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and surety or appeal bonds provided by SpectraSite in the ordinary course of its business which do not secure other Indebtedness; and
 
  •  incurred by SpectraSite under currency exchange protection agreements and interest rate protection agreements which, at the time of incurrence, are in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that the currency exchange protection agreements and interest rate protection agreements are directly related to Indebtedness which SpectraSite is permitted to incur pursuant to the indenture;

        (g) Indebtedness represented by guarantees by SpectraSite of Indebtedness which any of SpectraSite’s Restricted Subsidiaries otherwise is permitted to incur pursuant to the indenture;
 
        (h) Indebtedness of any other person, existing at the time such other person is merged with or into SpectraSite, and outstanding on, or prior to, the date on which such person was merged with or into SpectraSite, other than Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or to provide all, or any portion, of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction, or series of related transactions, pursuant to which such person was merged with or into SpectraSite; provided, however, that on the date of such merger and after giving it effect, SpectraSite either (x) would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (1) above or (y) would have had an Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio immediately after giving effect to such merger no greater than the Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio immediately prior to such merger;
 
        (i) Indebtedness not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, together with the amount of any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (2)(i) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant, 1.0 times:

  •  the sum of 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and 50% of the non-cash proceeds SpectraSite receives from the issue or sale of its capital stock, other than Disqualified Stock, subsequent to March 31, 2003, other than an issuance or sale to a SpectraSite subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or a trust established by SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, less
 
  •  the aggregate amount of such Net Cash Proceeds used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (1)(c)(ii), or applied pursuant to clause (2)(a)(ii), of the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant;

        (j) other Indebtedness, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time, not to exceed $50.0 million, together with the amount of any Indebtedness and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (2)(j) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant;

85


 

        (k) Indebtedness incurred by SpectraSite’s subsidiaries in compliance with the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant;
 
        (l) Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time, together with the amount of any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred under clause (2)(a) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant, not to exceed the sum of:

  •  the product of $150,000 times the number of Completed Towers on the date of such incurrence; and
 
  •  the product of $1,000,000 times the number of Completed Broadcast Towers on the date of such incurrence; provided that the amount of such indebtedness does not exceed 25% of the cost of acquiring or constructing such Completed Broadcast Towers;

        (m) Indebtedness representing the deferred payment of the purchase price for any entity that is engaged in a Permitted Business and that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the acquisition of any assets constituting a business or line of business, as determined by the Board of Directors, that is a Permitted Business, not to exceed at any one time outstanding, together with any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause 2(k) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant, 50% of the purchase price for the related entity or business so acquired; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition and all Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith, SpectraSite either (x) would be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant or (y) would have an Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio no greater than prior to such transaction; and
 
        (n) Indebtedness or acquired debt in aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding together with any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause 2(l) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition of an entity that is engaged in a Permitted Business and that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the acquisition of any assets constituting a business or line of business, as determined by the Board of Directors, that is a Permitted Business or incurred by such entity or the owner of such assets and outstanding on the date of such acquisition.

      (3) SpectraSite shall not incur any Indebtedness pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (2) if it uses the proceeds thereof, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations, unless such new Indebtedness shall:

        (a) be subordinated to the notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations being refinanced; and
 
        (b) have a Stated Maturity that is no earlier than the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the notes or the Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Obligations being refinanced.

      (4) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

        (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, SpectraSite, in its sole discretion, will classify (and may from time to time reclassify) such Indebtedness, and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses; and
 
        (b) an item of Indebtedness may be divided and classified into more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above.
 
Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

      (1) SpectraSite shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness or preferred stock unless, on the date of and after giving effect to such incurrence and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio of SpectraSite would be equal to or

86


 

less than 7.00:1. Accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, will be deemed not to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

      (2) Despite the above paragraph (1), and regardless of the amount of the Restricted Subsidiaries’ outstanding Indebtedness, any Restricted Subsidiary may incur any or all of the following Indebtedness:

        (a) Indebtedness incurred under Credit Facilities, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time, together with the amount of any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred under clause (2)(l) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant, not to exceed the sum of (x) the product of $150,000 times the number of Completed Towers on the date of such incurrence and (y) the product of $1,000,000 times the number of Completed Broadcast Towers on the date of such incurrence; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed 25% of the cost of acquiring or constructing such Completed Broadcast Towers;
 
        (b) Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to, and held by, SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any capital stock which results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary, or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness or preferred stock, other than to SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary, shall be deemed to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness or preferred stock by the issuer of such preferred stock or Indebtedness;
 
        (c) Indebtedness or preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred and outstanding on, or prior to, the date on which SpectraSite acquired such Restricted Subsidiary, and Indebtedness or preferred stock of an entity merged into a Restricted Subsidiary, other than, in either case, Indebtedness or preferred stock incurred in connection with, or to provide all, or any portion of, the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction, or series of related transactions, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or SpectraSite acquired it or such entity was merged into such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that on the date of such acquisition or merger and after giving it effect, SpectraSite either (x) would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (1) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant or (y) would have an Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio immediately after giving effect to such merger or acquisition no greater than the Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio immediately prior to such transaction;
 
        (d) Indebtedness or preferred stock outstanding on the Issue Date;
 
        (e) Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect of Indebtedness or preferred stock referred to in paragraph (1) above or clauses (2)(c) and (d) above or this clause (e); provided that Indebtedness of SpectraSite may not be refinanced pursuant to this clause (e);
 
        (f) Indebtedness, including capital lease obligations, which a subsidiary incurs to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of fixed or capital assets, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, together with the amount of any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (2)(d) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) an amount equal to 7.5% of SpectraSite’s Consolidated Tangible Assets; provided, that such subsidiary incurs such Indebtedness within 180 days after the date of such acquisition, construction or improvement, and that the issue price of such Indebtedness does not exceed the fair market value of such acquired, constructed or improved assets, as determined in good faith by SpectraSite’s Board of Directors;
 
        (g) Indebtedness which is:

        (i) in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of its business, which do not secure other Indebtedness; and
 
        (ii) incurred under currency exchange protection agreements and interest rate protection agreements which, at the time of incurrence, are in the ordinary course of business; provided,

87


 

  however, that the currency exchange protection agreements and interest rate protection agreements are directly related to Indebtedness which SpectraSite or any of its subsidiaries is permitted to incur pursuant to the indenture;

        (h) Indebtedness represented by guarantees by a subsidiary of Indebtedness which SpectraSite or another subsidiary is otherwise permitted to incur pursuant to the indenture;
 
        (i) Indebtedness, not to exceed at any one time outstanding together with the amount of any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (2)(i) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant, 1.0 times:

  •  the sum of 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and 50% of the non-cash proceeds SpectraSite receives from the issue or sale of its capital stock, other than Disqualified Stock, subsequent to March 31, 2003, other than an issuance or sale to a SpectraSite subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, less
 
  •  the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (1)(c)(ii) of the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, or applied pursuant to clause (2)(a)(ii)of the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant;

        (j) other Indebtedness and preferred stock, in an aggregate principal and/or liquidation amount, not to exceed at any time outstanding $50.0 million, less the amount of any indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause (2)(i) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant;
 
        (k) Indebtedness representing the deferred payment of the purchase price for any entity that is engaged in a Permitted Business and that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the acquisition of any assets constituting a business or line of business, as determined by the Board of Directors, that is a Permitted Business, not to exceed at any one time outstanding, together with any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause 2(m) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant, 50% of the purchase price for the related entity or business so acquired; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition and all Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith, SpectraSite either (x) would be able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant or (y) would have an Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio no greater than prior to such transaction; and
 
        (l) Indebtedness or acquired debt in aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding, together with any Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to clause 2(n) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition of an entity that is engaged in a Permitted Business and that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or the acquisition of any assets constituting a business or line of business, as determined by the Board of Directors, that is a Permitted Business or incurred by such entity or the owner of such assets and outstanding on the date of such acquisition.

      (3) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:

        (a) in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, SpectraSite, in its sole discretion, will classify (and may from time to time reclassify) such Indebtedness, and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses; and
 
        (b) an item of Indebtedness may be divided and classified into more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above.

      (4) SpectraSite will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to incur any Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt.

88


 

 
Limitation on Restricted Payments

      (1) SpectraSite will not make, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, if at the time SpectraSite or the Restricted Subsidiary makes the Restricted Payment:

        (a) a default or event of default will have occurred and be continuing, or would result therefrom;
 
        (b) except with respect to making an Investment, SpectraSite could not incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under paragraph (i) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant; or
 
        (c) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments, which amount, if other than in cash, SpectraSite’s Board of Directors will determine in good faith, and will evidence such determination by a Board of Directors’ resolution, declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date would exceed the sum of:

        (i) the aggregate EBITDA (whether positive or negative) accrued subsequent to March 31, 2003 to the most recent date for which financial information is available to SpectraSite, taken as one accounting period, less 1.4 times Consolidated Interest Expense for the same period; plus
 
        (ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, less the aggregate amount of such Net Cash Proceeds used to incur Indebtedness pursuant to clause (2)(i) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant and clause (2)(i) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant, plus 70% of the GAAP purchase accounting valuation of Qualified Proceeds, with each such valuation calculated as of the sale date of the capital stock received as consideration therefor, in each case received by SpectraSite from the issue or sale of capital stock, other than Disqualified Stock, subsequent to March 31, 2003, other than an issuance or sale to one of SpectraSite’s subsidiaries, and other than an issuance or sale to an employee stock ownership plan, or to a trust established by SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus
 
        (iii) the amount by which SpectraSite’s Indebtedness is reduced on SpectraSite’s balance sheet, upon conversion or exchange, other than by a Restricted Subsidiary, subsequent to March 31, 2003 of any SpectraSite Indebtedness which is convertible or exchangeable for SpectraSite’s capital stock, other than Disqualified Stock, less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property, distributed by SpectraSite upon such conversion or exchange; plus
 
        (iv) an amount equal to the sum of the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets to SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, plus the portion, proportionate to SpectraSite’s equity interest in such subsidiary, of the fair market value of the net assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; plus
 
        (v) dividends and distributions SpectraSite receives, subsequent to March 31, 2003, from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such dividends and distributions are not otherwise included in calculating EBITDA; plus
 
        (vi) Net Cash Proceeds SpectraSite receives, subsequent to March 31, 2003, from Investments that are not Permitted Investments, to the extent not otherwise included in calculating EBITDA.

      The sum in clause (iv) above shall not exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary previously made in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which amount was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.

      (2) The provisions of paragraph (1) of this covenant will not prohibit:

        (a) any purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of SpectraSite’s capital stock or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, SpectraSite’s capital stock, other than Disqualified Stock and other than capital stock

89


 

  issued or sold to a SpectraSite subsidiary, or an employee stock ownership plan, or a trust established by SpectraSite or any of its subsidiaries; provided, however, that:

        (i) such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and
 
        (ii) to the extent applied toward any such purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition, the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale will be excluded from clause (1)(c)(ii) above, clause (2)(i) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant and clause (2)(i) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant;

        (b) any purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations made by exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, SpectraSite’s Subordinated Obligations; provided, however, that:

        (i) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of the Subordinated Obligations being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Obligations being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired;
 
        (ii) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the notes at least to the same extent as the Subordinated Obligations so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value;
 
        (iii) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date later than the earlier of the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Obligations being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and the final scheduled maturity date of the notes;
 
        (iv) such new Indebtedness has an Average Life equal to or greater than the lesser of the Average Life of the Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and the Average Life of the notes; and
 
        (v) any purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition made pursuant to this clause 2(b) will be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

        (c) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of their declaration, if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this covenant;
 
        (d) purchases of outstanding shares of SpectraSite’s capital stock from former employees, in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate; and
 
        (e) additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $25.0 million.

      Any Restricted Payment made pursuant to clause (2)(c), 2(d) or 2(e) above will be included in the calculation of Restricted Payments.

      The Restricted Payments described in clauses (2)(a), (b), (d) or  above shall not be permitted if at the time of, and after giving effect to, such Restricted Payments, a default or an event of default shall have occurred and be continuing.

      The amount of any Investment shall be measured on the date made and shall not give effect to subsequent changes in value.

 
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

      SpectraSite will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective, any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

        (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its capital stock to SpectraSite or to a Restricted Subsidiary, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to SpectraSite;

90


 

        (2) make any loans or advances to SpectraSite; or
 
        (3) transfer any of its property or assets to SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary, except:

        (a) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to a Credit Facility or any agreement in effect on the Issue Date;
 
        (b) any encumbrance or restriction, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness or capital stock that it incurred or issued on, or prior to, the date on which SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired it, other than Indebtedness or capital stock incurred or issued as consideration for, or to provide any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction, or series of related transactions, pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a subsidiary, or SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired it, and outstanding on such date;
 
        (c) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness incurred, pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above, or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (a) or (b) above; provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment, taken as a whole, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, are no less favorable to the holders of the notes than the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in such predecessor agreements, as determined by SpectraSite’s Board of Directors in good faith;
 
        (d) in the case of paragraph (3), any encumbrance or restriction that restricts, in a customary manner, the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or other contract or such lease, license or other contract;
 
        (e) in the case of paragraph (3), contained in security agreements or mortgages securing a Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness, to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages;
 
        (f) any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of such Restricted Subsidiary’s capital stock or assets, pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
 
        (g) customary provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture and other similar agreements; and
 
        (h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that the Board of Directors determines in good faith that such restrictions will not have a material adverse impact on SpectraSite’s ability to make payments on the notes.
 
Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

      (1) SpectraSite will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Disposition unless:

        (a) SpectraSite or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration, at the time of such Asset Disposition, at least equal to the fair market value, including as to the value of all non-cash consideration, as SpectraSite’s Board of Directors determines in good faith, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition; and
 
        (b) except in the case of a Tower Asset Exchange, at least 75% of the consideration SpectraSite or such Restricted Subsidiary receives is in the form of cash or cash equivalents.

91


 

      (2) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition, SpectraSite or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Available Cash to:

        (a) prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Indebtedness, other than Disqualified Stock, of a Restricted Subsidiary of SpectraSite, provided that the applicable Restricted Subsidiary also may prepay, repay, redeem or purchase its own outstanding Indebtedness, or Senior Indebtedness, in each case other than Indebtedness owed to SpectraSite or an Affiliate of SpectraSite;
 
        (b) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of an entity engaged in a Permitted Business;
 
        (c) acquire Voting Stock of an entity engaged in a Permitted Business from a person that is not a SpectraSite subsidiary; provided, that after giving effect thereto, SpectraSite or its Restricted Subsidiary owns a majority of such Voting Stock, and such acquisition otherwise is made in accordance with the indenture, including, without limitation, the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant; or
 
        (d) make a capital expenditure or acquire other long-term assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business.

      To the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash, after application in accordance with clause (2)(a), (b), (c) or (d) above, SpectraSite shall make an offer to all holders of notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Net Available Cash subject to, the conditions set forth below.

      (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, SpectraSite and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this covenant, except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions which is not applied in accordance with this covenant exceeds $10.0 million. Pending application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this covenant, such Net Available Cash shall be invested in Permitted Investments or may be used to temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings under a Credit Facility.

      (4) For the purposes of this covenant, the following are deemed to be cash:

        (a) the transferee’s assumption of SpectraSite’s Indebtedness, other than SpectraSite’s Disqualified Stock, and other than Indebtedness that is subordinated to the notes, or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness and the release of SpectraSite or the Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness in connection with the Asset Disposition;
 
        (b) securities that SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary receives from the transferee that SpectraSite or the Restricted Subsidiary converts into cash within 20 days of the applicable Asset Disposition, to the extent of the cash received; and
 
        (c) the transferee’s assumption of any of SpectraSite’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s liabilities, as shown on SpectraSite’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes or any guarantee thereof, pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases SpectraSite or the Restricted Subsidiary from further liability.

      (5) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires an offer to purchase notes pursuant to paragraph (2) of this covenant, SpectraSite will be required to purchase notes tendered, pursuant to SpectraSite’s offer for the notes, at a purchase price of:

  •  100% of their principal amount as of the purchase date, without premium, plus
 
  •  accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the purchase date, in accordance with the procedures, including prorating in the event of oversubscription, set forth in the indenture.

92


 

      If the aggregate purchase price for notes tendered pursuant to the offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the notes purchase, SpectraSite may use any remaining Net Available Cash for general corporate purposes not otherwise prohibited by the indenture.

      If the aggregate purchase price of notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such offer exceeds the amount of Net Available Cash, the trustee will select the notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of any required offer to the holders, the amount of Net Available Cash will be reset at zero. SpectraSite shall not be required to make an offer for notes pursuant to this covenant if the Net Available Cash available therefor, after application of the proceeds as provided in paragraph (2) of this covenant, is less than $10.0 million for all Asset Dispositions, which lesser amounts shall be carried forward, for purposes of determining whether an offer is required, with respect to the Net Available Cash, from any subsequent Asset Disposition.

      (6) SpectraSite will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with a notes repurchase pursuant to this covenant. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant, SpectraSite will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this covenant by virtue of its compliance with the law.

      (7) The provisions of this covenant shall not apply to any transaction that is permitted under the provisions of the covenant described under “— Merger and Consolidation.”

 
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

      (1) SpectraSite will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction, or series of transactions, including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, employee compensation arrangements, or the rendering of any service, with any SpectraSite Affiliate unless:

        (a) the terms of such transaction, taken as a whole, are no less favorable to SpectraSite or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained, at the time of such transaction, in arm’s-length dealings with a person who is not an Affiliate;
 
        (b) in the event such affiliate transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $5.0 million, the terms of such transaction are set forth in writing and shall have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors having no personal stake in such affiliate transaction, and such majority determines that the affiliate transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1)(a) above; and
 
        (c) in the event such affiliate transaction involves an aggregate amount in excess of $10.0 million, SpectraSite has received a written opinion from a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm that such affiliate transaction is fair to SpectraSite and its Restricted Subsidiaries from a financial point of view.

      (2) The provisions of paragraph (1) above shall not prohibit:

        (a) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant;
 
        (b) any securities issuance, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors, or any arrangements relating thereto;
 
        (c) the grant of stock options or similar rights to SpectraSite’s employees and directors, pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors;
 
        (d) loans or advances to employees, in the ordinary course of business, in accordance with SpectraSite’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ past practices;

93


 

        (e) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of SpectraSite and its Restricted Subsidiaries who are not employees of SpectraSite or its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
        (f) any transaction between SpectraSite and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
        (g) the issuance or sale of any SpectraSite capital stock, other than Disqualified Stock;
 
        (h) any transaction consummated pursuant to the terms of any agreement described in SpectraSite’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, or SpectraSite’s Forms 10-Q or Forms 8-K filed prior to the Issue Date, including the exhibits and documents included or incorporated by reference therein, giving effect to any subsequent supplements, amendments, modifications or alterations thereof that are approved by the disinterested members of SpectraSite’s Board of Directors;
 
        (i) any transaction in the ordinary course of business between SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of SpectraSite relating to the acquisition, management, construction, leasing or licensing of towers; provided, however, that such transaction is on terms that are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to SpectraSite or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by SpectraSite or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated person or is otherwise on terms that, taken as a whole, SpectraSite has determined to be fair to SpectraSite or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary; and
 
        (j) any transaction between SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any of its Affiliates involving ordinary course investment banking, commercial banking or related activities.
 
Limitation on Liens

      SpectraSite will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, or permit to exist, any Lien, other than Permitted Liens, on any of its property or assets, including capital stock, whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any obligation, unless effective provision is made contemporaneously to secure the notes equally and ratably with or, in the case of Subordinated Obligations, on a senior basis to such obligation, for so long as the obligation is so secured.

 
Limitation on Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

      SpectraSite will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, transfer, convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Subsidiary’s capital stock to any person, other than to SpectraSite or to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of SpectraSite, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any of its capital stock to any person, other than to SpectraSite or a subsidiary of SpectraSite, and other than shares of its capital stock constituting directors’ qualifying shares or the ownership by foreign nationals of capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent necessary or mandated by applicable law, unless in either case:

        (a) SpectraSite’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ minority equity interest in such person, after giving effect to any such disposition, would be permitted under the “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant; and
 
        (b) the net cash proceeds from such transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with the “— Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” covenant.
 
Limitation on Sale/ Leaseback Transactions

      SpectraSite will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale/ Leaseback Transaction with respect to any property unless:

        (1) SpectraSite or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to:

        (a) Incur Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness with respect to such Sale/ Leaseback Transaction, pursuant to the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant; and

94


 

        (b) create a Lien on such property securing such Attributable Indebtedness, without equally and ratably securing the notes, pursuant to the “— Limitation on Liens” covenant;

        (2) the net cash proceeds received by SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Sale/ Leaseback Transaction are at least equal to the fair value of such property, as determined by SpectraSite’s Board of Directors in good faith; and
 
        (3) the transfer of such property is permitted by, and SpectraSite or such Restricted Subsidiary applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the “— Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” covenant.
 
Securities and Exchange Commission Reports

      Notwithstanding that SpectraSite may not be required to remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, SpectraSite will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, unless the Securities and Exchange Commission does not permit such filing, and provide the trustee and note holders with, the annual reports and such information, documents and other reports which are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. SpectraSite also will comply with the other provisions, including Section 314(a), of the Trust Indenture Act.

Merger and Consolidation

      SpectraSite will not, in one transaction or a series of transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to, any person, unless:

        (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee person (the Successor Issuer) will be a person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor Issuer, if not SpectraSite, will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the trustee, in form satisfactory to the trustee, all of SpectraSite’s obligations under the notes and the indenture;
 
        (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Issuer, or any Restricted Subsidiary, as a result of such transaction, as having been incurred by the Successor Issuer, or such Restricted Subsidiary, at the time of such transaction, no default or event of default will have occurred and be continuing;
 
        (3) except in the case of (A) a merger of SpectraSite into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (B) a merger SpectraSite enters into solely for the purpose of reincorporating in another jurisdiction, or (C) a merger SpectraSite enters into solely for the purpose of forming a holding company to hold all of the outstanding capital stock of SpectraSite, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, on a pro forma basis, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four quarter period, SpectraSite, or the person formed by, or surviving, any such consolidation or merger, if other than SpectraSite, or to which such conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition shall have been made, either (x) would have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (1) of the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” covenant above or (y) would have had an Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio immediately after giving effect to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition no greater than the Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio immediately prior to such transaction; and
 
        (4) SpectraSite will have delivered to the trustee an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with the indenture, as set forth in the indenture.

      The Successor Issuer will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, SpectraSite under the indenture, and the predecessor issuer, in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of its assets, will be released from the obligations under the indenture and the notes, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the notes.

95


 

Defaults

      An Event of Default is defined in the indenture as:

        (1) a default in the payment of interest or liquidated damages, if any, when due, on any note, continued for 30 days;
 
        (2) a default in the payment of principal, when due, of any note at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;
 
        (3) SpectraSite’s failure to comply with its obligations under “— Merger and Consolidation;”
 
        (4) SpectraSite’s failure to comply, for 30 days after notice, with any of its obligations under the covenants described under “— Change of Control” or “— Certain Covenants;”
 
        (5) SpectraSite’s failure to comply, for 60 days after notice, with its other agreements contained in the notes or the indenture;
 
        (6) SpectraSite’s failure, or the failure of any of SpectraSite’s Significant Subsidiaries, to pay any Indebtedness within any applicable grace period, after final maturity, or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof, because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness, unpaid or accelerated, exceeds $10.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (the cross-acceleration provision);
 
        (7) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of SpectraSite or any of SpectraSite’s Significant Subsidiaries (the bankruptcy provisions); or
 
        (8) any final judgment or decree, for the payment of money in excess of $10.0 million, is rendered against SpectraSite or any of SpectraSite’s Significant Subsidiaries, net of any amounts with respect to which a creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged full liability, subject to any deductible amounts of less than $10.0 million required to be paid by SpectraSite or such Significant Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable insurance policy, and either:

        (a) an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree; or
 
        (b) such judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following the judgment and is not discharged, waived or stayed within 10 days after notice (the judgment default provision).

      The foregoing will constitute events of default whatever the reason for any such event of default, and whether it is voluntary or involuntary, or is effected by operation of law, or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court, or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

      However, a default under clauses (4), (5) and (8) above will not constitute an event of default until the trustee or the holders of 25%, in aggregate principal amount, of the outstanding notes notify SpectraSite, as provided in the indenture, of the default and SpectraSite does not cure such default within the time specified in clauses (4), (5) and (8) above, after it receives notice.

      If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of at least 25%, in aggregate principal amount, of the outstanding notes, by notice to SpectraSite, may declare the principal amount of, and accrued but unpaid interest on, all the notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal amount and interest will be due and payable immediately. If an event of default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of SpectraSite occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of, and accrued interest on, all the notes automatically will become due and payable immediately, without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority, in aggregate principal amount, of the outstanding notes may rescind any such acceleration, with respect to the notes, and its consequences.

96


 

      Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an event of default occurs and is continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the indenture, at the request or direction of any of the holders of notes, unless such holders shall have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the notes unless:

  •  such holder shall have previously given the trustee notice that an event of default is continuing;
 
  •  holders of at least 25%, in aggregate principal amount, of the outstanding notes shall have requested the trustee to pursue the remedy;
 
  •  such holders shall have offered the trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
 
  •  the trustee shall not have complied with such request, within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
 
  •  the holders of a majority, in principal amount, of the outstanding notes shall not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

      Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority, in principal amount, of the outstanding notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee. The trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the indenture, or that the trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder of notes, or that would involve the trustee in personal liability.

      The indenture provides that if a default occurs and is continuing, and is known to the trustee, the trustee must mail to each holder notice of the default, within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs, or 30 days after it is known to a trust officer or written notice of it is received by the trustee. Except in the case of a default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest or liquidated damages, if any, on any note, the trustee may withhold notice, if and so long as a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is not opposed to the interests of the note holders. In addition, SpectraSite is required to deliver to the trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate signed by the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or the chief accounting officer indicating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his duties he would normally have knowledge of any default and whether the signer thereof knows of any default that occurred during the previous year. SpectraSite also is required to deliver to the trustee, within 30 days after its knowledge of the occurrence of such event, written notice of any event which would constitute certain defaults, their status, and what action SpectraSite is taking, or proposes to take, in respect of such event.

Amendments and Waivers

      Subject to certain exceptions, the indenture may be amended, and any past default or compliance with any provision may be waived, with the consent of the holders of a majority, in principal amount, of the notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the notes. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding note affected, no amendment may, among other things:

  •  reduce the amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;
 
  •  reduce the rate of, or extend the time for, payment of interest on any note;
 
  •  reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any note;
 
  •  reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any note, or change the time at which any note may be redeemed, as described under “— Redemption — Terms of Optional Redemption;”
 
  •  make any note payable in money other than that stated in the note;

97


 

  •  impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, such holder’s notes on or after the due dates therefor, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, such holder’s notes; or
 
  •  make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent, or in the waiver provisions.

      Without the consent of any holder, SpectraSite and the trustee may amend the indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of SpectraSite’s obligations under the indenture, to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to, or in place of, certificated notes, provided that the uncertificated notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated notes are as described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, to add guarantees with respect to the notes, to secure the notes, to add to SpectraSite’s covenants for the benefit of the note holders, or to surrender any right or power conferred upon SpectraSite under the indenture, to make any change that does not, in the good faith opinion of SpectraSite’s Board of Directors, materially adversely affect the rights of any noteholder, and to comply with any requirement of the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

      The holders’ consent is not necessary, under the indenture, to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

      After an amendment under the indenture becomes effective, SpectraSite is required to mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Transfer and Exchange

      A holder may transfer or exchange notes in accordance with the indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the registrar and the trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and SpectraSite may require a holder to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the indenture, including any transfer tax or other similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith. SpectraSite is not required to transfer or exchange any note selected for redemption, or to transfer or exchange any note for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of notes to be redeemed. The notes will be issued in registered form, and the registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of such note for all purposes.

Defeasance

      SpectraSite at any time may terminate all its obligations under the notes and the indenture (legal defeasance), except for certain obligations, including:

  •  those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the notes;
 
  •  the obligation to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes; and
 
  •  maintenance of a registrar and paying agent in respect of the notes.

      SpectraSite at any time may terminate its obligations under:

  •  the covenants described under “— Certain Covenants,” other than the covenant described under “— Merger and Consolidation;”
 
  •  the operation of the cross-acceleration provision;
 
  •  the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Significant Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described under “— Defaults;” and
 
  •  the limitations contained in clause (3) under “— Merger and Consolidation” (covenant defeasance).

98


 

      SpectraSite may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If SpectraSite exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default with respect thereto. If SpectraSite exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default as specified in clauses (4), (5), (6), (7) with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only, or (8) under “— Defaults,” or because of SpectraSite’s failure to comply with clause (3) under “— Merger and Consolidation.”

      In order to exercise either defeasance option, SpectraSite must deposit, or cause to be deposited, irrevocably in trust (the defeasance trust) with the trustee, money or U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof, in accordance with their terms, will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest and liquidated damages, if any, when due, on all such notes, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or repaid, to maturity or redemption, as the case may be. SpectraSite must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the trustee of an opinion of counsel to the effect that holders of such notes will not recognize income, gain or loss, for federal income tax purposes, as a result of such deposit and defeasance, and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner, and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such opinion of counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable federal income tax law.

Satisfaction and Discharge

      The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all notes issued thereunder, when:

        (1) either:

        (a) all notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed notes that have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to SpectraSite, have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation; or
 
        (b) all notes that have not been delivered to the trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and SpectraSite has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of the notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the notes not delivered to the trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and liquidated damages, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

        (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of or constitute a default under any other instrument to which SpectraSite is a party or by which SpectraSite is bound;
 
        (3) SpectraSite has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the indenture; and
 
        (4) SpectraSite has delivered irrevocable instructions to the trustee under the indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or a redemption date, as the case may be.

      In addition SpectraSite must deliver an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel to the trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

      No SpectraSite director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, shall have any liability for any of SpectraSite’s obligations under the notes or the indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each note holder, by accepting a note, waives and releases

99


 

all such liability. This waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal or state securities law, and it is the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

Concerning the Trustee

      The Bank of New York is the trustee for the indenture, and SpectraSite has appointed it as registrar and paying agent with regard to the notes.

      The holders of a majority, in principal amount, of the outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The indenture provides that if an event of default occurs and is not cured, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any note holder, unless such holder shall have offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it, against any loss, liability or expense, and then only to the extent required by the terms of the indenture.

Governing Law

      The indenture provides that it and the notes are governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Certain Definitions

      Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms.

      “Adjusted EBITDA” as of any date of determination, means the sum of:

        (1) SpectraSite’s EBITDA for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending prior to such date, less SpectraSite’s Tower EBITDA for such four-quarter period; plus
 
        (2) the product of four times SpectraSite’s Tower EBITDA for the most recent quarter. The Tower EBITDA for the most recent quarter shall be determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to:

        (a) all acquisitions or dispositions of assets SpectraSite and its subsidiaries make, from the beginning of such quarter through, and including, the date of determination, including any related financing transactions, as if the acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of the quarter;
 
        (b) any new lease or Site Management Contract SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary enters into in the ordinary course of business, with respect to Tower Assets, from the beginning of the quarter through, and including, such date of determination, as if such new lease or Site Management Contract had been signed at the beginning of the quarter, and SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary had received the rent required by the terms of such lease or Site Management Contract for such quarter during the quarter;
 
        (c) the loss from the beginning of the quarter through, and including, the date of determination of any lease or Site Management Contract SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into, with respect to any Tower Assets, that was in effect on the first day of the quarter, as if the lease or Site Management Contract had not been in effect during such quarter, and no rent under the lease had been received during the quarter; and
 
        (d) any rent increases SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary receives, during the period beginning on the first day of the quarter and ending on the date of determination related to leases or Site Management Contracts on Tower Assets, as if the increased rental rate had been in effect at the

100


 

  beginning of the quarter and SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary had received the increased amount of rent during such quarter.

      For purposes of making the computation referred to above:

        (i) acquisitions that SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has made, including through mergers or consolidations, and including any related financing transactions, during the reference period, or subsequent to such reference period, and on or prior to the date of determination, shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the reference period, and EBITDA for the reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (2) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income; and
 
        (ii) the EBITDA attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the date of determination, shall be excluded.

      “Affiliate” of any specified person means any other person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have correlative meanings.

      “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer, or other disposition, or series of related sales, leases, transfers, or dispositions, by SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction, of:

        (1) any shares of a Restricted Subsidiary’s capital stock, other than directors’ qualifying shares, or shares required, by applicable law, to be held by a Person other than SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
        (2) all or substantially all the assets of any of SpectraSite’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s division or line of business; or
 
        (3) any other of SpectraSite’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s assets outside of the ordinary course of business;

other than in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above:

  •  a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary, to SpectraSite, or by SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;
 
  •  a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted by the covenant described under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments;”
 
  •  a disposition of assets with a fair market value of less than $5.0 million;
 
  •  any transaction not prohibited by the covenant under “— Limitation on Restricted Payments” or that constitutes a Permitted Investment;
 
  •  grants of leases or licenses in the ordinary course of business; and
 
  •  disposals of cash equivalents.

      “Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/ Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value, discounted at the interest rate borne by the notes, compounded annually, of the total obligations of the lessee, for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in the Sale/ Leaseback Transaction, including any period for which the lease has been extended.

101


 

      “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or preferred stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

        (1) the sum of the product of the numbers of years, from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment, of such Indebtedness, or redemption, or similar payment with respect to such preferred stock, times the amount of such payment;
 
        (2) the sum of all such payments.

      “Board of Directors” means SpectraSite’s Board of Directors, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the Board.

      “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York State are authorized or required by law to close.

      “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

        (1) any person, as such term is used in Exchange Act Sections 13(d) and 14(d), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner, as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5, except that for purposes of this paragraph (1) such person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of SpectraSite’s Voting Stock; provided that if such person is a group of investors that includes one or more Permitted Holders, the shares of SpectraSite’s Voting Stock beneficially owned by the Permitted Holders that are part of such group shall not be counted for purposes of determining whether this clause (1) is triggered;
 
        For purposes of this paragraph (1) it shall not be deemed a Change of Control if a holding company owns or becomes the owner of all of SpectraSite’s Voting Stock, provided that no person, other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner, as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5, except that for purposes of this paragraph (1) such person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of such holding company; provided that if such person is a group of investors that includes one or more Permitted Holders, the shares of SpectraSite’s or such holding company’s Voting Stock beneficially owned by the Permitted Holders that are part of such group shall not be counted for purposes of determining whether this clause (1) is triggered;
 
        (2) during any period of two consecutive years, or, in the case this event occurs within the first two years after the Issue Date, such shorter period as shall have begun on the Issue Date, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted SpectraSite’s Board of Directors, together with any new directors whose election by SpectraSite’s Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by SpectraSite’s shareholders was approved by a vote of a majority of SpectraSite’s directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the SpectraSite Board of Directors then in office;
 
        (3) SpectraSite’s merger or consolidation with or into another person or the merger of another person with or into SpectraSite, if SpectraSite’s securities that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and which represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of SpectraSite’s Voting Stock are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such transaction such securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the surviving corporation that represent immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving corporation; and
 
        (4) the sale of all or substantially all of SpectraSite’s assets to another person, other than a Permitted Holder or a person that is controlled by the Permitted Holders.

102


 

      “Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Rating Decline.

      “Completed Broadcast Tower” means a communications tower of at least 500 feet, other than a Completed Tower, with, as of the date of any determination:

  •  at least one broadcast tenant that has executed a definitive lease or Site Management Contract with SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
  •  capacity for at least one other tenant.

      “Completed Tower” means a communications transmission tower or in-building site with, as of any date of determination:

  •  at least one anchor tenant that has executed a definitive lease or Site Management Contract with SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
  •  capacity for at least three tenants.

      “Consolidated Indebtedness” as of any date of determination means, without duplication:

  •  the total amount of Indebtedness of SpectraSite and its Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
  •  the total amount of Indebtedness of any other person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been guaranteed by SpectraSite or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and
 
  •  the aggregate liquidation value of all of SpectraSite’s Disqualified Stock and all preferred stock of SpectraSite’s Restricted Subsidiaries not owned by SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

      “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense of SpectraSite and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the extent incurred by SpectraSite or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without duplication:

        (1) interest expense attributable to capital leases and to leases constituting part of a Sale/ Leaseback Transaction;
 
        (2) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost;
 
        (3) capitalized interest;
 
        (4) non-cash interest expense;
 
        (5) commissions, discounts, and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing;
 
        (6) net costs associated with hedging obligations, including amortization of fees;
 
        (7) preferred stock dividends paid in respect of all of SpectraSite’s and its subsidiaries’ preferred stock, held by persons other than SpectraSite or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of SpectraSite;
 
        (8) interest incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued operations;
 
        (9) interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other person, to the extent such Indebtedness is guaranteed by, or secured by the assets of, SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
 
        (10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust, to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any person, other than SpectraSite, in connection with Indebtedness incurred by such plan or trust.

103


 

      “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income or loss of SpectraSite and its consolidated Subsidiaries. The following, however, shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

        (1) any net income or loss of any person, other than SpectraSite, if such person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that, subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, SpectraSite, equity in the net income of any such person for such period, shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such person during such period, to SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary, as a dividend or other distribution, subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (3) below;
 
        (2) any net income or loss of any person, acquired by SpectraSite or a subsidiary, in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;
 
        (3) any Restricted Subsidiary’s net income, if the Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, other than any restrictions permitted in the “— Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions, directly or indirectly, to SpectraSite, except that:

        (a) subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, SpectraSite’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by the Restricted Subsidiary during such period to SpectraSite or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution, subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution paid to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause; and
 
        (b) solely for purposes of calculating the Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio, SpectraSite’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary, for such period, shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

        (4) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any assets of SpectraSite, its consolidated subsidiaries, or any other person, including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction, which are not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, and any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any capital stock of any person;
 
        (5) any Unrestricted Subsidiary’s net income or loss, except to the extent distributed to SpectraSite or one of its subsidiaries;
 
        (6) any extraordinary gain or loss;
 
        (7) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;
 
        (8) non-cash compensation charges or other non-cash expenses or charges arising from the grant of or issuance or repricing of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards or any amendment, modification, substitution or change of any such stock, stock options or other equity-based awards;
 
        (9) any non-cash goodwill impairment charges subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application of SFAS No. 142; and
 
        (10) any amortization or write-offs of debt issuance or deferred financing costs and premiums and prepayment penalties, in each case, to the extent attributable to the incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness;

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, only for the purposes of the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments,” there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income, any dividends, repayments of loans or advances, or other transfers of assets, from Unrestricted Subsidiaries, to SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary, to the extent such dividends, repayments, or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant, pursuant to clause (1)(c)(iv) thereof.

104


 

      “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, with respect to SpectraSite, the total consolidated tangible assets of SpectraSite and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent internal consolidated balance sheet of SpectraSite and the Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

      “Credit Facility” means any debt or credit facility, commercial paper facility providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, accounts receivable financing, including through the sale of accounts receivable to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such accounts receivable, letters of credit, other debt securities or other form of debt financing, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, extended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, including any amendment, restatement, supplement, extension, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement or refinancing that increases the amount borrowable under any such facility or alters the maturity of any such facility.

      “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any person, any capital stock which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event:

        (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;
 
        (2) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or
 
        (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part;

in each case on or prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the notes.

      Capital stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such person to repurchase or redeem such capital stock, upon the occurrence of an asset sale or change of control occurring prior to the 91st day after the Stated Maturity of the notes, shall not constitute Disqualified Stock, if the asset sale or change of control provisions applicable to such capital stock are not materially more favorable taken as a whole to the holders of such capital stock than the provisions described under “— Change of Control” and “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”

      “EBITDA” for any period, means the sum of Consolidated Net Income, plus the following, to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

        (1) Consolidated Interest Expense;
 
        (2) all income tax expense of SpectraSite and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
        (3) depreciation expense of SpectraSite and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries;
 
        (4) amortization expense of SpectraSite and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding amortization expense attributable to a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period;
 
        (5) all other non-cash charges of SpectraSite and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of, or reserve for, cash expenditures in any future period; and
 
        (6) any premium or penalty paid in connection with repurchasing, redeeming, retiring, defeasing or acquiring any Indebtedness prior to maturity, to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, in each case, for such period.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary, shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent, and in the same proportion, that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income, and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted, at the date of determination, to be paid to SpectraSite in the form of a dividend by the Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval, that has not been obtained, pursuant to the terms of its

105


 

charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, without in any event giving effect to any restrictions or limitations permitted in the “— Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant.

      “Equity Offering” means a public or private issuance by SpectraSite of its common stock for cash.

      “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in:

        (1) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;
 
        (2) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board;
 
        (3) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession; and
 
        (4) the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission governing the inclusion of financial statements, including pro forma financial statements, in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any person on any date of determination, without duplication:

        (1) the principal in respect of:

        (a) indebtedness of such person for money borrowed; and
 
        (b) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such person is responsible or liable, including, in each case, any premium on such indebtedness, to the extent such premium has become due and payable;

        (2) all capital lease obligations of such person, and all Attributable Indebtedness in respect of Sale/ Leaseback Transactions entered into by such person;
 
        (3) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such person and all obligations of such person under any title retention agreement, but excluding trade accounts payable, arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (4) all obligations of such person, for the reimbursement of any obligor, on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction, other than obligations with respect to letters of credit and other contingent liabilities, but only to the extent such contingent liabilities are not reflected as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of such person, securing obligations, other than obligations described in clauses (1) through (3) above, entered into in the ordinary course of business of such person, to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon, or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following payment on the letter of credit;
 
        (5) the amount of all obligations of such person with respect to the redemption, repayment, or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock, or, with respect to any subsidiary of such person, the liquidation preference with respect to any preferred stock, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends;
 
        (6) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above, of other persons, and all dividends of other persons for the payment of which, in either case, such person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any guarantee;
 
        (7) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) above, of other persons, secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such person, whether or not such obligation is assumed by such person, the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets, or the amount of the obligation so secured; and

106


 

        (8) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, hedging obligations of such person.

      The amount of Indebtedness of any person at any date shall be the outstanding balance, at such date, of all unconditional obligations, as described above, or the accreted value of such Indebtedness in the case of Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.

      “Indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of:

  •  Consolidated Indebtedness as of such date; to
 
  •  Adjusted EBITDA.

      “Investment” in any person means any direct or indirect advance, loan, other than advances to customers, lessees or licensees in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such person, or other extension of credit, including by way of guarantee or similar arrangement, or capital contribution by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others, or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others, or any purchase or acquisition of, capital stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such person. For purposes of the definitions of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and “Restricted Payment” and the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant:

        (1) Investment shall include the portion, proportionate to SpectraSite’s equity interest in such subsidiary of the fair market value of the net assets of any of SpectraSite’s subsidiaries at the time that such subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, SpectraSite shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary of an amount, if positive, equal to:

        (a) SpectraSite’s Investment in such subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
 
        (b) the portion, proportionate to SpectraSite’s equity interest in such subsidiary, of the fair market value of the net assets of the subsidiary at the time the subsidiary is so re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

        (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as the Board of Directors determines in good faith, and evidenced by a Board of Directors resolution.

      “Issue Date” means the date on which the notes are originally issued.

      “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, or charge of any kind, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or lease in the nature thereof.

      “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received, including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal, pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds from the sale, or other disposition, of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person, of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets, or received in any other non-cash form, from such Asset Disposition, in each case net of:

        (1) all legal, title, accounting, investment banking and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;
 
        (2) all payments made on any Indebtedness, which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon, or other security arrangement of any kind with respect to, such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;
 
        (3) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition;

107


 

        (4) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition, and retained by SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition; and
 
        (5) any reserves established in respect of the sales price of such asset for post-closing adjustments, indemnification purposes or employee termination expenses.

      “Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of capital stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, printing costs, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale, and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

      “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

        (1) as to which neither SpectraSite nor any Restricted Subsidiary:

        (a) provides any guarantee or credit support of any kind, including any undertaking, guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness; or
 
        (b) is directly or indirectly liable, as a guarantor or otherwise; and

        (2) as to which no default, including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary, would permit, upon notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other SpectraSite’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness, to declare a default under such other Indebtedness, or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.

      “Permitted Business” means any business SpectraSite and its Restricted Subsidiaries conducted on the Issue Date and any other business related, ancillary or complementary to any such business.

      “Permitted Holders” means (i) Apollo Investment Fund V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or any fund, investment vehicle or account managed, advised or controlled by Apollo Advisors, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or any of its Affiliates or (ii) Oaktree Capital Management, LLC and its Affiliates, including any partnerships, separate accounts or other entities managed by Oaktree Capital Management, LLC.

      “Permitted Investment” means any of SpectraSite’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s Investment in:

        (1) SpectraSite, a Restricted Subsidiary, or a person which will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
        (2) another person if, as a result of such Investment, such other person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such person’s primary business is a Permitted Business;
 
        (3) Temporary Cash Investments;
 
        (4) receivables owing to SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include concessionary trade terms which SpectraSite or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances;
 
        (5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected, at the time of such advances, ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes, and that are made in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (6) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business, consistent with the past practices of SpectraSite or such Restricted Subsidiary, but in any event not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time;

108


 

        (7) stock, obligations, or securities, received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;
 
        (8) any person, to the extent such investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received for an Asset Disposition as permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock;”
 
        (9) SpectraSite’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s capital stock, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired or retired for value from members of SpectraSite’s management or employees, but in any event not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate in any twelve-month period;
 
        (10) other Investments in Permitted Businesses not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the sum of $10.0 million and 10% of SpectraSite’s Consolidated Tangible Assets;
 
        (11) any interest rate protection agreement or currency exchange protection agreement;
 
        (12) any acquisition of assets, to the extent the consideration therefor consists of SpectraSite’s capital stock, other than Disqualified Stock;
 
        (13) prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits;
 
        (14) deposits of proceeds from Asset Dispositions with a qualified intermediary, qualified trustee or similar person for purposes of facilitating a like-kind exchange made in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code; provided, however, that the making of any Permitted Investment pursuant to this clause (14) will not in any manner violate the covenant described under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock;”
 
        (15) Investments in an amount not to exceed the Net Cash Proceeds or Qualified Proceeds of the issuance or sale, other than to a subsidiary of SpectraSite, of Capital Stock of SpectraSite, other than Disqualified Stock, to the extent that such Net Cash Proceeds or Qualified Proceeds have not been applied to make a Restricted Payment or to effect other transactions pursuant to the covenant “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or Qualified Proceeds have not been used to incur Indebtedness; and
 
        (16) other Investments not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, $50.0 million.

      “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any person:

        (1) pledges or deposits by such person, under worker’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts, other than for the payment of Indebtedness, or leases to which such person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such person, or deposits or cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties, or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
 
        (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlords’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due, or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, or judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment shall not have been finally terminated, or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;
 
        (3) Liens for property taxes not yet subject to penalties for non-payment, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;
 
        (4) Liens in favor of issuers of surety bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of, and for the account of, such person in the ordinary course of its business;

109


 

        (5) survey exceptions, encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties, or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such person, or to the ownership of its properties, which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such person;
 
        (6) Liens securing hedging obligations, so long as the related Indebtedness is, and the indenture permits it to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such hedging obligations;
 
        (7) leases and subleases of real property which do not interfere with SpectraSite’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ ordinary conduct of business and Liens securing the obligations, other than Indebtedness, of SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under any such leases and subleases of real property;
 
        (8) Liens existing as of the date on which the notes are originally issued, and Liens which the indenture created;
 
        (9) Liens created solely for the purpose of securing the payment of all, or a part of, the purchase price of assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business, after the date on which the notes are originally issued; provided, however, that:

        (a) the Indebtedness secured by such Liens is Indebtedness which the indenture otherwise permits to be incurred; and
 
        (b) such Liens shall not encumber any other of SpectraSite’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ assets or property;

        (10) Liens on a Restricted Subsidiary’s assets or property, existing at the time such Restricted Subsidiary became a SpectraSite subsidiary, and not incurred as a result of, in connection with, or in anticipation of such Restricted Subsidiary becoming a SpectraSite subsidiary; provided, however, that:

        (a) any such Lien does not by its terms cover any property or assets after the time such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a subsidiary, which were not covered immediately prior to such transaction;
 
        (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Liens is Indebtedness which the indenture otherwise permits to be incurred; and
 
        (c) such Liens do not extend to or cover any other property or assets of SpectraSite or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

        (11) Liens securing Indebtedness outstanding under a Credit Facility and any other Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under the indenture to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
        (12) Liens extending, renewing or replacing, in whole or in part, a Lien the indenture permits; provided, however, that:

        (a) such Liens do not extend beyond the property subject to the existing Lien, and improvements and construction on such property; and
 
        (b) the Indebtedness the Lien secures may not exceed the Indebtedness the existing Lien secured at the time;

        (13) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, by SpectraSite or any Restricted Subsidiary of SpectraSite, with respect to obligations that do not exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding, and that:

        (a) are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances of credit, other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business; and

110


 

        (b) do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the value of the property, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by SpectraSite or such Restricted Subsidiary;

        (14) Liens in favor of SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary of SpectraSite;
 
        (15) any interest in or title of a lessor to any property subject to a capital lease obligation the indenture permits to be incurred;
 
        (16) Liens on Unrestricted Subsidiaries’ capital stock;
 
        (17) the Liens granted pursuant to the terms of the Security and Subordination Agreement, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, entered into pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 10, 1999, among SpectraSite, SpectraSite Communications Inc., SHI Merger Sub, Inc., Nextel and certain of its subsidiaries;
 
        (18) Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or other financial institution;
 
        (19) Liens on property subject to capital leases to the extent the related capitalized lease obligation is permitted to be incurred under the “— Limitation on Indebtedness” and “— Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries” covenants;
 
        (20) Liens on property of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary at the time the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
 
        (21) Liens on government securities that secure Indebtedness, to the extent that such government securities are purchased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness.

      “Principal” of a note means the principal of the note plus the premium, if any, payable on the note, which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

      “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or capital stock of any person engaged in, a Permitted Business.

      “Rating Agencies” means:

        (a) S&P;
 
        (b) Moody’s; or
 
        (c) if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the notes publicly available, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by SpectraSite, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

      “Rating Category” means:

        (a) with respect to S&P, any of the following categories: BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories);
 
        (b) with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories: Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories); and
 
        (c) the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody’s used by another Rating Agency.

      In determining whether the rating of the notes has decreased by one or more gradation, gradations within Rating Categories (+ and - for S&P; 1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s; or the equivalent gradations for another Rating Agency) shall be taken into account (e.g., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, as well as from BB- to B+, will constitute a decrease of one gradation).

111


 

      “Rating Decline” means (i) a decrease of one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories) in the rating of the notes by either Rating Agency or (ii) a withdrawal of the rating of the notes by either Rating Agency; provided, however, that such decrease or withdrawal occurs on, or within 90 days following, the date of public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by us to effect a Change of Control, which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the notes is under publicly announced consideration for downgrade by either Rating Agency.

      “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that refinances any of SpectraSite, or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness existing on the date of the indenture, or incurred in compliance with the indenture, including any of SpectraSite’s Indebtedness that refinances any Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness, and any Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness that refinances another Restricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness, including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however, that:

        (1) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the notes and the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced;
 
        (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life, at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred, that is equal to or greater than the lesser of the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced and the Average Life of the notes; and
 
        (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred in an aggregate principal amount, or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price, that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount, or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value, then outstanding or committed, plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, under the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include:

        (a) any of a subsidiary’s Indebtedness that refinances any of SpectraSite’s Indebtedness; or
 
        (b) any of SpectraSite’s or a subsidiary’s Indebtedness that refinances an Unrestricted Subsidiary’s Indebtedness.

      “Restricted Payment” with respect to any Person means:

        (1) the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other distributions of any sort in respect of its capital stock, or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders of its capital stock, other than (a) dividends or distributions payable solely in its capital stock, other than Disqualified Stock, (b) dividends or distributions payable solely to SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (c) pro rata dividends or other distributions, made by a subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of SpectraSite, to minority stockholders, or owners of an equivalent interest, in the case of a subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation;
 
        (2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any of SpectraSite’s capital stock held by any person, or of any of a Restricted Subsidiary’s capital stock held by any person, other than SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than the exercise by SpectraSite of any option to convert or exchange any capital stock into Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred as of the date of such exercise under the indenture, and other than as permitted by clause (9) of the definition of Permitted Investments;
 
        (3) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of, any Subordinated Obligations, other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition; or
 
        (4) the making of any Investment in any person, other than a Permitted Investment.

      “Restricted Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of SpectraSite that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

112


 

      “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a person, and SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such person.

      “Secured Indebtedness” means any of SpectraSite’s Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

      “Senior Indebtedness” means:

        (1) any of SpectraSite’s Indebtedness, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred; and
 
        (2) accrued and unpaid interest, including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to SpectraSite, to the extent post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding, in respect of:

        (a) Indebtedness for money SpectraSite borrowed; and
 
        (b) Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments which SpectraSite is responsible or liable to make payment for;

unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such obligations are subordinate in right of payment to the notes.

      Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

  •  any obligation SpectraSite has to any subsidiary;
 
  •  any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes SpectraSite owed or owes;
 
  •  any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities;
 
  •  any of SpectraSite’s Indebtedness, and any accrued and unpaid interest in respect thereof, which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other SpectraSite’s Indebtedness or other obligation; or
 
  •  that portion of any Indebtedness which, at the time of incurrence, is incurred in violation of the indenture.

      “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a Significant Subsidiary of SpectraSite within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      “Site Management Contract” means any agreement pursuant to which SpectraSite, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, has the right to substantially control Tower Assets and the revenues derived from the rental or use thereof.

      “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the holder’s option upon the happening of any contingency beyond SpectraSite’s control, unless such contingency has occurred.

      “Subordinated Obligation” means any of SpectraSite’s Indebtedness, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the notes pursuant to a written agreement.

      “Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following:

        (1) any investment in direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof;

113


 

        (2) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof, issued by a bank or trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500.0 million, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated A, or such similar equivalent rating or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization, as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act, or any money market fund sponsored by a registered broker dealer or mutual fund distributor;
 
        (3) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above, entered into with a bank, meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;
 
        (4) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation, other than a SpectraSite Affiliate, organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, with a rating at the time of investment of at least P-1 according to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or at least A-1 according to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group; and
 
        (5) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least A by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or A by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

      “Tower Asset Exchange” means any transaction in which SpectraSite or a Restricted Subsidiary exchanges assets for Tower Assets, or Tower Assets and cash or cash equivalents, where the fair market value (evidenced by a Board of Directors resolution) of the Tower Assets and cash or cash equivalents which SpectraSite and its Restricted Subsidiaries received in such exchange is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets disposed of in such exchange.

      “Tower Assets” means communication transmission towers or in-building sites and related assets that are located on the site of a transmission tower or in-building site.

      “Tower EBITDA” means, for any period, the EBITDA of SpectraSite and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period that is directly attributable to site rental revenue or license or management fees, paid to manage, lease or sublease space on communication sites owned, leased or managed by SpectraSite (collectively, “site leasing revenues”), all determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Tower EBITDA will not include revenue derived from the sale of assets. In allocating corporate, general, administrative and other operating expenses that are not allocated to any particular line of business in SpectraSite’s financial statements, such expenses shall be allocated to SpectraSite’s site leasing business in proportion to the percentage of SpectraSite’s total revenues, for the applicable period, that were site leasing revenues.

      “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the indenture.

      “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

        (1) SpectraSite International, Inc. and any other SpectraSite subsidiary that, at the time of determination, shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below; and
 
        (2) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

      The Board of Directors may designate any SpectraSite subsidiary, including any newly acquired or newly formed SpectraSite subsidiary, to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such subsidiary, or any of its subsidiaries, owns any capital stock or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of,

114


 

SpectraSite or any other SpectraSite Restricted Subsidiary, that is not a subsidiary of the subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either:

        (a) the subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or
 
        (b) if such subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under “— Certain Covenants — Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

      The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, as long as:

  •  immediately after giving effect to such designation no default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
 
  •  such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the indenture.

      Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the trustee by promptly filing with the trustee a copy of the Board of Directors resolution giving effect to such designation, and an officer’s certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

      “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations, or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations, of the United States of America, including any agency or instrumentality of the United States for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at SpectraSite’s option.

      “Voting Stock” of a person means all classes of capital stock or other interests, including partnership interests, of such person then outstanding and normally entitled, without regard to the occurrence of any contingency, to vote in the election of directors, managers, or trustee thereof.

      “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of SpectraSite of which SpectraSite, or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary owns all the capital stock, other than directors’ qualifying shares, of such Restricted Subsidiary.

Book-Entry; Delivery and Form

      Except as described below, we will initially issue the exchange notes in the form of one or more exchange notes in global form without interest coupons. We will deposit each global note on the date of the closing of this exchange offer with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company in New York, New York (“DTC”), and register the exchange notes in the name of DTC or its nominee, or will leave these notes in the custody of the trustee.

      Except as set forth below, the global notes may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the global notes may not be exchanged for new notes in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See “— Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes.” In addition, transfer of beneficial interests in the global notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg), which may change from time to time.

Depository Procedures

      For your convenience, we are providing you with a description of the operations and procedures of The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, and Clearstream, Luxembourg. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. We are not responsible for these operations and procedures and urge you to contact the system or its participants directly to discuss these matters.

115


 

      DTC has advised SpectraSite that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company created to hold securities for its participating organizations and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in those securities between the participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants. The participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through the participants or the indirect participants. The ownership interest and transfer of ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the participants and the indirect participants.

      DTC has also advised SpectraSite that pursuant to procedures established by it:

        (1) upon deposit of the global notes, DTC will credit the accounts of participants designated by the initial purchasers with portions of the principal amount of the global notes and
 
        (2) ownership of such interests in the global notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to the participants) or by the participants and the indirect participants (with respect to other owners of beneficial interests in the global notes).

      Investors in the global notes may hold their interests therein directly through DTC, if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg) which are participants in such system. Investors in the global notes may hold their interests therein through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, if they are accountholders in such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are accountholders in such systems. Investors may also hold interests in the global notes through organizations other than Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg that are participants in the DTC system. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg will hold interests in the global notes on behalf of their participants through their respective depositories, which in turn will hold such interests in the global note customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of DTC. Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. will initially act as depository for Euroclear, and Citibank, N.A. will initially act as depository for Clearstream, Luxembourg. All interests in a global note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg may also be subject to the procedures and requirements of such system.

      The laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global note to such persons may be limited to that extent. Because DTC can act only on behalf of the participants, which in turn act on behalf of the indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in a global note to pledge such interests to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

      Except as described below, owners of interests in the global notes will not have notes in their names, will not receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form and will not be considered the registered owners or holders thereof under the indenture for any purpose.

      Payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on a global note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee will be payable to DTC or its nominee in its capacity as the registered holder under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, SpectraSite and The Bank of New York, as trustee, will treat the persons in whose names the notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Consequently, none of SpectraSite, the trustee, nor any agent of SpectraSite or the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for (i) any aspect or accuracy of DTC’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership or (ii) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of the participants or the indirect participants.

116


 

      DTC has advised SpectraSite that its current practice, upon receipt of any payment in respect of securities such as the new notes (including principal and interest), is to credit the accounts of the relevant participants with the payment on the payment date, in amounts proportionate to their respective SpectraSite in principal amount of beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the records of DTC. Payments by the participants and the indirect participants to the beneficial owners of new notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will not be the responsibility of DTC, the trustee or SpectraSite. Neither SpectraSite nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of the participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the new notes, and SpectraSite and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee as the registered owner of the global notes for all purposes.

      Except for trades involving only Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg participants, interests in the global notes will trade in DTC’s same-day funds settlement system and secondary market trading activity in such interests will therefore settle in immediately available funds, subject in all cases to the rules and procedures of DTC and the participants.

      Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between account holders in Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

      Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the new notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the account holders in DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg account holders, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, by its respective depository; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depository to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg account holders may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg.

      Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg account holder purchasing an interest in a global note from an account holder in DTC will be credited, and any such crediting will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg participant, during the securities settlement processing day (which must be a business day for Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg) immediately following the settlement date of DTC. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg as a result of sales of interests in a global note by or through a Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg account holder to a participant in DTC will be received with value on the settlement date of DTC but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg cash account only as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg following DTC’s settlement date.

      DTC has advised SpectraSite that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of new notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account with DTC interests in the global notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the new notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if any of the events described under “— Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes” occurs, DTC reserves the right to exchange the global notes for new notes in certificated form and to distribute such registered new notes to its participants.

      The information in the section concerning DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg and their book-entry systems has been obtained from sources that SpectraSite believes to be reliable, but SpectraSite takes no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

117


 

      Although DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global note among account holders in DTC and account holders of Euroclear and Clearstream, Luxembourg, they are under no obligation to perform or to continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. None of SpectraSite or the trustee, nor any agent of SpectraSite or the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg or their respective participants, indirect participants or account holders of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Exchange of Book-Entry Notes for Certificated Notes

      The global notes are exchangeable for definitive notes in registered certificated form if

        (1) DTC (x) notifies SpectraSite that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for the global notes and SpectraSite thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act,
 
        (2) SpectraSite, at its option, notifies the trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of the registered new notes in certificated form or
 
        (3) there shall have occurred and be continuing a default or an event of default with respect to the new notes.

      In all cases, registered certificated new notes delivered in exchange for any global note or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of DTC (in accordance with its customary procedures).

118


 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

      The following discussion summarizes certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. and non-U.S. holders, each as defined below, of the exchange of initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, as well as the ownership and disposition of exchange notes by such holders that acquire exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, and interpretations of the foregoing, all as of the date hereof. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) and any such change may result in U.S. federal income tax consequences to a holder that are materially different from those described below. The U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may not take a similar view of the consequences described below.

      The following discussion does not purport to be a full description of all U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances and only addresses holders that hold notes as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Furthermore, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, tax-exempt entities, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens, dealers in securities or currencies, persons holding notes in connection with a hedging transaction, “straddle,” conversion transaction or a synthetic security or other integrated transaction and holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar. In addition, except as otherwise indicated, this discussion does not include any description of any alternative minimum tax consequences, or estate and gift tax consequences, or the tax laws of any state, local or foreign government that may be applicable to the exchange notes.

      As used in this prospectus, a “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of an exchange note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

  •  a citizen or individual resident of the U.S.;
 
  •  a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or any of its political subdivisions;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust if either (A) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

      As used in this summary, the term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of an exchange note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a nonresident alien, individual or a corporation, trust or estate that is not a U.S. holder. Holders of initial notes that are considering the exchange of initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer that are partnerships or that would hold the exchange notes through a partnership or similar pass-through entity should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding exchange notes.

      Holders of initial notes that are considering the exchange of initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer should consult their tax advisors with regard to the application of U.S. federal tax laws to their particular situations, as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

119


 

U.S. Holders

 
The Exchange Offer

      The exchange of initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will not be treated as an exchange or otherwise as a taxable event to U.S. holders. Consequently, (1) no gain or loss will be realized by a holder upon receipt of an exchange note, (2) the holding period of the exchange note will include the holding period of the initial note exchanged therefor and (3) the adjusted tax basis of the exchange note will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the initial note exchanged therefor immediately before the exchange. Further, any market discount or bond premium (as discussed below) applicable to the initial notes should carry over to the exchange notes. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of an exchange note generally should be the same as the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of an initial note.

 
Payments of Interest on Exchange Notes

      Subject to the following paragraph, interest paid on an exchange note generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received in accordance with the U.S. holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

      In certain circumstances (see “Description of the Notes — Redemption — Terms of Optional Redemption” and “Description of the Notes — Change of Control”), we may be obligated to pay a holder additional amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the exchange notes. According to Treasury Regulations, the possibility that any such payments in excess of stated interest or principal will be made will not affect the amount of interest income to be currently recognized by a holder if there is only a remote chance as of the date such notes were issued that any of the circumstances that would give rise to the payment of such additional amounts (considered individually and in the aggregate) will occur. Because we believe the likelihood that we will be obligated to make any such payments is remote, we do not intend to treat the potential payment of any such amounts as part of the yield to maturity of any exchange notes. In the event such a contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income that a holder must recognize. Our determination that these contingencies are remote is binding on a holder unless such holder discloses a contrary position in the manner required by applicable Treasury Regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a holder might be required to accrue income on the exchange notes in excess of stated interest, and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of an exchange note before the resolution of the contingencies. The remainder of this disclosure assumes that our determination is correct.

 
Market Discount and Bond Premium

      If a U.S. holder purchased an initial note prior to this exchange offer for an amount that is less than its principal amount, then, subject to a statutory de minimis rule, the difference generally will be treated as market discount. If a U.S. holder exchanges an initial note, with respect to which there is market discount, for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer, the market discount applicable to the initial note should carry over to the exchange note so received. In that case, any partial principal payment on, or any gain realized on the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of (including dispositions which are nonrecognition transactions under certain provisions of the Code), the exchange note will be included in gross income and characterized as ordinary income to the extent of the market discount that (1) has not previously been included in income and (2) is treated as having accrued on the exchange note prior to the payment or disposition. Market discount generally accrues on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the exchange note. Upon an irrevocable election, however, market discount will accrue on a constant yield basis. A U.S. holder might be required to defer all or a portion of the interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry an exchange note. If a U.S. holder elects to include market discount in gross income currently as it accrues, the preceding rules relating to the recognition of market discount and deferral of interest expense will not apply. An election made to include market discount in gross income as it accrues

120


 

will apply to all debt instruments acquired by the U.S. holder on or after the first day of the taxable year to which the election applies and may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS.

      If a U.S. holder purchased an initial note prior to this exchange offer for an amount that is in excess of all amounts payable on the initial note after the purchase date, other than payments of qualified stated interest, the excess will be treated as bond premium. If a U.S. holder exchanges an initial note, with respect to which there is a bond premium, for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer, the bond premium applicable to the initial note should carry over to the exchange note so received. In general, a U.S. holder may elect to amortize bond premium over the remaining term of the exchange note on a constant yield method. The amount of bond premium allocable to any accrual period is offset against the qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period. If, following the offset determination described in the immediately preceding sentence, there is an excess allocable bond premium remaining, that excess may, in some circumstances, be deducted. An election to amortize bond premium applies to all taxable debt instruments held at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies and thereafter acquired by the U.S. holder and may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS.

 
Sale, Exchange or Disposition of the Exchange Notes

      Upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of an exchange note, a U.S. holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between:

  •  the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received (other than any amount received attributable to accrued but unpaid interest not previously included in income, which will be taxable as ordinary interest income); and
 
  •  such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the exchange note.

      A U.S. holder’s tax basis in an exchange note will generally be such holder’s cost for the initial note, increased by any accrued market discount previously included in income, and decreased by any amortized bond premium and any payments that are not payments of stated interest. Subject to the discussion of market discount above, such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time of sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the exchange note, the holder held such note for more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

      In general, information reporting requirements will apply to payments of principal and interest on, and the proceeds of disposition of, an exchange note to U.S. holders other than certain exempt recipients such as corporations. In general, backup withholding at the then applicable rate (currently at a rate of 28%) will be applicable to a U.S. holder that is not an exempt recipient, such as a corporation, if such U.S. holder:

  •  fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number (which, for an individual, would generally be his or her Social Security Number);
 
  •  is notified by the IRS that it has failed to properly report payments of interest or dividends;
 
  •  fails to certify that the holder is exempt from withholding; or
 
  •  otherwise fails to comply with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.

      Any amount withheld from payment to a holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS. Holders of exchange notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding in their particular situation, the availability of an exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if available.

121


 

Non-U.S. Holders

      The rules governing U.S. federal income taxation of non-U.S. holders are complex. Non-U.S. holders should consult with their own tax advisors to determine the effect of federal, state, local and foreign income tax laws, as well as treaties, with regard to the exchange of initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer as well as the ownership and disposition of exchange notes by such holders, including any reporting requirements.

 
The Exchange Offer

      The exchange of initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer by a non-U.S. holder will not be treated as an exchange or otherwise as a taxable event.

 
Payments of Interest on Exchange Notes

      Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, payments of interest on the exchange notes by us or our paying agent to a non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax, if:

  •  such interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business by such non-U.S. holder;
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder does not own, actually or constructively, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock;
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a controlled foreign corporation related, directly or indirectly, to us through stock ownership under applicable rules of the Code;
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code; and
 
  •  the certification requirement, as described below, has been fulfilled with respect to the beneficial owner.

      The certification requirement referred to above will be fulfilled if either (A) the non-U.S. holder provides to us or our paying agent an IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form), signed under penalties of perjury, that includes such holder’s name and address and a certification as to its non-U.S. status, or (B) the non-U.S. holder or its intermediary has otherwise established its non-U.S. status.

      The gross amount of payments of interest that do not qualify for the exception from withholding described above (the “portfolio interest exemption”) will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless (A) the non-U.S. holder provides a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under an applicable tax treaty, or (B) such interest is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business by such non-U.S. holder and such holder provides a properly completed IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form).

      If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and if interest on an exchange note or gain realized on the disposition of an exchange note is effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax on the interest or gain on a net basis in the same manner as if it were a U.S. holder, unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% on its earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments, unless reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Even though such effectively connected income is subject to income tax, and may be subject to the branch profits tax, it is not subject to withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies the certification requirements described above.

      As more fully described above under “Description of the Notes — Redemption — Terms of Optional Redemption” and “Description of the Notes — Change of Control” upon the occurrence of certain enumerated events, we may be required to make additional payments to holders of the exchange notes. Such

122


 

payments may be treated as interest, subject to the rules described above, or as other income subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors as to the tax considerations relating to debt instruments that provide for one or more contingent payments, in particular as to the availability of the portfolio interest exemption, and the ability of non-U.S. holders to claim the benefits of income tax treaty exemptions from U.S. withholding tax on interest, in respect of any such additional payments.
 
      Sale, Exchange or Disposition of the Exchange Notes

      Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder of an exchange note generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of such note unless:

  •  such holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met;
 
  •  such gain represents accrued but unpaid interest not previously included in income, in which case the rules regarding interest would apply; or
 
  •  such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such non-U.S. holder of a trade or business in the U.S.
 
      Federal Estate Tax

      An exchange note held (or treated as held) by an individual who is a non-U.S. holder at the time of his or her death will not be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, provided the interest on the exchange note is exempt from withholding of U.S. federal income tax under the “portfolio interest exemption” described above (without regard to the certification requirement). If you are an individual, you should consult with your tax advisor regarding the possible application of the U.S. federal estate tax to your particular circumstances, including the effect of any applicable treaty.

 
      Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

      Unless certain exceptions apply, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder any interest paid to the non-U.S. Holder. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or other agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides.

      Under current U.S. federal income tax law, backup withholding tax will not apply to payments of interest by us or our paying agent on an exchange note if the certifications described above under “— Payments of Interest” are received, provided that we or our paying agent, as the case may be, do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person.

      Payments on the sale, exchange or other disposition of an exchange note made to or through a foreign office of a foreign broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting. However, if such broker is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

  •  a U.S. person;
 
  •  a controlled foreign corporation;
 
  •  a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business for a specified three-year period; or
 
  •  or a foreign partnership with certain connections to the U.S.;

then information reporting will be required unless the broker has in its records documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are met or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding may apply to any payment that such broker is required to report

123


 

if the broker has actual knowledge or reason to know that the payee is a U.S. person. Payments to or through the U.S. office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting unless the holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person or otherwise establishes an exemption.

      Backup withholding is not an additional tax: any amounts withheld from a payment to a non-U.S. holder under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders of exchange notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular situations, the availability of an exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption, if available.

      The foregoing discussion is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, you should consult your tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to you of exchanging initial notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, as well as the ownership and disposition of exchange notes, including the applicability and effect of any state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws and any tax treaty and any recent or prospective changes in any applicable tax laws or treaties.

124


 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for initial notes where such initial notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

      We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

      For a period of 90 days after the expiration date, or until all broker-dealers who exchange initial notes which were acquired as a result of market making activities for exchange notes have sold all exchange notes held by them, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to any underwriters in connection with a shelf registration statement, other than reasonable fees and expenses related to blue sky qualification of exchange notes covered by such underwritten shelf registration; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not be responsible for underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of notes by a holder). We will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, the transfer of any notes without meeting the prospectus delivery requirements under the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration under the Securities Act may subject you to liability. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.

LEGAL MATTERS

      Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, has passed upon the validity of the exchange notes.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of SpectraSite, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, included in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein.

125


 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended, and file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We have also filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-4 to register the exchange notes. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in that registration statement. For further information about us and the exchange notes offered in this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. You may read and copy the registration statement and any other document we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site that contains registration statements, reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of this web site is http://www.sec.gov.

      Anyone who receives a copy of this prospectus may obtain a copy of the indenture relating to the notes and the letter of transmittal relating to the exchange offer without charge by contacting us in writing or by telephone at our principal executive office: SpectraSite, Inc., Secretary, 400 Regency Forest Drive, Cary, North Carolina 27511, Telephone: (919) 468-0112. To obtain timely delivery of any copies of filings requested, please write or telephone no later than December      , 2003, five days prior to the termination of this exchange offer.

126


 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

I.     SPECTRASITE, INC. ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
Page

Report of Independent Auditors
    F-2  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2001 and 2002
    F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  

II.     SPECTRASITE, INC. INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
Page

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2003 (unaudited; Reorganized Company) and December 31, 2002 (Predecessor Company)
    F-40  
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended June 30, 2003 (Reorganized Company), the three months ended June 30, 2002 (Predecessor Company), the five months ended June 30, 2003 (Reorganized Company), the month ended January 31, 2003 (Predecessor Company) and the six months ended June 30, 2002 (Predecessor Company)
    F-41  
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the five months ended June 30, 2003 (Reorganized Company), the month ended January 31, 2003 (Predecessor Company) and the six months ended June 30, 2002 (Predecessor Company)
    F-42  
Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-43  

F-1


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors

SpectraSite, Inc. and Subsidiaries

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SpectraSite, Inc. (formerly known as SpectraSite Holdings, Inc.) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SpectraSite, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2001 and 2002 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

      As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy on February 10, 2003. Effective February 1, 2003, the Company will change its basis of financial statement presentation to reflect the adoption of fresh start accounting in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting for Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code”.

      As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2002 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets and changed its method of accounting for goodwill.

  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

February 11, 2003

Raleigh, North Carolina

F-2


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                     
As of December 31,

2001 2002


(Dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 31,547     $ 80,961  
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $4,982 and $11,431, respectively
    22,375       15,180  
 
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
    1,940       2,169  
 
Inventories
    8,355       7,878  
 
Prepaid expenses and other
    11,505       16,696  
 
Assets held for sale
    113,015        
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    188,737       122,884  
Property and equipment, net
    2,443,046       2,292,945  
Goodwill, net
    437,350       60,626  
Other assets
    134,292       102,001  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 3,203,425     $ 2,578,456  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 36,608     $ 13,029  
 
Accrued and other expenses
    69,067       66,280  
 
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
    2,763       703  
 
Current portion of credit facility
          2,244  
 
Liabilities held for sale
    36,102        
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    144,540       82,256  
     
     
 
Long-term portion of credit facility
    695,000       780,711  
Senior notes
    400,000        
Senior convertible notes
    200,000        
Senior discount notes
    1,020,332        
Other long-term liabilities
    24,208       27,330  
     
     
 
   
Total long-term liabilities
    2,339,540       808,041  
     
     
 
Liabilities subject to compromise (Note 2)
          1,763,286  
     
     
 
Commitments and Contingencies
               
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
               
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 153,424,509 and 154,013,917 issued and outstanding, respectively
    153       154  
 
Additional paid-in-capital
    1,622,089       1,624,939  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    21,984       (355 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (924,881 )     (1,699,865 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    719,345       (75,127 )
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 3,203,425     $ 2,578,456  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-3


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                               
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2000 2001 2002



(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues:
                       
 
Site operations
  $ 116,476     $ 221,614     $ 282,525  
 
Broadcast services
    38,593       38,211       26,809  
     
     
     
 
     
Total revenues
    155,069       259,825       309,334  
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                       
 
Cost of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense:
                       
   
Site operations
    46,667       91,689       108,540  
   
Broadcast services
    26,245       29,538       21,158  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    51,825       72,431       58,037  
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
    78,103       165,267       189,936  
 
Restructuring and non-recurring charges
          142,599       28,570  
     
     
     
 
     
Total operating expenses
    202,840       501,524       406,241  
     
     
     
 
Operating loss
    (47,771 )     (241,699 )     (96,907 )
     
     
     
 
Other income (expense):
                       
 
Interest income
    28,391       17,037       855  
 
Interest expense
    (134,664 )     (212,174 )     (226,536 )
 
Reorganization expense
                (4,329 )
 
Other income (expense)
    (8,571 )     (223,236 )     (10,929 )
     
     
     
 
     
Total other income (expense)
    (114,844 )     (418,373 )     (240,939 )
     
     
     
 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
    (162,615 )     (660,072 )     (337,846 )
Income tax expense
    444       555       1,133  
     
     
     
 
Loss from continuing operations
    (163,059 )     (660,627 )     (338,979 )
Discontinued operations:
                       
 
Income (loss) from operations of discontinued segment, net of income tax expense
    5,443       5,858       (12,268 )
 
Loss on disposal of discontinued segment
                (46,984 )
     
     
     
 
Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (157,616 )     (654,769 )     (398,231 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill (Note 3)
                (376,753 )
     
     
     
 
Net loss
  $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share:
                       
 
Loss from continuing operations
  $ (1.35 )   $ (4.40 )   $ (2.20 )
 
Discontinued operations
    0.04       0.04       (0.38 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill
                (2.45 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net loss
  $ (1.31 )   $ (4.36 )   $ (5.03 )
     
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                       
 
Basic and diluted
    120,731       150,223       153,924  
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-4


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                                                 
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Accumulated
Convertible Convertible Convertible Other
Preferred Preferred Preferred Common Stock Additional Comprehensive Comprehensive
Stock Stock Stock
Paid-in Income Income Accumulated
Series A Series B Series C Shares Amount Capital (Loss) (Loss) Deficit Total










(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 1999
  $ 10,000     $ 28,000     $ 301,494       20,191,604     $ 20     $ 230,546             $ 192     $ (112,496 )   $ 457,756  
Net loss
                                      $ (157,616 )           (157,616 )     (157,616 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                        (14,946 )     (14,946 )           (14,946 )
Unrealized holding gains arising during period
                                        16,676       16,676             16,676  
                                                     
                         
Total comprehensive loss
                                                  $ (155,886 )                        
                                                     
                         
Issuance of common stock, net of stock issuance costs of $37,150
                      53,973,255       54       906,584                           906,638  
Issuance of warrants
                                  13,720                           13,720  
Non-cash compensation charges
                                  2,572                               2,572  
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock
    (10,000 )     (28,000 )     (301,494 )     70,749,625       71       339,423                            
     
     
     
     
     
     
             
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2000
                      144,914,484       145       1,492,845               1,922       (270,112 )     1,224,800  
Net loss
                                      $ (654,769 )           (654,769 )     (654,769 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                        13,558       13,558             13,558  
Unrealized holding gains arising during period
                                        6,504       6,504             6,504  
                                                     
                         
Total comprehensive loss
                                                  $ (634,707 )                        
                                                     
                         
Issuance of common stock, net of stock issuance costs of $296
                      8,510,025       8       127,119                           127,127  
Non-cash compensation charges
                                  2,125                           2,125  
     
     
     
     
     
     
             
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
                      153,424,509       153       1,622,089               21,984       (924,881 )     719,345  
Net loss
                                      $ (774,984 )           (774,984 )     (774,984 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                                        1,173       1,173             1,173  
Unrealized holding losses arising during period
                                        (23,512 )     (23,512 )           (23,512 )
                                                     
                         
Total comprehensive loss
                                                  $ (797,323 )                        
                                                     
                         
Issuance of common stock, net of stock issuance costs of $6
                      589,408       1       2,155                           2,156  
Non-cash compensation charges
                                  695                           695  
     
     
     
     
     
     
             
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
  $     $     $       154,013,917     $ 154     $ 1,624,939             $ (355 )   $ (1,699,865 )   $ (75,127 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
             
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-5


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                               
Year Ended Year Ended Year Ended
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2000 2001 2002



(Dollars in thousands)
Operating activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
 
Depreciation
    65,368       149,371       186,706  
 
Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles
    31,366       36,853       3,218  
 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
    5,507       10,113       14,321  
 
Amortization of senior discount notes
    92,018       112,089       109,371  
 
Non-cash compensation charges
    2,572       2,125       695  
 
Write-off of goodwill
          44,476       376,753  
 
Loss on disposal of assets
          53,379       83,683  
 
Gain on sale of affiliate
                (1,364 )
 
Write-off of loan to and investments in affiliates
          156,433        
 
Equity in net loss of an affiliate
    8,748       62,402       59  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
                       
   
Accounts receivable
    (57,738 )     665       47,345  
   
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, net
    (13,608 )     408       325  
   
Inventories
    (3,759 )     (5,396 )     241  
   
Prepaid expenses and other
    (8,179 )     (8,316 )     (8,370 )
   
Accounts payable
    27,721       21       (32,017 )
   
Other liabilities
    18,965       28,013       30,304  
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    11,365       (12,133 )     36,286  
     
     
     
 
Investing activities
                       
Purchases of property and equipment
    (658,283 )     (958,945 )     (71,248 )
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (224,518 )     (7,600 )      
Disposal of discontinued segment, net of cash sold
                (6,751 )
Proceeds from the sale of assets
                1,283  
Investment in affiliates
    (198,039 )     (6,626 )      
Loans to affiliates
    (4,850 )     (27,400 )     (750 )
Proceeds from repayment of loan to affiliate
          5,000        
Proceeds from sale of investment in affiliate
          4,000       7,500  
Refunds of (deposits on) acquisitions
    (23,000 )     6,847        
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,108,690 )     (984,724 )     (69,966 )
     
     
     
 
Financing activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    790,397       4,617       483  
Stock issuance costs
    (37,150 )     (296 )     (6 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and credit facility
    895,900       495,000       90,000  
Debt issuance costs
    (35,526 )     (23,065 )     (2,648 )
Repayment of debt
    (1,421 )     (505 )     (4,735 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by financing activities
    1,612,200       475,751       83,094  
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    514,875       (521,106 )     49,414  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    37,778       552,653       31,547  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 552,653     $ 31,547     $ 80,961  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 35,372     $ 99,908     $ 85,536  
Cash paid for income taxes
    1,106       2,207       1,661  
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Common stock issued for acquisitions and property and equipment
  $ 167,004     $ 122,806     $ 1,679  
Capital lease obligations incurred for the purchase of property and equipment
          16,893       1,304  

See accompanying notes.

F-6


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

      SpectraSite, Inc. (“SpectraSite”), formerly known as SpectraSite Holdings, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”) are principally engaged in providing services to companies operating in the telecommunications and broadcast industries, including leasing and licensing antenna sites on multi-tenant towers, managing rooftop and in-building telecommunications access on commercial real estate and designing, constructing, modifying and maintaining broadcast towers in the United States.

     Basis of Presentation

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SpectraSite and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

      The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming SpectraSite, Inc. will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. SpectraSite, Inc. has incurred recurring operating losses, and it has working capital and stockholders’ deficits as of December 31, 2002. On November 15, 2002 (the “Petition Date”), SpectraSite filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, Raleigh Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On November 18, 2002, SpectraSite filed a Proposed Plan of Reorganization and a Proposed Disclosure Statement with the Bankruptcy Court. A plan confirmation hearing was held on January 28, 2003 and the Proposed Plan of Reorganization, as modified on that date, (the “Plan of Reorganization”) was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. All conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the Plan of Reorganization were met by February 10, 2003 (the “Effective Date”), thereby allowing SpectraSite to emerge from bankruptcy. From the Petition Date until the Effective Date, SpectraSite operated as a debtor-in-possession under the Bankruptcy Code. The restructuring plan involves SpectraSite, Inc. and not SpectraSite Communications, Inc. (“Communications”) or any of Communications’ subsidiaries. The restructuring plan also did not constitute an event of default under or otherwise adversely affect Communications’ credit facility, which will continue to be serviced from operating cash flow by Communications.

      The consolidated financial statements are presented on a going concern basis and do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that might be necessary should SpectraSite, Inc. be unable to continue as a going concern. See Note 2, “ Plan of Reorganization” for a presentation of the unaudited pro forma balance sheet illustrating the effect of the Company’s Plan of Reorganization and the effect of implementing certain fresh start accounting adjustments.

     Use of Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Cash and Cash Equivalents

      The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

     Revenue Recognition

      Revenues for site operations are recognized when earned based on lease or license agreements. Rate increases based on fixed escalation clauses that are included in certain lease or license agreements are recognized

F-7


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or license. Revenues from fees, such as engineering and site inspection fees, are recognized upon delivery of the related product or service. Additionally, the Company generates revenues related to the management of sites on rooftops. Under each site management agreement, the Company is entitled to a fee based on a percentage of the gross revenue derived from the rooftop site subject to the agreement. The Company recognizes this fee as revenue when earned. Broadcast service revenues related to construction activities are derived from service contracts with customers that provide for billing on a time and materials or fixed price basis. For the time and materials contracts, revenues are recognized as services are performed. For long-term construction contracts primarily related to the construction of broadcast towers, revenues are recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. Design, construction and fabrication services are provided to the customer’s specifications. Costs to complete projects can be reasonably estimated. Revenues are recognized by the percentage of contract cost incurred to date compared to estimated total contract cost. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts represent revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts represent billings in excess of revenues recognized. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.

      Unbilled revenues (costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings) become billable when, in accordance with the terms of the contract, certain pre-determined targets are reached. Typically these targets are reached as certain pre-defined stages of the project are completed. In the event that the contractual payment provisions are not triggered or a contract is terminated, the Company’s contracts typically provide for a payment to be due based on the extent of work performed to date.

     Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

      The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us is in question, the Company records a specific allowance against amounts due to reduce the net recognized receivable from that customer to the amount it reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, the Company reserves a percentage of the remaining outstanding accounts receivable balance based on a review of the aging of customer balances, industry experience and the current economic environment. Activity in the allowance for uncollectible accounts consisted of the following.

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



(In thousands)
Beginning allowance
  $ 1,053     $ 1,674     $ 4,982  
Charges to revenues
    1,310       6,111       12,100  
Write-offs of uncollectible accounts
    (689 )     (2,803 )     (5,651 )
     
     
     
 
Ending allowance
  $ 1,674     $ 4,982     $ 11,431  
     
     
     
 

      The Company analyzes the adequacy of its accounts receivable on a periodic basis to ensure that the Company appropriately reflects the amount it expects to collect. The economic factors affecting the wireless communications industry as a whole, the Company’s customers’ ability to meet their financial obligations and the age of the Company’s outstanding accounts receivable are all factors it takes into consideration when evaluating the adequacy of the Company’s estimate for the allowance for doubtful accounts.

     Inventories

      Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method and consist primarily of materials purchased for future construction not associated with specific jobs.

F-8


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Investments in Affiliates

      An investment in an entity of which the Company owns more than 20% and up to 50% and on which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence is accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the investment is stated at cost adjusted for the Company’s equity in net income (loss) of the entity since acquisition. The equity in net income (loss) of such entity is recorded in “Other income (expense)” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. An investment in an entity in which the Company owns less than 20% and on which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence is accounted for using the cost method. Other-than-temporary impairments of investments in affiliates are recognized if the fair value of the investment is below its cost basis for an extended period.

     Available-for-Sale Securities

      Available-for-sale securities are classified as “Other assets” and are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in “Other income (expense).” Unrealized holding gains (losses) related to these securities were $6.5 million and $(23.5 million) for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively. The fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities was $24.8 million and $1.3 million at December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

     Property and Equipment

      Towers built, purchased or leased under long-term leasehold agreements are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. The Company capitalizes costs incurred in bringing towers to an operational state. Costs clearly associated with the acquisition, development and construction of towers are capitalized as a cost of the towers. Indirect costs that relate to several towers are capitalized and allocated to the towers to which the costs relate. Indirect costs that do not clearly relate to projects under development or construction are charged to expense as incurred. Approximately $16.9 million and $1.2 million of interest was capitalized into the cost of property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively. Depreciation on property and equipment excluding towers is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three to fifteen years. Depreciation on towers is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 15 years for wireless towers and 30 years for broadcast towers. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation.

     Goodwill

      The Company has classified as goodwill the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. Through December 31, 2001, goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over fifteen years for purchase business combinations consummated prior to June 30, 2001. For purchase business combinations consummated subsequent to June 30, 2001, goodwill is not amortized but is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or as impairment indicators are identified, in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. For each entity acquired, the Company is able to monitor cash flows at the entity level, which is the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of the other groups of assets. On an ongoing basis, the Company assesses the recoverability of its goodwill by determining the ability of the specific entity acquired to generate future cash flows sufficient to recover the unamortized cost of the assets and related goodwill. Goodwill determined to be unrecoverable based on future cash flows is written-off in the period in which such determination is made.

F-9


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Debt Issuance Costs

      The Company capitalized costs relating to the issuance of long-term debt, senior notes, senior convertible notes and senior discount notes. The costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the related debt.

     Impairment of Long-lived Assets

      Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, goodwill and purchased intangible assets, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset (if any) are less than the carrying value of the asset. When an impairment is identified, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. Effective January 1, 2002, potential impairment of long-lived assets other than goodwill and purchased intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is evaluated using the guidance provided by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets.

     Accounting for Income Taxes

      The liability method is used in accounting for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

      As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements the Company is required to estimate income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process involves estimating the actual current tax liability together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Company must then assess the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent that the Company believes that recovery is not likely, it must establish a valuation allowance. Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against net deferred tax assets. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $464.7 million as of December 31, 2002, due to uncertainties related to utilization of deferred tax assets, primarily consisting of net operating losses carryforwards, before they expire.

     Discontinued Operations

      On December 31, 2002, the Company sold its network services division. Network services revenues for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 were $191.8 million, $213.1 million and $136.2 million, respectively. Network services income (loss) before taxes for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 were $7.2 million, $7.9 million and $(11.0) million, respectively. The Company recorded a loss on disposal of the network services division of $47.0 million in 2002. The results of the network services division’s operations have been reported separately as discontinued operations in the Statements of Operations. Prior period financial statements have been restated to present the operations of the division as a discontinued operation.

F-10


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Assets and liabilities held for sale consist of the following:

           
December 31,
2001

(In thousands)
Accounts receivable
  $ 68,401  
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
    18,464  
Inventories
    6,036  
Prepaid expenses and other
    264  
Property and equipment, net
    19,057  
Other assets
    793  
     
 
 
Assets held for sale
  $ 113,015  
     
 
Accounts payable
  $ 17,977  
Accrued and other expenses
    7,575  
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
    7,737  
Other long-term liabilities
    2,813  
     
 
 
Liabilities held for sale
  $ 36,102  
     
 

      As permitted under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows, the statements of cash flows do not separately disclose the cash flows related to discontinued operations.

     Financial Instruments

      The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value for these instruments. The estimated fair values of the credit facility, senior notes, senior convertible notes and senior discount notes are based on the quoted market prices. The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, along with the carrying amounts of the related assets (liabilities), are as follows:

                                 
December 31, 2001 December 31, 2002


Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Amount Value Amount Value




(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 31,547     $ 31,547     $ 80,961     $ 80,961  
Credit Facility
    (695,000 )     (695,000 )     (782,955 )     (665,512 )
Senior Notes
    (400,000 )     (200,000 )     (400,000 )(1)     (147,750 )
Senior Convertible Notes
    (200,000 )     (83,250 )     (200,000 )(1)     (44,000 )
Senior Discount Notes
    (1,020,332 )     (351,416 )     (1,129,703 )(1)     (392,807 )


(1)  This amount is included in Liabilities Subject to Compromise.

     Loss Per Share

      Basic and diluted loss per share are calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, Earnings per Share. The Company has potential common stock equivalents related to its convertible notes, warrants and outstanding stock options and had potential common stock equivalents related to its convertible preferred stock until all such preferred stock converted into common stock in February 2000. These potential common stock equivalents were not included in diluted loss per share for all periods because the effect would have been antidilutive. Accordingly, basic and diluted net loss per share are the same for all periods presented.

F-11


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Costs of Operations

      Costs of operations for site leasing consist of direct costs incurred to provide the related services including ground lease cost, tower maintenance and related real estate taxes. Costs of operations for site leasing does not include depreciation and amortization expense on the related assets. Costs of operations for broadcast services consist of direct costs incurred to provide the related services excluding depreciation and amortization expense.

     Significant Customers

      The Company’s customer base consists of businesses operating in the wireless telecommunications and broadcast industries, primarily in the United States. The Company’s exposure to credit risk consists primarily of unsecured accounts receivable from these customers.

      For the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, one wireless customer, which is a significant stockholder of the Company, accounted for $75.4 million, $78.5 million and $88.0 million of the Company’s revenues, respectively, representing 48%, 30% and 28% of the Company’s revenues, respectively. This customer also accounted for $3.3 million and 13% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2001. In addition, another wireless customer, which is an affiliate of a significant stockholder of the Company, accounted for $33.9 million and $63.2 million, respectively, of the Company’s revenues in 2001 and 2002, representing 13% and 20% of the Company’s revenues, respectively. This customer also accounted for $3.0 million and 12% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2001 and $5.5 million and 21% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2002.

     Other Income (Expense)

      Other income (expense) consists of the following:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Write-down of investments in affiliates
  $     $ (129,404 )   $  
Expenses related to proposed tender offers
                  (10,905 )
Equity in net loss of affiliates
    (8,748 )     (62,402 )     (59 )
Write-off of loans to affiliates
          (26,980 )      
Other
    177       (4,450 )     35  
     
     
     
 
    $ (8,571 )   $ (223,236 )   $ (10,929 )
     
     
     
 

     Stock Options

      The Company has elected under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), as amended by SFAS 148, to account for its employee stock options under the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principle Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”). Companies that account for stock based compensation arrangements for their employees under APB 25 are required by SFAS 123 to disclose the pro forma effect on net income (loss) as if the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS 123 had been applied. The Company plans to continue to account for stock based compensation using the provisions of APB 25 and has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 and SFAS 148.

F-12


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Employee Benefit Plan

      The Company provides a 401(k) plan for the benefit of all its employees meeting specified eligibility requirements. The Company’s contributions to the plan are discretionary and totaled approximately $0.9 million, $2.1 million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

     Commitments and Contingencies

      The Company is subject to various lawsuits and other legal proceedings, including regulatory, judicial and administrative matters, all of which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. Management accrues an estimate of expense for any matters that are considered probable of occurring based on the facts and circumstances. Management believes that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

     Reclassifications

      Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2000 and 2001 consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2002 presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net loss or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.

2.     Plan of Reorganization

      On November 15, 2002 (the “Petition Date”), SpectraSite filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, Raleigh Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On November 18, 2002, SpectraSite filed a Proposed Plan of Reorganization and a Proposed Disclosure Statement with the Bankruptcy Court. A plan confirmation hearing was held on January 28, 2003 and the Proposed Plan of Reorganization, as modified on that date (the “Plan”), was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan of Reorganization became effective on February 10, 2003 (the “Effective Date”), thereby allowing SpectraSite to emerge from bankruptcy.

      The Plan provides that, among other things, (i) in exchange for their notes, the holders of the 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2010, the 6 3/4% Senior Convertible Notes due 2010, the 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2010, the 11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2009, the 12 7/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2010 and the 12% Senior Discount Notes due 2008 will receive their pro rata share of 23.75 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“New Common Stock”); (ii) the holders of 166,158,298 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding as of the Effective Date (the “Old Common Stock”) will receive warrants immediately exercisable into 1.25 million shares of New Common Stock at a price of $32.00 per share; and (iii) all other equity interests at the Effective Date, including outstanding warrants and options, will be cancelled.

F-13


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The consolidated financial statements include adjustments and reclassifications to reflect affected liabilities as “Liabilities Subject to Compromise.” These liabilities will be settled in accordance with the Plan. The liabilities subject to compromise as of December 31, 2002 were as follows:

         
10 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2010
  $ 200,000  
12 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2010
    200,000  
6 3/4% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2010
    200,000  
12% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008, net of discount
    208,479  
11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2009, net of discount
    502,644  
12 7/8% Senior Discount Notes Due 2010, net of discount
    418,580  
Accrued interest
    33,583  
     
 
Total liabilities subject to compromise
  $ 1,763,286  
     
 

      SpectraSite incurred costs directly associated with the chapter 11 proceedings of $4.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2002. These costs are included in reorganization expense in the statement of operations.

      In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code (“SOP 90-7”), the Company will adopt “fresh start accounting” as of February 1, 2003 and the Company’s emergence from chapter 11 will result in a new reporting entity. The financial statements prepared as of December 31, 2002 do not give effect to any adjustments to the carrying value of assets or amounts and classifications of liabilities that will be necessary when adopting fresh start accounting. Upon the adoption of fresh start accounting, all assets and liabilities will be recorded at their estimated fair values and the Company’s accumulated deficit will be eliminated.

      The following unaudited pro forma balance sheet illustrates the effect of the Company’s Plan and the effect of implementing certain fresh start accounting adjustments as if the Plan had been effective on December 31, 2002. The adjustments are limited to presenting (i) the Company’s reorganized capital structure; (ii) the effect of discharging the Senior Notes, Senior Discount Notes and Senior Convertible Notes; (iii) the reduction in property and equipment due to the net assets of the Company exceeding the reorganization value; (iv) the elimination of rent receivables recognized on leases with fixed rental increases; (v) the adoption of SFAS 143; (vi) the reduction of goodwill, other assets and the credit facility to fair market value and (vii) the elimination of the Company’s accumulated deficit. The reorganization value used in preparing the unaudited pro forma balance sheet was $690.4 million based on the fair market value of the senior notes, senior discount notes and senior convertible notes at the Effective Date, the date these instruments were exchanged for New Common Stock and the value of warrants issued on that date based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

F-14


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                     
Confirmation
Actual Adjustments Ref Pro Forma




(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
(In thousands)
ASSETS
Current assets:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 80,961     $ (16,802 )     (2)     $ 64,159  
 
Accounts receivable
    15,180                     15,180  
 
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
    2,169                     2,169  
 
Inventories
    7,878                     7,878  
 
Prepaid expenses and other
    16,696                     16,696  
     
     
             
 
   
Total current assets
    122,884       (16,802 )             106,082  
Property and equipment, net
    2,292,945       (938,371 )     (3)       1,354,574  
Goodwill, net
    60,626       (60,626 )     (4)        
Other assets
    102,001       122,182       (1),(4)       224,183  
     
     
             
 
   
Total assets
  $ 2,578,456     $ (893,617 )           $ 1,684,839  
     
     
             
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
                               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 13,029     $             $ 13,029  
 
Accrued and other expenses
    66,280       38,456       (5)       104,736  
 
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
    703                     703  
 
Current portion of credit facility
    2,244                     2,244  
     
     
             
 
   
Total current liabilities
    82,256       38,456               120,712  
     
     
             
 
Long-term portion of credit facility
    780,711                     780,711  
Other long-term liabilities
    27,330       65,694       (5),(6)       93,024  
     
     
             
 
   
Total long-term liabilities
    808,041       65,694               873,735  
     
     
             
 
Liabilities subject to compromise
    1,763,286       (1,763,286 )     (1)        
     
     
             
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
                               
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized 154,013,917 issued and outstanding actual at December 31, 2002; $0.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized 23,500,000 issued and outstanding pro forma at December 31, 2002
    154       84       (1)       238  
 
Additional paid-in-capital and warrants
    1,624,939       (934,785 )     (1)       690,154  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (355 )     355       (7)        
 
Accumulated deficit
    (1,699,865 )     1,699,865       (7)        
     
     
             
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (75,127 )     765,519               690,392  
     
     
             
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 2,578,456     $ (893,617 )           $ 1,684,839  
     
     
             
 

F-15


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


  References:

(1)  To reflect the discharge of the Senior Notes, Senior Discount Notes and Senior Convertible Notes including the related debt issuance costs included in other assets; the cancellation of Old Common Stock and warrants; and the issuance of the New Common Stock and warrants.
 
(2)  To reflect estimated cash requirements for reorganization costs.
 
(3)  To record property and equipment at fair value.
 
(4)  To record goodwill and other assets at fair value.
 
(5)  To record liabilities associated with unfavorable contracts at fair value.
 
(6)  To record an asset retirement obligation upon adoption of SFAS 143.
 
(7)  To reflect the elimination of the accumulated other comprehensive income and accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2002.

3.     Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

      On June 29, 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141”) and No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). SFAS 141 eliminates the pooling-of-interests method of accounting for business combinations except for qualifying business combinations that were initiated prior to July 1, 2001. SFAS 141 also includes new criteria to recognize intangible assets separately from goodwill. The requirements of SFAS 141 are effective for any business combination accounted for by the purchase method that is completed after June 30, 2001. The application of SFAS 141 did not affect any of our previously reported amounts included in goodwill or other intangible assets.

      Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS 142 that establishes new accounting and reporting requirements for goodwill and other intangible assets. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized but are reviewed annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise, for impairment. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives. The nonamortization provisions of SFAS 142 apply to goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets acquired after June 30, 2001. With respect to goodwill and intangible assets acquired prior to July 1, 2001, we ceased amortization on January 1, 2002.

      The Company performed the first of the required impairment tests of goodwill by comparing the fair value of each of our reporting units with its carrying value. The reporting units evaluated were as follows: Wireless Towers, Wireless Services, Broadcast Towers, Broadcast Services, and Building Group. Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. Based on our impairment tests, the Company recorded a charge of $376.8 million, or $2.45 per share, to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in our wireless services, broadcast tower, broadcast services and building units to its implied fair value. In accordance with SFAS 142, the impairment adjustment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in our first quarter 2002 statement of operations. Impairment adjustments recognized after adoption, if any, generally are required to be recognized as an operating expense.

F-16


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Actual results of operations and pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 had we applied the nonamortization provisions of SFAS 142 in that period are as follows:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



(In thousands)
Reported net loss
  $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )
Goodwill amortization
    30,883       35,515        
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (126,733 )   $ (619,254 )   $ (774,984 )
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted loss per share:
                       
Reported net loss
  $ (1.31 )   $ (4.36 )   $ (5.03 )
Goodwill amortization
    0.26       0.24        
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (1.05 )   $ (4.12 )   $ (5.03 )
     
     
     
 

      In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (“SFAS 143”) which is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. SFAS 143 requires legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets to be recognized at their fair value at the time that the obligations are incurred. Upon initial recognition of a liability, that cost should be capitalized as part of the related long-lived asset and allocated to expense over the useful life of the asset. The Company will adopt the new rules on asset retirement obligations on January 1, 2003. Application of the new rules is expected to result in an increase in net property, plant and equipment of $23.2 million, recognition of an asset retirement obligation of $35.4 million, and a cumulative effect of adoption that will reduce net income and stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $12.2 million. Had the Company adopted SFAS 143 as of January 1, 2000, the asset retirement obligation would have been as follows (in thousands):

         
January 1, 2000
  $ 22,653  
December 31, 2000
  $ 29,447  
December 31, 2001
  $ 32,122  
December 31, 2002
  $ 35,442  

      These pro forma amounts are measured using information and assumptions as of the adoption date of this statement.

F-17


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 had the Company adopted SFAS 143 on January 1, 2000 are as follows:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Reported net loss
  $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )
Additional depreciation of property and equipment
    (1,318 )     (1,686 )     (1,862 )
Accretion of asset retirement obligation
    (1,625 )     (2,260 )     (2,456 )
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (160,559 )   $ (658,715 )   $ (779,302 )
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share:
                       
Reported net loss per share
  $ (1.31 )   $ (4.36 )   $ (5.03 )
Additional depreciation of property and equipment
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )
Accretion of asset retirement obligation
  $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.02 )
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss per share
  $ (1.33 )   $ (4.38 )   $ (5.06 )
     
     
     
 

      In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statement Nos. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13 and Technical Corrections (“SFAS 145”). SFAS 145 amends or rescinds a number of authoritative pronouncements, including Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt (“SFAS 4”). SFAS 4 required that gains and losses from extinguishment of debt included in the determination of net income or loss be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. Upon adoption of SFAS 145, gains and losses from extinguishment of debt will no longer be classified as extraordinary items, but rather will generally be classified as part of other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The provisions of SFAS 145 are effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 145 on January 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In July 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, Accounting For Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”). The statement requires costs associated with exit or disposal activities to be recognized when incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The requirements of SFAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after January 1, 2003. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 146 on January 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 are effective for fiscal year 2002. The interim and annual disclosure requirements are effective for the first quarter of 2003. The adoption of SFAS 148 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

F-18


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
4. Long-lived Assets

      Property and equipment consist of the following:

                 
December 31,

2001 2002


(In thousands)
Towers
  $ 2,483,049     $ 2,548,712  
Equipment
    30,261       39,181  
Land
    16,378       18,081  
Buildings
    32,792       32,219  
Other
    38,572       38,217  
     
     
 
      2,601,052       2,676,410  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (220,209 )     (401,467 )
     
     
 
      2,380,843       2,274,943  
Construction in progress
    62,203       18,002  
     
     
 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 2,443,046     $ 2,292,945  
     
     
 

      Other assets consist of the following:

                 
December 31,

2001 2002


(In thousands)
Debt issuance costs
  $ 96,816     $ 94,982  
Less: accumulated amortization
    (18,951 )     (28,790 )
     
     
 
Debt issuance costs, net
    77,865       66,192  
Other
    56,427       35,809  
     
     
 
    $ 134,292     $ 102,001  
     
     
 

      Amortization of debt issuance costs was $5.5 million, $10.1 million and $14.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, and 2002, respectively.

F-19


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
5. Debt

      Debt not classified as subject to compromise consists of the following:

                 
December 31,

2001 2002


(In thousands)
Credit facility
  $ 695,000     $ 782,955  
10 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2010
    200,000        
12 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2010
    200,000        
6 3/4% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2010
    200,000        
12% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008, net of discount
    188,222        
11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2009, net of discount
    456,810        
12 7/8% Senior Discount Notes Due 2010, net of discount
    375,300        
     
     
 
Total debt
    2,315,332       782,955  
Less current portion
          2,244  
     
     
 
Long-term debt
  $ 2,315,332     $ 780,711  
     
     
 
 
Credit Facility

      SpectraSite Communications, Inc. (“Communications”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpectraSite, is party to an amended and restated credit facility. In August 2002, Communications amended its credit facility to provide, among other things, for a reduction in the aggregate borrowing capacity from $1.3 billion to $1.085 billion. The August 2002 amendment also provided for an overall loosening of certain of the credit facility’s financial covenants and an increase in the interest rates under the credit facility by 50 basis points per annum until the completion of SpectraSite’s restructuring of its high yield indebtedness on February 10, 2003. The credit facility includes a $300.0 million revolving credit facility, which may be drawn at any time, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent (including the absence of a materially adverse effect, as defined in the credit agreement, and the absence of any defaults). The amount available will be reduced (and, if necessary, the amounts outstanding must be repaid) in quarterly installments beginning on June 30, 2004 and ending on June 30, 2007. The credit facility also includes a $335.0 million multiple draw term loan that is fully drawn and which must be repaid in quarterly installments beginning on June 30, 2005 and ending on June 30, 2007 and a $450.0 million term loan that is fully drawn and which will, from September 30, 2003 through June 30, 2007, amortize at a rate of 0.25% per quarter and be payable in quarterly installments and, from July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, amortize at a rate of 48% per quarter and be payable on September 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007. Communications repaid $0.9 million of the multiple draw term loan and $1.1 million of the term loan on December 31, 2002. Communications has $783.0 million outstanding under the credit facility at December 31, 2002. The remaining $300.0 million under the credit facility was undrawn. Under the terms of the credit facility, the Company could borrow approximately $230 million of available funds under the revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2002 while remaining in compliance with the credit agreement’s covenants. With the proceeds of the sale of towers to Cingular discussed in Note 11, Communications repaid $31.4 million of the multiple draw term loan and $42.1 million of the term loan on February 11, 2003 leaving a total of $709.5 million outstanding under the credit facility. In addition, the overall loosening of covenants under the August 2002 amendment to the credit facility terminated when SpectraSite emerged from chapter 11 on February 10, 2003. As a result, Communications could borrow approximately $33 million of available funds under the revolving credit facility as of February 11, 2003 while remaining in compliance with the credit agreement’s covenants.

F-20


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      At December 31, 2002, amounts due under the credit facility are as follows:

           
Maturities

(In thousands)
2003
  $ 2,244  
2004
    4,488  
2005
    89,052  
2006
    129,270  
2007
    557,901  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 782,955  
     
 

      Prior to February 10, 2003, the revolving credit loans and the multiple draw term loan bear interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin of 3.75% per annum. After February 10, 2003, the revolving credit loans and the multiple draw term loans bear interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.00% to 1.00% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 2.25% per annum, depending on Communications’ leverage ratio at the end of the preceding fiscal quarter.

      The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the credit facility as of December 31, 2002 was 5.94%. Prior to February 10, 2003, the term loan bears interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus 3.25% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus 4.50% per annum. After February 10, 2003, the term loan bears interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus 2.75% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus 4.00% per annum.

      Communications is required to pay a commitment fee of between 1.375% and 0.500% per annum in respect of the undrawn portions of the revolving credit facility, depending on the undrawn amount. Communications may be required to prepay the credit facility in part upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a sale of assets, the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness, certain changes to the SBC transaction or the generation of excess cash flow.

      SpectraSite and each of Communications’ domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations under the credit facility. The credit facility is further secured by substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of Communications and its domestic subsidiaries, a pledge of all of the capital stock of Communications and its domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock of Communications’ foreign subsidiaries. The credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict Communications’ ability to incur additional indebtedness; create liens on assets; make investments or acquisitions or engage in mergers or consolidations; dispose of assets; enter into new lines of business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and pay dividends or make capital distributions. In addition, the credit facility requires compliance with certain financial covenants, including a requirement that Communications and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, maintain a maximum ratio of total debt to annualized EBITDA, a minimum interest coverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.

 
12 7/8% Senior Discount Notes Due 2010 (the “12 7/8% Discount Notes”) and 10 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2010 (the “10 3/4% Senior Notes”)

      On March 15, 2000, SpectraSite issued $559.8 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of its 12 7/8% Discount Notes for gross proceeds of $300.0 million and $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 10 3/4% Senior Notes. The 12 7/8% Discount Notes will not pay any interest until March 15, 2005, at which time semi-annual interest payments will commence and become due on each March 15 and September 15 thereafter. Semi-annual interest payments for the 10 3/4% Senior Notes are due on each March 15 and

F-21


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

September 15. The Company is required to comply with certain covenants under the terms of the 12 7/8% Discount Notes and the 10 3/4% Senior Notes that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, make certain payments and issue preferred stock, among other things.

 
12 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2010 (the “12 1/2% Senior Notes”)

      On December 20, 2000, SpectraSite issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 12 1/2% Senior Notes for proceeds of $195.9 million, net of original issue discount of $4.1 million. Semi-annual interest payments for the 12 1/2% Senior Notes are due on each May 15 and November 15. The Company is required to comply with certain covenants under the terms of the 12 1/2% Senior Notes that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, make certain payments, and issue preferred stock, among other things.

 
6 3/4% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2010 (the “6 3/4% Convertible Notes”)

      On November 20, 2000, SpectraSite issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6 3/4% Convertible Notes. Semi-annual interest payments for these notes are due on each May 15 and November 15. The 6 3/4% Convertible Notes may be converted into common stock at any time on or before November 15, 2010 at a conversion price of $21.5625 per share, subject to adjustment. The trading price of the Company’s common stock on the commitment date was $15.00 per share.

 
12% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008 (the “12% Discount Notes”)

      On June 26, 1998, the Company issued $225.2 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 12% Discount Notes for gross proceeds of $125.0 million. The 12% Discount Notes will not pay any interest until July 15, 2003, at which time semi-annual interest payments will commence and become due on each January 15 and July 15 thereafter. The Company is required to comply with certain covenants under the terms of the 12% Discount Notes that restrict the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness, make certain payments and issue preferred stock, among other things.

 
11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2009 (the “11 1/4% Discount Notes”)

      On April 20, 1999, the Company issued $586.8 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 11 1/4% Discount Notes for gross proceeds of $340.0 million. The 11 1/4% Discount Notes will not pay any interest until April 15, 2004, at which time semi-annual interest payments will commence and become due on each April 15 and October 15 thereafter. The Company is required to comply with certain covenants under the terms of the 11 1/4% Discount Notes that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, make certain payments and issue preferred stock, among other things.

      The 10 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2010, the 12 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2010 and the 6 3/4% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2010 have been recorded at their stated values of $200 million, each with interest expense recognized when incurred. The 12% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008, the 11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2009 and the 12 7/8% Senior Discount Notes Due 2010 were recorded at the amount of the original proceeds of $125 million, $340 million and $300 million, respectively, with interest accreted each month and added to the principal balance, based on the stated interest rate. Debt issuance costs related to each note have been capitalized and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of each note.

      SpectraSite did not pay $10.8 million of interest due September 15, 2002 on its 10 3/4% senior notes. On October 15, 2002, the 30-day grace period for such non-payment expired, creating an event of default that is continuing. On November 15, 2002, SpectraSite did not pay $12.5 million of interest due on its 12 1/2% senior notes and $6.75 million due on its 6 3/4% senior convertible notes. On December 14, 2002, the 30-day grace period for such non-payment expired, creating an event of default that is continuing. In addition, SpectraSite

F-22


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

announced that it has reached agreements with beneficial holders of approximately 66% of the SpectraSite Notes to support a restructuring plan as discussed in Note 2. As a result, $400 million principal amount of Senior Notes, $1.1 billion accreted value of Senior Discount Notes, $200 million of Senior Convertible Notes and accrued interest of $33.6 million have been classified as liabilities subject to compromise in the balance sheet as of December 31, 2002.

      In addition, we had standby letters of credit of $6.3 million and performance bonds of $14.6 million outstanding at December 31, 2002, most of which expire within one year.

 
6. Convertible Voting Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity
 
Convertible Voting Preferred Stock

      At December 31, 1998, SpectraSite had mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock consisting of Series A and Series B cumulative redeemable preferred stock, each with a $0.001 par value, 10.5 million shares authorized in the aggregate and 3.5 million and 7.0 million shares issued and outstanding, respectively. In connection with closing the Nextel tower acquisition in April 1999, provisions for dividends and redemption were eliminated with respect to the Series A and Series B preferred stock. Previously accrued dividends have been eliminated, and the outstanding balances have been reclassified as convertible preferred stock in stockholders’ equity in the balance sheet as of December 31, 1999. In connection with closing the Nextel tower acquisition, SpectraSite sold 46.3 million shares of Series C preferred stock at a price of $5.00 per share. In addition, Nextel received 14.0 million shares of Series C preferred stock. At December 31, 1999, SpectraSite had 60.3 million of $0.001 par value Series C shares authorized, issued and outstanding. Each share of Series A, B and C preferred stock was convertible into one share of common stock and entitled the holder to vote on an as-converted basis with holders of common stock. Contemporaneously with the closing of an underwritten public offering of common stock, the outstanding shares of Series A, B and C preferred stock automatically converted to common stock on February 4, 2000.

      On November 16, 2000, SpectraSite’s stockholders authorized the issuance of 40.0 million shares of preferred stock for such times, for such purposes and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may determine. No preferred stock had been issued at December 31, 2002.

      Common Stock and Warrants. On February 4, 2000, SpectraSite completed an underwritten public offering of 25.6 million shares of common stock for net proceeds of approximately $411.3 million. As a result of the offering, all outstanding shares of Series A, B and C preferred stock automatically converted to common stock on a share-for-share basis.

      On July 28, 2000, SpectraSite completed an underwritten public offering of 11.0 million shares of common stock for net proceeds of approximately $220.2 million. On August 2, 2000, the underwriters purchased an additional 1.65 million shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of their overallotment option for net proceeds of $33.2 million.

      On November 20, 2000, SpectraSite completed a private placement of 4.0 million shares of common stock for proceeds of $75.0 million. In addition, the purchasing stockholders received warrants to purchase an additional 1.5 million shares of common stock. The warrants were immediately exercisable; the exercise price for 0.6 million shares was $21.56 per share, the exercise price for 0.45 million shares was $23.86 per share and the exercise price for the remaining 0.45 million shares was $28.00 per share. All outstanding warrants were cancelled without consideration upon emergence from chapter 11 on February 10, 2003.

      Stock Options. During 1997, the Company adopted a stock option plan that provides for the purchase of common stock by key employees, directors, advisors and consultants of the Company. The maximum number of shares, which may be issued under the plan, as amended, may not exceed 20.0 million shares. Stock options are granted under various stock option agreements. Each stock option agreement contains specific terms.

F-23


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The options without a performance acceleration feature, which were granted under the terms of the incentive stock option agreement, and options granted under the terms of the non-qualified stock option agreement vest and become exercisable ratably over a four or five-year period, commencing one year after date of grant. The options with a performance acceleration feature, which were granted under the terms of the incentive stock option agreement, and the non-qualified stock option agreement vest and become exercisable upon the seventh anniversary of the grant date. Vesting, however, can be accelerated upon the achievement of certain milestones defined in each agreement.

      In accordance with SFAS 123, the fair value of each option grant was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002: dividend yield of 0.0%; volatility of .70; risk free interest rate of 5.0%; and expected option lives of 7 years. Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock options been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, the Company’s net loss and net loss per share would have been as follows.

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



(In thousands)
Reported net loss
  $ (157,616 )   $ (654,769 )   $ (774,984 )
Non-cash compensation charges included in net loss
    2,572       2,125       695  
Stock-based employee compensation cost that would have been included in net loss under the fair value method
    (14,119 )     (19,412 )     (11,113 )
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (169,163 )   $ (672,056 )   $ (785,402 )
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted loss per share:
                       
Reported net loss
  $ (1.31 )   $ (4.36 )   $ (5.03 )
Non-cash compensation charges included in net loss
    0.02       0.02        
Stock-based employee compensation cost that would have been included in net loss under the fair value method
    (0.11 )     (0.13 )     (0.07 )
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (1.40 )   $ (4.47 )   $ (5.10 )
     
     
     
 

F-24


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Option activity under the Company’s plans is summarized below:

                 
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Shares Per Share


Outstanding at December 31, 1999.
    5,723,791     $ 6.02  
Granted
    7,962,616       12.56  
Exercised
    (2,182,968 )     5.74  
Cancelled
    (791,227 )     10.35  
Options assumed in Apex acquisition
    191,359       3.58  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2000.
    10,903,571       10.48  
Granted
    4,011,485       4.86  
Exercised
    (379,927 )     9.85  
Cancelled
    (1,411,894 )     12.61  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001.
    13,123,235       8.56  
Granted
    553,680       0.35  
Exercised
           
Cancelled
    (4,035,801 )     9.37  
     
     
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2002.
    9,641,114     $ 7.74  
     
     
 

      There were 1.7 million, 4.0 million, and 6.1 million options exercisable under the stock option plan at December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

                                         
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable


Weighted Weighted Weighted
Number Average Average Number Average
Outstanding Remaining Exercise Exercisable Exercise
as of Contractual Price as of Price
Exercise Prices 12/31/02 Life Per Share 12/31/02 Per Share






$ 0.17 -  4.00
    2,885,881       6.86     $ 2.51       1,573,802     $ 2.16  
$ 4.10 -  7.37
    2,168,385       6.42       5.07       1,558,938       4.96  
$ 7.40 - 11.51
    2,339,942       7.10       10.33       1,657,990       10.38  
$11.81 - 22.22
    2,246,906       7.61       14.35       1,344,147       14.37  
     
                     
         
$ 0.42 - 22.22
    9,641,114       6.99     $ 7.74       6,134,877     $ 7.77  
     
                     
         

      The weighted average remaining contractual life of the stock options outstanding was 8.97 years, 8.41 years and 6.99 years at December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively. All outstanding options were cancelled without consideration upon emergence from chapter 11 bankruptcy on February 10, 2003, and the Company adopted the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan to grant equity based incentives in New Common Stock to employees and directors. The Company plans to issue approximately 2.7 million options to purchase New Common Stock under this plan in March 2003.

 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      In August 1999, SpectraSite adopted the SpectraSite, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The Board of Directors reserved and authorized one million shares of common stock for issuance under the plan. Eligible employees may purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to the total dollar amount contributed by the employee to a payroll deduction account during each six-month offering period divided by the purchase

F-25


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

price per share. The price of the shares offered to employees under the plan will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value at the beginning or end of each six-month offering period. SpectraSite initiated the first offering period on September 1, 2000 and issued 0.3 million shares under the plan in 2001 and 0.4 million shares under the plan in 2002. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan was terminated upon the Company’s emergence from chapter 11 bankruptcy on February 10, 2003.

      Stock Reserved for Future Issuance. The Company has reserved shares of its authorized shares of Old Common Stock for future issuance as follows:

           
As of
December 31,
2002

Reserved for issuance in SBC transaction
    15,198,049  
Outstanding stock options
    9,641,114  
Outstanding senior convertible notes
    9,275,362  
Possible future issuance under stock option plans
    7,345,985  
Outstanding warrants
    1,500,000  
Employee stock purchase plan
    293,567  
     
 
 
Total
    43,254,077  
     
 

7.     Leases

 
As Lessee

      The Company leases communications towers, land (“ground leases”), office space and equipment under noncancelable operating and capital leases. Ground leases are generally for terms of five years and are renewable at the option of the Company. Rent expense was approximately $33.0 million, $65.1 million and $75.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 respectively. Lease payments for the Company’s tower capital lease assets are made upon inception of the lease, and, accordingly, no capital lease obligation exists for those assets as of December 31, 2002. Obligations related to other capital leases total $12.3 million and are included in accrued and other expenses and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets. As of December 31, 2002, the future minimum lease payments for these leases are as follows:

                   
Capital Operating
Leases Leases


(In thousands) (In thousands)
2003
  $ 2,001     $ 66,320  
2004
    1,881       62,753  
2005
    1,571       46,427  
2006
    1,568       31,372  
2007
    1,615       19,443  
Thereafter
    10,600       92,007  
     
     
 
 
Total
    19,236     $ 318,322  
     
     
 
Less amount representing imputed interest
    (6,937 )        
     
         
Present value of net minimum lease payments under capital leases
  $ 12,299          
     
         

F-26


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Assets recorded under capital leases, which are included in property and equipment in the accompanying balance sheets, consist of:

                 
2001 2002


(In thousands)
Towers
  $ 1,001,161     $ 1,024,934  
Other
    12,888       13,674  
     
     
 
      1,014,049       1,038,608  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (51,226 )     (121,193 )
     
     
 
    $ 962,823     $ 917,415  
     
     
 
 
As Lessor

      The Company currently leases or licenses antenna space on multi-tenant towers to a variety of wireless service providers and broadcasters under non-cancelable operating leases. The customer leases or licenses are generally for initial terms of five to ten years and include options for renewal. The approximate future minimum rental receipts under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable terms in excess of one year are as follows:

           
As of
December 31,
2002

(In thousands)
2003
  $ 283,309  
2004
    274,125  
2005
    232,453  
2006
    182,701  
2007
    137,165  
Thereafter
    478,098  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 1,587,851  
     
 

      Approximately 53% of these future minimum rental receipts are due from two significant stockholders and their affiliates.

8.     Income Taxes

      The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



(In thousands)
Current:
                       
State
  $ 444     $ 555     $ 1,133  
Federal
                 
     
     
     
 
 
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 444     $ 555     $ 1,133  
     
     
     
 

F-27


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The reconciliation of income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to income tax expense is as follows:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Federal income tax benefit at statutory rate
    (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%
Non-deductible reorganization expenses
                0.4  
Non-deductible goodwill amortization
    3.4       2.1        
Non-deductible interest expense
    0.1       0.1        
State taxes
    0.3       0.1       0.3  
Non-cash compensation charges
    0.6       0.1       0.1  
Change in valuation allowance
    30.9       32.7       34.5  
     
     
     
 
Effective income tax rate
    0.3 %     0.1 %     0.3 %
     
     
     
 

      The components of net deferred taxes are as follows:

                           
As of December 31,

2000 2001 2002



(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Tax loss carryforwards
  $ 39,326     $ 188,031     $ 205,276  
Accreted interest on senior discount notes
    56,077       92,486       162,959  
Capital loss carryforwards
          71,890       75,302  
Accrued liabilities
    1,920       179       23,856  
Goodwill
                10,065  
Bad debt reserves
    1,416       3,417       4,886  
     
     
     
 
Total deferred tax assets
    98,739       356,003       482,344  
     
     
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Tax deferred revenue
          (5,570 )     (4,225 )
Depreciation
          (13,068 )     (13,435 )
     
     
     
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
          (18,638 )     (17,660 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
    98,739       337,365       464,684  
Valuation allowance
    (98,739 )     (337,365 )     (464,684 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $     $  
     
     
     
 

      The Company has a federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $521 million that begins to expire in 2012. Also, the Company has state tax loss carryforwards of approximately $515 million that expire beginning in 2003. The Internal Revenue Code places limitations upon the future availability of net operating losses based upon the changes in the equity in the Company. If these changes occur, the ability for the Company to offset future income with existing net operating losses may be limited. In addition, the Company anticipates that its emergence from bankruptcy will reduce the net operating loss carryforwards by approximately $159 million. Based on the Company’s history of losses to date, management has provided a valuation allowance to fully offset the Company’s deferred tax assets.

      The Company receives an income tax deduction related to stock options calculated as the difference between the fair market value of the stock issued at the time of exercise and the option price, tax effected. The

F-28


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

amount of these benefits generated during 2001 was approximately $0.7 million. There was no benefit generated in 2002. The Company has provided a 100% valuation reserve against this asset as of December 31, 2002. The benefits resulting from these deductions will be credited directly to stockholders’ equity if and when realized.

9.     Other Related Party Transactions

      Affiliates of a financial institution that owns 7% of the Company’s common stock, have provided, and may continue to provide, investment banking services to the Company. One affiliate of the financial institution is acting as agent and lender under the Company’s credit facility and receives customary fees for the performance of these activities. In addition, the affiliate was an initial purchaser of the 12% Discount Notes, the 11 1/4% Discount Notes, the 10 3/4% Senior Notes, the 12 7/8% Discount Notes and the 12 1/2% Senior Notes and was an underwriter of the Company’s public offerings of common stock in February and July 2000. The Company has $783.0 million outstanding under the credit facility at December 31, 2002.

      Certain investors participating in an investment group are also affiliates of the financial institution discussed above. In November 2000, this investment group purchased 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock in a private placement at a purchase price of $18.75 per share and received warrants to purchase 1.5 million shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $21.56 per share to $28.00 per share.

      The Company has loans to officers totaling $1.9 million at December 31, 2001 and 2002. Of these amounts, $0.5 million was loaned to an officer to purchase a home as a relocation incentive. The remaining loans were made to officers in connection with the exercise of stock options. These loans have been recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. The loans bear interest at the applicable federal rate under the Internal Revenue Code ranging from 5.36% to 5.82% and have maturities ranging from August 2004 to December 2004. The Company had interest income of $0.1 million from amounts outstanding under the loans in 2000, 2001 and 2002.

10.     Investments in Affiliates

      On April 7, 2000, the Company acquired Ample Design, Ltd. for approximately $20.2 million. Ample Design provides wireless network development services in the United Kingdom. On June 8, 2000, the Company completed a joint venture with Lattice Group, the former arm of BG Group plc, which runs Britain’s natural gas network. The Company and Lattice Group each owned 50% of the joint venture. Lattice Group transferred existing operational communications towers and industrial land suitable for construction of new towers into the joint venture, and the Company provided intellectual property and wireless network development skills. The Company contributed $164.1 million in cash to be used for future developments and possible acquisitions. The Company also contributed Ample Design to the joint venture. In May 2001, the Company loaned the joint venture $25.0 million to fund acquisitions. In October 2001, the Company sold its ownership interest in the joint venture to Lattice Group for $4.0 million and agreed to accept $5.0 million as payment in full for the loan. As a result, the Company recorded a loss on the investment in the joint venture of $121.9 million and a loss in the loan to the joint venture of $20.0 million in other expense in 2001. In addition, the Company recorded $7.7 million and $61.1 million in other expense related to its equity in the net loss of the joint venture in 2000 and 2001, respectively. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had no remaining investment in the joint venture and no remaining outstanding loan balance.

      The Company had a revolving loan arrangement with an affiliate under which the affiliate may borrow up to $14.4 million. The loan accrues interest at 12% and is collateralized by property, equipment, investments, contracts and other assets of the affiliate. The affiliate owed $12.0 million, including accrued interest, to the Company under the loan at December 31, 2001. The Company had interest income of $0.6 million and $1.2 million from amounts outstanding under the loan in 2000 and 2001, respectively. The affiliate primarily

F-29


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

provides wireless communications access to facilities owned by the New York Port Authority. The affiliate’s business plan was negatively impacted by the attack on the World Trade Center in September 2001. As a result, the Company recorded a $7.0 million charge in other income (expense) to reduce the book value of the loan to its estimated net realizable value in the year ended December 31, 2001. In July 2002, the Company sold all its interests in the affiliate and recorded a gain of $1.4 million. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had no remaining investment in the affiliate and no remaining outstanding loan balance or commitment.

11.     Acquisition Activity

 
General

      Acquisition activity, asset acquisitions and business combinations were accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. For business combinations, the purchase prices have been allocated to the net assets acquired, principally tangible and intangible assets, and the liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill and other intangible assets and, prior to the adoption of SFAS 142 as discussed in Note 2, was being amortized on a straight-line basis over 15 years. The operating results of these acquisitions have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. For asset acquisitions, the cost was assigned to the assets acquired.

 
2002 Acquisitions

      SBC Transaction. On August 25, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire leasehold and sub-leasehold interests in approximately 3,900 wireless communications towers from affiliates of SBC Communications (collectively, “SBC”) in exchange for $982.7 million in cash and $325.0 million in common stock. Under the agreement, and assuming the sublease of all 3,900 towers, the stock portion of the consideration was initially approximately 14.3 million shares valued at $22.74 per share. The stock consideration was subject to an adjustment payment to the extent the average closing price of SpectraSite’s common stock during the 60-day period immediately preceding December 14, 2003 (the third anniversary of the initial closing) decreased from $22.74 down to a floor of $12.96. The adjustment payment would be accelerated if there were a change of control of SpectraSite or upon the occurrence of certain specified liquidity events. In any case, the adjustment payment was payable, at the Company’s option, in the form of cash or shares of common stock. The maximum amount potentially payable to satisfy the adjustment payment was approximately 10.8 million shares of common stock or $139.8 million in cash. The Company and SBC entered into a Lease and Sublease Agreement pursuant to which the Company manages, maintains, leases and subleases available space on the SBC towers and has the right to add customers on the towers. The average term of the lease or sublease for all sites at the inception of the agreement was approximately 27 years, assuming renewals or extensions of the underlying ground leases for the sites. SBC is an anchor customer on all of the towers and pays a monthly fee per tower of $1,544, subject to an annual adjustment. In addition, the Company had agreed to build towers for Cingular, an affiliate of SBC, through 2005 under an exclusive build-to-suit agreement, but this agreement was terminated on May 15, 2002.

      Subject to the conditions described in the Lease and Sublease Agreement, SBC also has the right to substitute other available space on the tower for the reserved space, and a right of first refusal as to available space that the Company intends to sublease to a third party. For the first 300 times SBC exercises its right of first refusal, SBC is required to pay the Company rent for the applicable space equal to the lesser of the rent that would have been charged to the proposed third-party and a rent that is proportional to the monthly fee under the sublease. After the first 300 times that SBC exercises its right of first refusal, SBC is required to pay the Company rent for the applicable space equal to the rent that would have been charged to the third-party.

      The Company will have the option to purchase the sites subject to the Lease and Sublease Agreement upon the expiration of the lease or sublease as to those sites. The purchase price for each site will be a fixed

F-30


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

amount stated in the lease or sublease for that site plus the fair market value of certain alterations made to the related tower by SBC. The aggregate purchase option price for the towers leased or subleased to date was approximately $219.3 million as of December 31, 2002 and will accrete at a rate of 10% per year to the applicable expiration of the lease or sublease of a site. In the event that the Company purchases such sites, SBC shall have the right to continue to lease the reserved space for successive one year terms at a rent equal to the lesser of the agreed upon market rate and the then current monthly fee, which monthly fee shall be subject to an annual increase based on changes in the consumer price index.

      On November 14, 2001, the Company completed an amendment to the SBC acquisition agreements. This amendment reduced the maximum number of towers that the Company is committed to lease or sublease by 300 towers, from 3,900 in the original agreement to 3,600 towers in the agreement as amended. In addition, pursuant to the amendment, the Company receives all new site revenue on the towers remaining to be leased or subleased after February 25, 2002. As consideration for entering into the amendment, the Company paid SBC a fee of $35.0 million that was expensed as part of the related restructuring charge. On November 14, 2002, the Company further amended the SBC acquisition agreements. This amendment reduced the maximum number of towers that the Company is committed to lease or sublease by 294 towers, from 3,600 in the amended agreement to 3,306 towers in the agreement as further amended. In addition, on February 10, 2003, the Company sold its rights to 545 SBC towers in California and Nevada to Cingular for an aggregate purchase price of $81.0 million and paid SBC a fee of $7.5 million related to the 294 reduction in the maximum number of towers that it is committed to lease or sublease.

      From the initial closing on December 14, 2000 through a closing on February 25, 2002, the Company leased or subleased a total of 2,706 towers under the terms of the amended agreement. The parties agreed to complete the lease or sublease of the remaining 600 towers during the period beginning May 2003 and ending August 2004. The total purchase price for the 600 towers is expected to be approximately $156 million.

      In 2002, the Company leased or subleased 41 towers, for which it paid $10.1 million in cash and issued 146,569 shares of common stock valued at $1.7 million.

      As of December 31, 2002, the Company had issued approximately 9.9 million shares of common stock to SBC pursuant to the SBC acquisition agreements. As part of the Plan of Reorganization discussed in Note 2, on February 10, 2003, the Company issued to SBC 12.1 million shares of Old Common Stock in full satisfaction of any obligation to issue SBC further stock or make any further adjustment payment. Of the 12.1 million shares, the Company issued 7.5 million shares of Old Common Stock in connection with the adjustment payment described above and 4.7 million shares of Old Common Stock as an advance payment on the purchase of the remaining 600 towers. All of these shares of Old Common Stock were exchanged for new warrants under the Plan of Reorganization. As a result, at all future closings with SBC, the stock portion of the payment for each site has been paid in full.

 
2001 Acquisitions

      During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company consummated transactions involving the acquisition of various communications sites and two service providers for an aggregate purchase price of $722.8 million, including the issuance of approximately 7.9 million shares of common stock valued at $122.8 million. The principal transactions were as follows:

        AirTouch Transaction. On February 16, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement with AirTouch Communications (now Verizon Wireless) and several of its affiliates, under which the Company agreed to lease or sublease up to 430 communications towers located throughout southern California for $155.0 million. As partial security for obligations under the agreement to sublease, the Company deposited $23.0 million into escrow. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company will manage, maintain and lease the available space on the AirTouch towers covered by the agreement.

F-31


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

  AirTouch will pay a monthly fee per site for its cellular, microwave and paging facilities. The Company also has the right to lease available tower space to additional customers in specified situations. In addition, the Company entered into a three-year exclusive build-to-suit agreement with AirTouch in southern California. Under the terms of the build-to-suit agreement, the Company will develop and construct locations for wireless communications towers on real property designated by AirTouch.
 
        The AirTouch transaction closed in stages with the initial closing occurring on August 15, 2000 and the final closing under the original agreement occurring on February 15, 2001. At each respective closing, the Company made its lease or sublease payments for towers included in that closing according to a formula contained in the master sublease. The final closing of 69 towers occurred on February 15, 2001 for aggregate cash consideration of $24.8 million, including $3.7 million released from the deposit escrow. The leases for the remaining 128 towers contemplated in the original agreement were not closed. As a result, the remaining $6.8 million escrow deposit was returned to the Company. In March 2001, the Company agreed to amend the agreement with AirTouch and extend the opportunity to sublease the remaining 128 towers through the second quarter of 2001. On June 29, 2001, the Company subleased 6 towers for aggregate consideration of $2.0 million.
 
        SBC Transaction. As discussed above, in 2000, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire lease or sublease interests in communications towers from SBC and several of its affiliates. In the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company leased or subleased 1,926 towers, for which it paid $493.9 million in cash and issued 7.2 million shares of common stock valued at $121.2 million.
 
        Paxson. On December 19, 2001, the Company acquired 21 broadcast towers and management rights to 15 broadcast towers from Paxson for $34.0 million in cash.
 
        Nextel Acquisitions. During 1999, the Company acquired 2,000 communications towers from affiliates of Nextel and also entered into a master site commitment agreement with these affiliates. Under the terms of this agreement, Nextel offered SpectraSite exclusive opportunities relating to the purchase or construction of up to 2,111 communications sites. During 2001, the Company acquired 192 wireless communications towers from Nextel and its affiliates under this agreement for a total purchase price of $33.7 million in cash. In 2002, the number of sites purchased or constructed or made available for co-location under the master site commitment agreement reached 2,111, and the agreement terminated.

      Pursuant to the tower acquisitions and entering into the master site commitment agreement in 1999, SpectraSite and Nextel and SpectraSite and Nextel Partners entered into master site lease agreements. Under these agreements, SpectraSite has agreed to lease to Nextel and Nextel Partners space on wireless communications towers or other transmission space. These lease agreements provide for a monthly rental payment of $1,600 per month. On each annual anniversary of a given lease’s commencement, the rent owed under the lease will increase by 3%.

      The term of each lease contracted under the agreement is at least five years, with a right to extend for five successive five-year periods. In some cases, the initial lease term will be six, seven or eight years. The lease is automatically renewed unless the customer submits notification of its intent to terminate the lease, when its current term expires, prior to such expiration.

      SpectraSite and Nextel also entered into a security and subordination agreement under which SpectraSite granted to Nextel a continuing security interest in the assets acquired in the Nextel tower acquisition or acquired or constructed under the master site commitment agreement. This interest secures SpectraSite’s obligations under the Nextel master site lease agreement and the Nextel Partners master site lease agreement. The terms of an intercreditor agreement render Nextel’s lien and the other rights and remedies of Nextel under the security and subordination agreement subordinate and subject to the rights and remedies of the lenders under Communications’ credit facility.

F-32


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
2000 Acquisitions

      During the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company consummated transactions involving the acquisition of various communications sites and service providers for an estimated purchase price of $765.1 million, including the issuance of approximately 9.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $165.0 million. The purchase price also includes the issuance of 191,465 options to purchase the Company’s common stock at a price of $3.58 per share. These options were valued at $2.0 million using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The principal transactions were as follows:

        Apex Transaction. On January 5, 2000, the Company acquired Apex Site Management Holdings, Inc. in a merger transaction for 4.5 million shares of SpectraSite’s common stock valued at $55.8 million and 191,465 options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $3.58 per share. SpectraSite also used approximately $6.2 million in cash to repay outstanding indebtedness and other obligations of Apex in connection with the merger. Apex provides rooftop and in-building access to wireless carriers.
 
        ITI Transaction. On January 28, 2000, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of International Towers Inc. and its subsidiaries (“ITI”), including S&W Communications Inc. ITI owned a broadcast tower manufacturing facility and, through S&W Communications, provided integrated services for the erection of broadcast towers, foundations and multi-tenant transmitter buildings. The Company paid $5.4 million and issued 350,000 shares of SpectraSite’s common stock, valued at $7.1 million, in connection with this acquisition.
 
        AirTouch Transaction. As discussed above, in 2000 the Company entered into an agreement to lease or sublease communications towers from AirTouch and several of its affiliates. During 2000, the Company subleased 233 towers for aggregate cash consideration of $83.9 million, including $12.5 million released from the deposit escrow.
 
        Lodestar Transaction. On May 18, 2000, the Company acquired Lodestar Towers, Inc. for approximately $178.6 million in cash. As of May 18, 2000, Lodestar owned 110 wireless towers and 11 broadcast towers, and managed an additional 120 wireless towers and 10 broadcast towers.
 
        Pegasus Acquisition. On July 17, 2000, the Company acquired 11 broadcast towers from Pegasus Communications for approximately 1.4 million shares of common stock valued at $37.5 million.
 
        GOCOM Acquisition. On August 24, 2000, the Company acquired 12 broadcast towers and 14 other communications towers from GOCOM Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries for $28.2 million in cash.
 
        SBC Transaction. As discussed above, in 2000 the Company entered into an agreement to acquire leasehold and sub-leasehold interests in communications towers from affiliates of SBC. The initial closing occurred on December 14, 2000 and involved 739 towers, for which the company paid $175.0 million in cash and issued 2.5 million shares of common stock valued at $57.9 million.
 
        Nextel Acquisitions. During 1999, the Company entered into a master site commitment agreement with certain of Nextel’s subsidiaries. During 2000, the Company acquired 479 wireless communications towers from Nextel and its affiliates under this agreement for a total purchase price of $86.9 million in cash.
 
        U.S. RealTel Transaction. On December 8, 2000, the Company purchased substantially all of the United States assets and operations of U.S. RealTel, Inc. for a purchase price of $16.5 million in cash. U.S. RealTel is an international provider of rooftop and in-building telecommunications access.

F-33


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
12. Restructuring and Non-recurring Charges

      In May 2002, the Company announced that it would terminate its build-to-suit programs with Cingular (the “Cingular BTS Termination”) and other carriers and implement other cost-cutting measures as a part of the curtailment of tower development activities. As a result of these actions, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $24.3 million. Of this amount, $16.4 million was related to the write-off of work in progress related to sites in development that were terminated, $3.2 million was related to the costs of closing offices and $4.7 million was related to the costs of severance for 155 employees. In addition, we recorded a non-recurring impairment charge of $4.3 million to write-down the carrying value of 21 towers that are not marketable. The charge was based on the estimated discounted cash flows of the towers.

      In May 2001, the Company announced that it would consolidate its rooftop management operations (the “Rooftop Management Consolidation”) and recorded a non-recurring charge of $35.8 million. Of this amount, $29.6 million related to the write-off of goodwill, determined using the present value of estimated cash flows, $5.1 million related to the write-down of long-term assets and $1.1 million related to the costs of severance of 80 employees and other costs related to the consolidation of these operations.

      In June 2001, the Company announced that it would divest its site leasing operations in Mexico (the “Mexico Divestiture”). As a result, the Company recorded non-recurring charges of $32.2 million of which $10.7 million related to the write-off of goodwill, $17.6 million related to the write-down of long-term assets and $3.9 million related to the costs severance of 21 employees and other costs related to the divestiture.

      Also in June 2001, the Company announced that it would close operations from the purchase of Vertical Properties (“Vertical Properties”). As a result, the Company recorded non-recurring charges of $4.3 million of which $4.2 million was related to the write-off of goodwill and $0.1 million was related to the costs of severance of 2 employees and other costs related to the closing.

      In November 2001, the Company announced that it would reduce its planned new tower acquisition and construction programs for 2002 (the “Reduced Tower Acquisition and Development”). As a result of the reduced new tower activity, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $70.3 million. Of this amount, $27.7 million was related to the write-off of work in progress related to sites in development that the Company terminated, $4.8 million was related to the costs of closing certain offices and $2.8 million was related to the costs of severance of 201 employees. The Company also completed an amendment to modify its agreement to acquire leasehold and sub-leasehold interests in approximately 3,900 communications towers from affiliates of SBC Communications. This amendment provides for the number of towers to be leased or subleased to be reduced by 300 and for the lease or sublease date on at least 850 towers to be postponed to 2003 and January 2004. In exchange for these modifications, the Company paid a contract amendment fee of $35.0 million that has been included in the restructuring charge in 2001.

F-34


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following tables display activity related to the accrued restructuring liability. Such liability is reflected in accrued and other expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

                                     
Liability Liability
as of Additional as of
December 31, Restructuring Cash December 31,
2000 Charges Payments 2001




Accrued restructuring liabilities:
                               
 
Rooftop management consolidation —
                               
   
Employee severance, lease termination and related costs
  $     $ 1,100     $ (1,100 )   $  
 
Mexico divestiture —
                               
   
Employee severance, lease terminations and related costs
          3,900       (3,900 )      
 
Vertical properties —
                               
   
Employee severance, lease terminations and related costs
          100       (100 )      
 
Reduced tower acquisition and development —
                               
   
Employee severance
          2,800       (369 )     2,431  
   
Lease termination and office closing
          4,800       (2,381 )     2,419  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total reduced tower acquisition and development
          7,600       (2,750 )     4,850  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total accrued restructuring liabilities
  $     $ 12,700     $ (7,850 )   $ 4,850  
     
     
     
     
 
                                     
Liability Liability
as of Additional as of
December 31, Restructuring Cash December 31,
2001 Charges Payments 2002




Accrued restructuring liabilities:
                               
 
Reduced tower acquisition and development —
                               
   
Employee severance
  $ 2,431     $     $ (481 )   $ 1,950  
   
Lease termination and office closing
    2,419             (923 )     1,496  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total reduced tower acquisition and development
    4,850             (1,404 )     3,446  
 
Cingular BTS termination —
                               
   
Employee severance
          4,667       (3,401 )     1,266  
   
Lease termination and office closing
          3,245       (1,180 )     2,065  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total Cingular BTS termination
          7,912       (4,581 )     3,331  
     
     
     
     
 
Total accrued restructuring liabilities
  $ 4,850     $ 7,912     $ (5,985 )   $ 6,777  
     
     
     
     
 

13.     Business Segments

      Prior to its decision to sell its network services division, the Company operated in two business segments: site leasing and network services. As a result of the decision to sell network services, the Company has changed its internal organization so that it now operates in two different business segments: wireless and broadcast. Our operations are segmented and managed along our product and service lines. Prior period

F-35


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

information has been restated to conform to the current organization. The wireless segment provides for leasing and subleasing of antenna sites on multi-tenant towers for a diverse range of wireless communication services. The broadcast segment offers leasing and licensing of antenna sites for broadcast communication services and a broad range of broadcast development services, including broadcast tower design and construction and antenna installation.

      The measurement of profit or loss currently used by management to evaluate the results of operations of the Company and its operating segments is Adjusted EBITDA. For the periods prior to January 31, 2003, Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income (loss) before depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, interest, gain on debt discharge, income tax expense (benefit), reorganization items, discontinued operations, cumulative effect of change in accounting principle and writeoffs of investments in and loans to affiliates. For the periods subsequent to January 31, 2003, Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income (loss) before depreciation, amortization and accretion, interest, income tax expense (benefit) and, if applicable, before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. The Company uses a different definition of Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal periods prior to its reorganization to enable investors to view its operating performance on a consistent basis before the impact of the items discussed above on the predecessor company. Each of these historical items was incurred prior to, or in connection with, its bankruptcy. The Company discusses Adjusted EBITDA and the limitations of this financial measure more fully under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted EBITDA.” Adjusted EBITDA, as defined above, may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP.

F-36


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Summarized financial information concerning each reportable segment is shown in the following table. The “Other” column represents amounts excluded from specific segments, such as income taxes, corporate general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization, restructuring and non-recurring charges and interest. In addition, “Other” also includes corporate assets such as cash and cash equivalents, certain tangible and intangible assets and income tax accounts that have not been allocated to a specific segment.

                                                 
Wireless

Other Total
Broadcast



Leasing Services Total



)
(In thousands
Year ended December 31, 2002
                                               
Total revenues
  $ 261,189     $ 21,336     $ 26,809     $ 48,145     $     $ 309,334  
Adjusted EBITDA
    106,920       11,993       1,225       13,218       (38,038 )     82,100  
Assets
    2,235,117       174,047       22,139       196,186       147,153       2,578,456  
Goodwill
    60,626                               60,626  
Additions to property and equipment
    52,020       13,526       869       14,395       7,816       74,231  
Year ended December 31, 2001
                                               
Total revenues
  $ 210,187     $ 11,427     $ 38,211     $ 49,638     $     $ 259,825  
Adjusted EBITDA
    (54,779 )     8,537       1,678       10,215       (98,720 )     (143,284 )
Assets
    2,426,714       228,870       86,511       315,381       461,330       3,203,425  
Goodwill
    102,976       59,001       63,444       122,445       211,929       437,350  
Additions to property and equipment
    966,087       51,856       2,919       54,775       77,782       1,098,644  
Year ended December 31, 2000
                                               
Total revenues
  $ 112,730     $ 3,746     $ 38,593     $ 42,339     $     $ 155,069  
Adjusted EBITDA
    44,619       3,483       2,491       5,974       (28,832 )     21,761  
Assets
    1,643,843       173,565       99,185       272,750       1,137,512       3,054,105  
Goodwill
    150,855       63,423       69,502       132,925       221,821       505,601  
Additions to property and equipment
    700,877       86,797       10,383       97,180       27,230       825,287  

F-37


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table shows a breakdown of the significant components included in the “other” column in the segment disclosure above (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Adjusted EBITDA:
                       
Corporate selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding corporate non-cash compensation charges
  $ 17,482     $ 29,743     $ 27,743  
Corporate other expenses
    8,778       66,852       9,600  
Corporate non-cash compensation charges
    2,572       2,125       695  
     
     
     
 
Total Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 28,832     $ 98,720     $ 38,038  
     
     
     
 
Assets:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 552,653     $ 31,547     $ 80,961  
Debt issuance costs
    64,915       77,865       66,192  
Investments in affiliates
    195,693       26,974        
Assets held for sale
    102,430       113,015        
Goodwill related to assets held for sale
    221,821       211,929          
     
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 1,137,512     $ 461,330     $ 147,153  
     
     
     
 
Goodwill:
                       
Goodwill related to assets held for sale
  $ 221,821     $ 211,929     $  
     
     
     
 
Total goodwill
  $ 221,821     $ 211,929     $  
     
     
     
 
Additions to property and equipment:
                       
Corporate additions to property and equipment
  $ 27,230     $ 77,782     $ 7,816  
     
     
     
 
Total additions to property and equipment
  $ 27,230     $ 77,782     $ 7,816  
     
     
     
 

      A reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes to Adjusted EBITDA is as follows (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Loss from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (162,615 )   $ (660,072 )   $ (337,846 )
Add: Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses
    78,103       165,267       189,936  
Less: Interest income
    (28,391 )     (17,037 )     (855 )
Add: Interest expense
    134,664       212,174       226,536  
Add: Reorganization expense
                4,329  
Writeoff of investments in affiliates
          129,404        
Writeoff of loans to affiliates
          26,980        
     
     
     
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 21,761     $ (143,284 )   $ 82,100  
     
     
     
 

      Net revenues were located in geographic areas as follows:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



(In thousands)
United States
  $ 154,246     $ 258,549     $ 308,675  
Canada
    823       1,139       659  
Mexico
          137        
     
     
     
 
Consolidated net revenues
  $ 155,069     $ 259,825     $ 309,334  
     
     
     
 

F-38


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Long-lived assets were located in geographic areas as follows:

                 
Year Ended December 31,

2001 2002


(In thousands)
United States
  $ 3,011,744     $ 2,452,569  
Canada
    2,944       3,003  
     
     
 
Consolidated long-lived assets
  $ 3,014,688     $ 2,455,572  
     
     
 

14.     Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

      Selected quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 is as follows:

                                 
Three Months Ended

March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31




(In thousands, except per share amounts)
2002
                               
Revenues
  $ 72,404     $ 75,869     $ 79,340     $ 81,721  
Operating loss before restructuring and non-recurring charges(1)
    (18,629 )     (21,922 )     (16,167 )     (11,619 )
Restructuring and non-recurring charges
          (28,570 )            
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    2,012       (4,797 )     (51,147 )     (5,320 )
Net loss(2)
    (452,531 )     (127,568 )     (134,592 )     (60,293 )
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted
  $ (3.03 )   $ (0.83 )   $ (0.87 )   $ (0.39 )
2001
                               
Revenues
  $ 55,312     $ 65,199     $ 66,590     $ 72,724  
Operating loss before restructuring and non-recurring charges(1)
    (19,745 )     (24,169 )     (25,914 )     (29,272 )
Restructuring and non-recurring charges
          (72,323 )           (70,276 )
Income from discontinued operations
    1,216       499       3,073       1,070  
Net loss
    (63,898 )     (187,033 )     (241,140 )     (162,698 )
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted
  $ (0.44 )   $ (1.24 )   $ (1.59 )   $ (1.06 )


(1)  Represents revenues less operating expenses excluding restructuring and non-recurring charges.
 
(2)  Includes a charge in the quarter ended March 31, 2002 of $376,753, or $2.45 per share, for the cumulative effect of a change in accounting for goodwill related to the adoption of SFAS 142.

F-39


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
At June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002
                     
Reorganized Predecessor
Company Company
June 30, December 31,
2003 2002


(Unaudited)
(In thousands)
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 58,753     $ 80,961  
 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $8,839 and $11,431, respectively
    6,553       15,180  
 
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
    3,194       2,169  
 
Inventories
    7,756       7,878  
 
Prepaid expenses and other
    12,759       16,696  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    89,015       122,884  
Property and equipment, net
    1,243,743       2,292,945  
Goodwill, net
          60,626  
Other assets
    223,427       102,001  
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 1,556,185     $ 2,578,456  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 7,840     $ 13,029  
 
Accrued and other expenses
    77,390       66,280  
 
Current portion of liabilities under SBC agreement
    40,335        
 
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
    748       703  
 
Current portion of credit facility
          2,244  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    126,313       82,256  
     
     
 
Long-term portion of credit facility
    479,955       780,711  
Senior notes
    200,000        
Long-term portion of liabilities under SBC agreement
    16,008        
Other long-term liabilities
    52,315       27,330  
     
     
 
   
Total long-term liabilities
    748,278       808,041  
     
     
 
Liabilities subject to compromise (Note 2)
          1,763,286  
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
               
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 154,013,917 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002
          154  
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 47,487,030 issued and outstanding at June 30, 2003
    475        
 
Additional paid-in-capital
    686,861       1,624,939  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    3,524       (355 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (9,266 )     (1,699,865 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    681,594       (75,127 )
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 1,556,185     $ 2,578,456  
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-40


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                               
Reorganized Predecessor Reorganized Predecessor Predecessor
Company Company Company Company Company
Three Months Three Months Five Months One Month Six Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
June 30, June 30, June 30, January 31, June 30,
2003 2002 2003 2003 2002





(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenues:
                                       
 
Site operations
  $ 77,498     $ 69,633     $ 128,567     $ 25,556     $ 135,585  
 
Broadcast services
    3,413       6,236       6,988       1,237       12,688  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total revenues
    80,911       75,869       135,555       26,793       148,273  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
Costs of operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense:
                                       
   
Site operations
    25,764       26,705       42,824       8,840       52,210  
   
Broadcast services
    3,538       5,005       6,427       1,492       10,375  
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    12,589       15,456       21,275       4,280       30,976  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses
    25,626       50,625       42,452       16,075       95,263  
Restructuring and non-recurring charges
          28,570                   28,570  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total operating expenses
    67,517       126,361       112,978       30,687       217,394  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income (loss)
    13,394       (50,492 )     22,577       (3,894 )     (69,121 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Other income (expense):
                                       
 
Interest income
    279       293       496       137       377  
 
Interest expense
    (18,604 )     (61,795 )     (27,865 )     (4,721 )     (120,492 )
 
Gain on debt discharge
                      1,034,764        
 
Other expense
    (1,841 )     (10,795 )     (3,070 )     (493 )     (11,182 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total other income (expense)
    (20,166 )     (72,297 )     (30,439 )     1,029,687       (131,297 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (6,772 )     (122,789 )     (7,862 )     1,025,793       (200,418 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    206       (18 )     808       5       143  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (6,978 )     (122,771 )     (8,670 )     1,025,788       (200,561 )
Reorganization items:
                                       
 
Adjust accounts to fair value
                      (644,688 )      
 
Professional and other fees
                      (23,894 )      
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total reorganization items
                      (668,582 )      
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before discontinued operations
    (6,978 )     (122,771 )     (8,670 )     357,206       (200,561 )
Discontinued operations:
                                       
 
Loss from operations of discontinued segment, net of income tax expense
          (4,797 )                 (2,785 )
 
Loss on disposal of discontinued segment
    (596 )           (596 )            
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    (7,574 )     (127,568 )     (9,266 )     357,206       (203,346 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (Note 4)
                      (12,236 )     (376,753 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,574 )   $ (127,568 )   $ (9,266 )   $ 344,970     $ (580,099 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share:
                                       
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ (0.15 )   $ (0.80 )   $ (0.18 )   $ 6.66     $ (1.30 )
 
Reorganization items
                      (4.34 )      
 
Discontinued operations
    (0.01 )     (0.03 )     (0.02 )           (0.02 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
                      (0.08 )     (2.45 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (0.16 )   $ (0.83 )   $ (0.20 )   $ 2.24     $ (3.77 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding (basic and diluted)
    47,244       154,014       47,216       154,014       153,834  
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

F-41


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                               
Reorganized Predecessor Predecessor
Company Company Company
Five Months One Month Six Months
Ended Ended Ended
June 30, January 31, June 30,
2003 2003 2002



(In thousands)
Operating activities
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (9,266 )   $ 344,970     $ (580,099 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
Depreciation
    35,089       15,609       96,703  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
          12,236       376,753  
 
Amortization of intangible assets
    6,277       252       1,728  
 
Amortization of debt issuance costs
    2,451       425       5,267  
 
Amortization of asset retirement obligation
    1,087       214        
 
Amortization of senior discount notes
                61,149  
 
Writeoff of debt issuance costs
    8,182              
 
Non-cash compensation charges
                580  
 
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    1,676       (84 )     31,426  
 
Gain on debt discharge
          (1,034,764 )      
 
Adjust accounts to fair value
          644,688        
 
Equity in net loss of affiliates
                102  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
                       
   
Accounts receivable
    3,582       5,045       33,053  
   
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, net
    (707 )     (272 )     (8,305 )
   
Inventories
    124       (2 )     (1,751 )
   
Prepaid expenses and other
    (934 )     (2,238 )     (3,879 )
   
Accounts payable
    (18,751 )     13,549       (23,187 )
   
Other liabilities
    (260 )     6,264       (5,228 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    28,550       5,892       (15,688 )
     
     
     
 
Investing activities
                       
Purchases of property and equipment
    (6,181 )     (2,737 )     (48,530 )
Acquisitions
    (9,288 )           (10,067 )
Loans to affiliates
                (750 )
Proceeds from the sale of assets
    81,171              
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    65,702       (2,737 )     (59,347 )
     
     
     
 
Financing activities
                       
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
    1,606             477  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
    200,000             90,000  
Repayments of debt
    (303,275 )     (10,884 )     (1,656 )
Debt issuance costs
    (7,062 )           (26 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (108,731 )     (10,884 )     88,795  
     
     
     
 
     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (14,479 )     (7,729 )     13,760  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    73,232       80,961       31,547  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 58,753     $ 73,232     $ 45,307  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid during the period for interest
  $ 12,693     $ 4,265     $ 55,828  
Cash paid during the period for income taxes
    482       5       772  
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:
                       
Common stock issued for deposits
  $     $ 408     $  
Common stock issued for acquisitions
                1,677  
Capital lease obligations incurred for the purchase of property and equipment
    68             1,034  

See accompanying notes.

F-42


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

      SpectraSite, Inc. (“SpectraSite”), formerly known as SpectraSite Holdings, Inc., and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company”) are principally engaged in providing services to companies operating in the telecommunications and broadcast industries, including leasing and licensing antenna sites on multi-tenant towers, the licensing of distributed antenna systems within buildings, managing, leasing and licensing rooftop telecommunications access on commercial real estate and designing, constructing, modifying and maintaining broadcast towers in the United States.

 
      Basis of Presentation

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SpectraSite and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

      In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code (“SOP 90-7”), the Company adopted fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003 and the Company’s emergence from chapter 11 resulted in a new reporting entity. Under fresh start accounting, the reorganization value of the entity is allocated to the entity’s assets based on fair values, and liabilities are stated at the present value of amounts to be paid determined using appropriate current interest rates. The effective date is considered to be the close of business on January 31, 2003 for financial reporting purposes. The periods presented prior to January 31, 2003 have been designated “Predecessor Company” and the periods subsequent to January 31, 2003 have been designated “Reorganized Company.” As a result of the implementation of fresh start accounting, the financial statements of the Company after the effective date are not comparable to the Company’s financial statements for prior periods.

 
      Use of Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates that are susceptible to change include the Company’s estimate of the allowance for uncollectible accounts and revenues recognized using the percentage of completion method.

 
      Revenue Recognition

      Revenues for site operations are recognized when earned based on lease or license agreements. Rate increases based on fixed escalation clauses that are included in certain lease or license agreements are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease or license. Revenues from fees, such as structural analysis fees and site inspection fees, are recognized upon delivery of the related product or service. Additionally, the Company generates revenues related to the management of sites on rooftops. Under each site management agreement, the Company is entitled to a fee based on a percentage of the gross revenue derived from the rooftop site subject to the agreement. The Company recognizes this fee as revenue when earned. Broadcast service revenues related to construction activities are derived from service contracts with customers that provide for billing on a time and materials or fixed price basis. For the time and materials contracts, revenues are recognized as services are performed. For long-term construction contracts primarily related to the construction of broadcast towers, revenues are recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. Design, construction and fabrication services are provided to the customer’s specifications. Costs to complete projects can be reasonably estimated. Revenues are recognized by the percentage of contract cost incurred to date compared to estimated total contract cost. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts represent revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts represent billings in excess of revenues recognized.

F-43


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined.

      Unbilled revenues (costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings) become billable when, in accordance with the terms of the contract, certain pre-determined targets are reached. Typically these targets are reached as certain pre-defined stages of the project are completed. In the event that the contractual payment provisions are not triggered or a contract is terminated, the Company’s contracts typically provide for a payment to be due based on the extent of work performed to date.

 
      Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts

      The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where a specific customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations to us is in question, the Company records a specific allowance against amounts due to reduce the net recognized receivable from that customer to the amount it reasonably believes will be collected. For all other customers, the Company reserves a percentage of the remaining outstanding accounts receivable balance based on a review of the aging of customer balances, industry experience and the current economic environment. The allowance for uncollectible accounts, computed based on the above methodology, was $11.4 million and $8.8 million as of December 31, 2002 and June 30, 2003, respectively.

 
      Significant Customers

      The Company’s customer base consists of businesses operating in the wireless telecommunications and broadcast industries, primarily in the United States. The Company’s exposure to credit risk consists primarily of unsecured accounts receivable from these customers.

      One customer and its affiliates accounted for $21.3 million and $23.6 million, or 28% and 29% of revenues in the three months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and $43.6 million, $7.4 million and $39.2 million, or 29%, 28% and 29% of revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2002, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the five months ended June 30, 2003, respectively. This customer was a significant stockholder of the Predecessor Company’s common stock. In addition, another customer, which is an affiliate of a former significant stockholder of the Predecessor Company’s common stock, accounted for $14.6 million and $15.4 million, or 19% of revenues in both the three months ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 and $28.8 million, $5.9 million and $25.6 million, or 19%, 22% and 19% of the Company’s revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2002, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the five months ended June 30, 2003, respectively. This customer also accounted for $5.5 million and $2.5 million, or 21% and 17% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2002 and June 30, 2003, respectively.

 
      Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment built, purchased or leased under long-term leasehold agreements are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. The Company capitalizes costs incurred in bringing property and equipment to an operational state. Costs clearly associated with the acquisition, development and construction of property and equipment are capitalized as a cost of the assets. Indirect costs that relate to several assets are capitalized and allocated to the assets to which the costs relate. Indirect costs that do not clearly relate to projects under development or construction are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation on property and equipment excluding towers is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from three to fifteen years. Depreciation on towers is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of 15 years for wireless towers and 30 years for broadcast towers. Amortization of assets recorded under capital leases is included in depreciation.

F-44


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
      Goodwill

      The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in purchase business combinations has been recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment on an annual basis or as impairment indicators are identified, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). On an ongoing basis, the Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill by determining the ability of the specific assets acquired to generate future cash flows sufficient to recover the unamortized goodwill over the remaining useful life. The Company estimates future cash flows based on the current performance of the acquired assets and our business plan for those assets. Changes in business conditions, major customers or other factors could result in changes in those estimates. Goodwill determined to be unrecoverable based on future cash flows is written-off in the period in which such determination is made.

      On January 1, 2002, the Company performed the first of the required impairment tests of goodwill by comparing the fair value of each of our reporting units with its carrying value. Fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. Based on our impairment tests, we recognized an adjustment of $376.8 million, or $2.45 per share, to reduce the carrying value of goodwill in our wireless services, broadcast tower, broadcast services and building units to its implied value. In accordance with SFAS 142, the impairment adjustment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in our first quarter 2002 statement of operations. In connection with the Company’s adoption of fresh start accounting on January 31, 2003, impairment tests of goodwill were performed. As a result, the remaining $60.6 million of goodwill related to our wireless tower unit was written off. This charge is included in Reorganization items in the consolidated financial statements.

 
      Customer Contracts

      Upon completion of the Company’s reorganization and the implementation of fresh start accounting, the Company recorded intangible assets relating to the fair value of customer contracts in the amount of $190.9 million as of January 31, 2003. These contracts are amortized over the lesser of the remaining life of the lease contract or the remaining life of the related tower asset, not to exceed 15 years for wireless towers and 30 years for broadcast towers. Customer contracts, less accumulated amortization, were $185.7 million as of June 30, 2003 and are classified as other assets in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 
Liabilities under SBC Agreement

      In connection with the Plan of Reorganization and the implementation of fresh start accounting on January 31, 2003, the Company recorded liabilities in the amount of $60.5 million related to its obligation to complete the lease or sublease of the remaining 600 towers under the SBC agreement as discussed in Note 5. This amount was determined as the difference between the estimated purchase price for the remaining 600 towers, including costs to place the towers in service, and the estimated fair value of the towers based on an independent valuation. At each closing, the liability is reduced by a portion of the purchase price of each tower. In addition, the liability is reduced by the amount of costs incurred to place the acquired towers in service. In the five months ended June 30, 2003, $4.0 million of the purchase price of 54 towers acquired and $0.2 million of costs were applied against the liability. As of June 30, 2003, the remaining liability was $56.3 million.

 
      Derivative Financial Instruments

      The Company accounts for derivative financial instruments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”),

F-45


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 138, Accounting for Certain Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities (“SFAS 138”) and as further amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. The Company records derivative financial instruments in the consolidated financial statements at fair value. Changes in the fair values of derivative financial instruments are either recognized in earnings or in stockholders’ equity as a component of other comprehensive income depending on whether the derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting as defined by SFAS 133. Changes in fair values of derivatives not qualifying for hedge accounting are reported in earnings as they occur.

      In February 2003, the Company entered into an interest rate cap agreement in order to limit exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its variable rate credit facility. This transaction is designated as a fair value hedge. Accordingly, gains and losses from the change in the fair value of this instrument are recognized in other income and expense. As of June 30, 2003, the carrying amount and fair value of this instrument was $0.2 million and is included in Other Assets in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 
      Restructuring and Non-recurring Charges

      In May 2002, the Company announced that it would terminate its build-to-suit programs with Cingular (the “Cingular BTS Termination”) and other carriers and implement other cost-cutting measures as a part of the curtailment of tower development activities. As a result of these actions, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $24.3 million. Of this amount, $16.4 million was related to the write-off of work in progress related to sites in development that are to be terminated, $3.2 million was related to the costs of closing offices and $4.7 million was related to the costs of employee severance. In addition, the Company recorded a non-recurring impairment charge of $4.3 million to write-down the carrying value of 21 towers that are not marketable. The charge was based on the estimated discounted cash flows of the towers.

      The following table displays activity related to the accrued restructuring liability. Such liability is reflected in accrued and other expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

                                   
Cash Payments Cash Payments
for the One for the Five Liability
Liability as of Month Ended Months Ended as of
December 31, January 31, June 30, June 30,
2002 2003 2003 2003




(In thousands)
Accrued restructuring liabilities:
                               
Reduced tower acquisition and development
                               
 
Employee severance
  $ 1,950     $ (81 )   $ (482 )   $ 1,387  
 
Lease termination and office closing
    1,496       (12 )     (452 )     1,032  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    3,446       (93 )     (934 )     2,419  
Cingular BTS termination
                               
 
Employee severance
    1,266       (101 )     (350 )     815  
 
Lease termination and office closing
    2,065       (410 )     (966 )     689  
     
     
     
     
 
        3,331       (511 )     (1,316 )     1,504  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 6,777     $ (604 )   $ (2,250 )   $ 3,923  
     
     
     
     
 

F-46


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Income Taxes

      The liability method is used in accounting for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be from future taxable income and, to the extent that recovery is not likely, establishes a valuation allowance against such assets. As of June 30, 2003 and December 31, 2002, the Company has established a 100% valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

     Earnings Per Share

      On July 31, 2003, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a two-for-one forward stock split of Spectrasite, Inc.’s common stock, effected in the form of a common stock dividend to stockholders of record on August 14, 2003. The additional shares of common stock were mailed or delivered on or about August 21, 2003, by the Company’s transfer agent. All share and per share information for the reorganized company has been retroactively restated to reflect the stock split.

      Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 “Earnings per Share.” During the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 and the one month ended January 31, 2003, the Company had potential common stock equivalents related to its convertible notes, warrants and outstanding stock options. Upon completion of the Company’s reorganization, the convertible notes were exchanged for shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“New Common Stock”) and all outstanding warrants and stock options were cancelled. These potential common stock equivalents were not included in diluted earnings (loss) per share for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 and the one month ended January 31, 2003 because the effect would have been antidilutive. Accordingly, basic and diluted net income (loss) per share are the same for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 and for the one month ended January 31, 2003.

      As discussed in Note 2, under the Plan of Reorganization, the holders of 166,158,298 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding as of February 10, 2003 (the “Old Common Stock”) received new warrants which were immediately exercisable into 2.5 million shares of new common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “New Common Stock”) at a price of $16.00 per share. In addition, on February 10, 2003, the Company adopted the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan to grant equity based incentives in New Common Stock to employees and directors. Approximately 5.4 million options to purchase New Common Stock were granted under this plan in March 2003. During the three and five months ended June 30, 2003, the Company had potential common stock equivalents related to its new warrants and outstanding stock options on New Common Stock. These potential common stock equivalents were not included in diluted earnings (loss) per share for the three and five months ended June 30, 2003 because the effect would have been antidilutive. Accordingly, basic and diluted net loss per share are the same for the three and five months ended June 30, 2003.

F-47


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Comprehensive Income (Loss)

      Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized holding gains (losses) as follows (in thousands):

                                         
Reorganized Predecessor Reorganized Predecessor Company
Company Company Company
Three Months Three Months Five Months One Month Six Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
June 30, June 30, June 30, January 31, June 30,
2003 2002 2003 2003 2002





Reported net income (loss)
  $ (7,574 )   $ (127,568 )   $ (9,266 )   $ 344,970     $ (580,099 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    194       (130 )     189       (123 )     (124 )
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period
    3,202       (5,870 )     3,335       (200 )     (22,545 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (4,178 )   $ (133,568 )   $ (5,742 )   $ 344,647     $ (602,768 )
     
     
     
     
     
 

     Stock Options

      The Company accounts for stock based employee compensation under APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and has not adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock based employee compensation. During 1997, the Company adopted a stock option plan that provided for the purchase of common stock by key employees, directors, advisors and consultants of the Company. In connection with the Plan of Reorganization discussed in Note 2, all options issued under this plan were cancelled on February 10, 2003. Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock options been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, the Company’s net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share for the three months ended June 30, 2002, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 would have been as follows (in thousands):

                         
Predecessor Predecessor Predecessor
Company Company Company
Three Months One Month Six Months
Ended Ended Ended
June 30, January 31, June 30,
2002 2003 2002



Reported net income (loss)
  $ (127,568 )   $ 344,970     $ (580,099 )
Non-cash compensation charges included in net income (loss)
    291             580  
Stock-based employee compensation cost that would have been included in net loss under the fair value method
    (3,410 )     (694 )     (7,323 )
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ (130,687 )   $ 344,276     $ (586,842 )
     
     
     
 

F-48


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                         
Predecessor Predecessor Predecessor
Company Company Company
Three Months One Month Six Months
Ended Ended Ended
June 30, January 31, June 30,
2002 2003 2002



Basic and diluted income (loss) per share:
                       
Reported net income (loss)
  $ (0.83 )   $ 2.24     $ (3.77 )
Non-cash compensation charges included in net income (loss)
                 
Stock-based employee compensation cost that would have been included in net loss under the fair value method
    (0.02 )           (0.04 )
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ (0.85 )   $ 2.24     $ (3.81 )
     
     
     
 

      Also, on February 10, 2003, the Company adopted the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan to grant equity-based incentives in New Common Stock to employees and directors. In March 2003, the Company granted approximately 5.4 million options to purchase New Common Stock under this plan. Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock options to purchase New Common Stock been determined based on the fair value at the date of grant consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, the Company’s net loss and net loss per share for the three and five months ended June 30, 2003 would have been as follows (in thousands):

                 
Reorganized Reorganized
Company Company
Three Months Five Months
Ended Ended
June 30, June 30,
2003 2003


Reported net loss
  $ (7,574 )   $ (9,266 )
Stock-based employee compensation cost that would have been included in net loss under the fair value method
    (1,687 )     (2,030 )
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (9,261 )   $ (11,296 )
     
     
 
Basic and diluted loss per share:
               
Reported net loss
  $ (0.16 )   $ (0.20 )
Stock-based employee compensation cost that would have been included in net loss under the fair value method
    (0.04 )     (0.04 )
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (0.20 )   $ (0.24 )
     
     
 

     Contingencies

      The Company is involved in certain legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, based on a review of such legal proceedings, the ultimate outcome of these actions will not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

     Reclassifications

      Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2002 condensed consolidated financial statements to conform to the 2003 presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net loss or stockholders’ equity (deficit).

F-49


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

     Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

      The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial reporting and in accordance with the instructions for Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures normally required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements or those normally reflected in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. The financial information included herein reflects all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments for the Predecessor Company for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 and normal recurring adjustments and fresh start accounting adjustments for the Predecessor Company for the one month ended January 31, 2003, and normal recurring adjustments for the Reorganized Company for the three and five months ended June 30, 2003), which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of results for interim periods. As a result of the implementation of fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003, the financial statements after that date are not comparable to the financial statements for prior periods because of the differences in the bases of accounting and the capital structure for the Predecessor Company and the Reorganized Company. Results of interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year.

2.     Plan of Reorganization

      On November 15, 2002 (the “Petition Date”), SpectraSite filed a voluntary petition for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, Raleigh Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On November 18, 2002, SpectraSite filed a Proposed Plan of Reorganization and a Proposed Disclosure Statement with the Bankruptcy Court. A plan confirmation hearing was held on January 28, 2003 and the Proposed Plan of Reorganization, as modified on that date (the “Plan of Reorganization”), was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan of Reorganization became effective on February 10, 2003 (the “Effective Date”), thereby allowing SpectraSite to emerge from bankruptcy.

      The Plan of Reorganization provided that, among other things, (i) in exchange for their notes, the holders of the 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2010, the 6 3/4% Senior Convertible Notes due 2010, the 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2010, the 11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes due 2009, the 12 7/8% Senior Discount Notes due 2010 and the 12% Senior Discount Notes due 2008 received their pro rata share of 47.5 million shares of New Common Stock; (ii) the holders of 166,158,298 shares of Old Common Stock outstanding as of the Effective Date received warrants immediately exercisable into 2.5 million shares of New Common Stock at a price of $16.00 per share; and (iii) all other equity interests at the Effective Date, including outstanding warrants and options, were cancelled.

F-50


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 include adjustments and reclassifications to reflect affected liabilities as “Liabilities Subject to Compromise.” These liabilities were settled in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization. The liabilities subject to compromise as of December 31, 2002 were as follows (in thousands):

         
10 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2010
  $ 200,000  
12 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2010
    200,000  
6 3/4% Senior Convertible Notes Due 2010
    200,000  
12% Senior Discount Notes Due 2008, net of discount
    208,479  
11 1/4% Senior Discount Notes Due 2009, net of discount
    502,644  
12 7/8% Senior Discount Notes Due 2010, net of discount
    418,580  
Accrued interest
    33,583  
     
 
Total liabilities subject to compromise
  $ 1,763,286  
     
 

      SpectraSite incurred costs directly associated with the chapter 11 proceedings of $23.9 million in the one month ended January 31, 2003. These costs are included in reorganization expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      In accordance with AICPA Statement of Position 90-7 Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code (“SOP 90-7”), the Company adopted fresh start accounting as of January 31, 2003 and the Company’s emergence from bankruptcy resulted in a new reporting entity. Under fresh start accounting, the reorganization value of the entity is allocated to the entity’s assets based on fair values, and liabilities are stated at the present value of amounts to be paid determined at appropriate current interest rates. The net effect of all fresh start accounting adjustments resulted in a charge of $644.7 million, which is reflected in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations for the one month ended January 31, 2003. The effective date is considered to be the close of business on January 31, 2003 for financial reporting purposes. The periods presented prior to January 31, 2003 have been designated “Predecessor Company” and the periods subsequent to January 31, 2003 have been designated “Reorganized Company.” As a result of the implementation of fresh start accounting, the financial statements of the Company after January 31, 2003 are not comparable to the Company’s financial statements for prior periods.

F-51


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The reorganization value used in adopting fresh start accounting was $685.7 million based on the fair market value of the senior notes, senior discount notes and senior convertible notes at the Effective Date, the date these instruments were exchanged for New Common Stock and the value of warrants issued on that date based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The reorganization and the adoption of fresh start accounting resulted in the following adjustments to the Company’s Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of January 31, 2003:

                                     
Predecessor Reorganized
Company Reorganization Company
January 31, and Fresh Start January 31,
2003 Adjustments Ref. 2003




(In thousands)
ASSETS
Current assets:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 73,442     $ (210 )     (1)     $ 73,232  
 
Accounts receivable
    10,134                     10,134  
 
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
    2,198                     2,198  
 
Inventories
    7,880                     7,880  
 
Prepaid expenses and other
    17,903       (531 )     (2)       17,372  
     
     
             
 
   
Total current assets
    111,557       (741 )             110,816  
Property and equipment, net
    2,303,368       (957,210 )     (3)       1,346,158  
Goodwill, net
    60,626       (60,626 )     (2)        
Other assets
    102,024       122,181       (2),(4)       224,205  
     
     
             
 
   
Total assets
  $ 2,577,575     $ (896,396 )           $ 1,681,179  
     
     
             
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities:
                               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 10,407     $ 16,184       (1)     $ 26,591  
 
Accrued and other expenses
    65,039       7,796       (1)       72,835  
 
Current portion of liabilities under SBC contract
          30,251       (5)       30,251  
 
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
    458                     458  
 
Current portion of credit facility
    2,244                     2,244  
     
     
             
 
   
Total current liabilities
    78,148       54,231               132,379  
     
     
             
 
Long-term portion of credit facility
    780,711                     780,711  
Long-term portion of liabilities under SBC contract
          30,251       (5)       30,251  
Other long-term liabilities
    52,108                     52,108  
     
     
             
 
   
Total long-term liabilities
    832,819       30,251               863,070  
     
     
             
 
Liabilities subject to compromise
    1,763,286       (1,763,286 )     (4)        
     
     
             
 

F-52


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                     
Predecessor Reorganized
Company Reorganization Company
January 31, and Fresh Start January 31,
2003 Adjustments Ref. 2003




(In thousands)
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
                               
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000,000 shares authorized, 154,013,917 issued and outstanding at January 31, 2003 (Predecessor Company); $0.01 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 47,174,170 issued and outstanding at January 31, 2003 (Reorganized Company)
    154       318       (4)       472  
Additional paid-in-capital and warrants
    1,624,939       (939,681 )     (4)       685,258  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (684 )     684       (6)        
Accumulated deficit
    (1,721,087 )     1,721,087       (6)        
     
     
             
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (96,678 )     782,408               685,730  
     
     
             
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 2,577,575     $ (896,396 )           $ 1,681,179  
     
     
             
 


References:

(1)  To reflect cash requirements for reorganization costs paid in January 2003 and accrual for remaining reorganization costs.
 
(2)  To record prepaid expenses and other, goodwill, and other assets at fair value.
 
(3)  To record property and equipment at fair value.
 
(4)  To reflect the discharge of the Senior Notes, Senior Discount Notes and Senior Convertible Notes including the related debt issuance costs included in other assets; the cancellation of Old Common Stock and warrants; and the issuance of the New Common Stock and warrants.
 
(5)  To record liabilities related to the Company’s commitment to purchase certain assets at prices in excess of fair value.
 
(6)  To reflect the elimination of the accumulated other comprehensive income and accumulated deficit as of January 31, 2003.

F-53


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
3. Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment consist of the following:

                 
Reorganized Predecessor
Company Company
June 30, December 31,
2003 2002


(In thousands)
Towers
  $ 1,206,451     $ 2,548,712  
Equipment
    20,556       39,181  
Land
    16,200       18,081  
Buildings
    26,914       32,219  
Other
    6,060       38,217  
     
     
 
      1,276,181       2,676,410  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (35,074 )     (401,467 )
     
     
 
      1,241,107       2,274,943  
Construction in progress
    2,636       18,002  
     
     
 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 1,243,743     $ 2,292,945  
     
     
 

4.     Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2001, FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (“SFAS 143”). SFAS 143 requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. The Company adopted SFAS 143 on January 1, 2003 in connection with certain ground leases that require removal of the tower upon expiration. Application of the new rules resulted in an increase in net property, plant and equipment of $23.2 million, recognition of an asset retirement obligation of $35.4 million, and a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of $12.2 million. This obligation is included in other long term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The following table displays activity related to the asset retirement obligation:

                                 
Liability Liability
as of Revisions in as of
January 1, Accretion Estimated June 30,
2003 Expense Cash Flows 2003




(In thousands)
Asset retirement obligation
  $ 35,442     $ 1,301     $ (59 )   $ 36,684  
     
     
     
     
 

      Had the Company adopted SFAS 143 as of January 1, 2002 the following asset retirement obligation would have been recorded (in thousands):

         
January 1, 2002
  $ 32,122  
December 31, 2002
  $ 35,442  

      These pro forma amounts are measured using information and assumptions as of the adoption date of this statement.

F-54


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Pro forma results of operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 had the Company adopted SFAS 143 on January 1, 2002 are as follows:

                 
Predecessor Company Predecessor Company
Three Months Six Months
Ended Ended
June 30, 2002 June 30, 2002


(In thousands, except (In thousands, except
per share amounts) per share amounts)
Reported net loss
  $ (127,568 )   $ (580,099 )
Additional depreciation of property and equipment
    (466 )     (928 )
Accretion of asset retirement obligation
    (612 )     (1,202 )
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss
  $ (128,646 )   $ (582,229 )
     
     
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share:
               
Reported net loss per share
  $ (0.83 )   $ (3.77 )
Additional depreciation of property and equipment
           
Accretion of asset retirement obligation
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss per share
  $ (0.84 )   $ (3.78 )
     
     
 

      In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statement Nos. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13 and Technical Corrections (“SFAS 145”). SFAS 145 amends or rescinds a number of authoritative pronouncements, including Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt (“SFAS 4”). SFAS 4 required that gains and losses from extinguishment of debt included in the determination of net income or loss be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. Upon adoption of SFAS 145, gains and losses from extinguishment of debt will no longer be classified as extraordinary items, but rather will generally be classified as part of other income (expense) on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 145 on January 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In July 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, Accounting For Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”). The statement requires costs associated with exit or disposal activities to be recognized when incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The requirements of SFAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after January 1, 2003. The Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 146 on January 1, 2003. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition disclosure requirements of SFAS 148 were effective for fiscal year 2002. The interim and annual disclosure requirements are effective for the first quarter of 2003. The adoption of SFAS 148 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 requires an investor with a majority of the variable interests in a variable interest entity

F-55


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(“VIE”) to consolidate the entity and also requires majority and significant variable interest investors to provide certain disclosures. A VIE is an entity in which the equity investors do not have a controlling interest, or the equity investment at risk is insufficient to finance the entity’s activities without receiving additional subordinated financial support from the other parties. For arrangements entered into with VIEs created prior to January 31, 2003, the provisions of FIN 46 are required to be adopted at the beginning of the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company is currently reviewing its investments and other arrangements to determine whether any of its investee companies are VIEs. The Company does not expect to identify any significant VIEs that would be consolidated, but may be required to make additional disclosures. The Company’s maximum exposure related to any investment that may be determined to be in a VIE is limited to the amount invested. The provisions of FIN 46 are effective immediately for all arrangements entered into with new VIEs created after January 31, 2003. The Company has not invested in any new VIEs created after January 31, 2003.

      In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 149”). SFAS 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS 133, as previously amended by SFAS 138. SFAS 149 clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative as discussed in SFAS 133. In addition, it clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. SFAS 149 amends certain other existing pronouncements. SFAS 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, with certain exceptions and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003 and should be applied prospectively. The Company does not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). SFAS 150 amends certain other existing pronouncements. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities. The Company does not expect the adoption of this statement to have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

5.     Acquisition Activities

 
SBC Transaction

      On August 25, 2000, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire leasehold and sub-leasehold interests in approximately 3,900 wireless communications towers from affiliates of SBC Communications (collectively, “SBC”) in exchange for $982.7 million in cash and $325.0 million in Old Common Stock. Under the agreement, and assuming the lease or sublease of all 3,900 towers, the stock portion of the consideration was initially approximately 14.3 million shares valued at $22.74 per share. The stock consideration was subject to an adjustment payment to the extent the average closing price of the Old Common Stock during the 60-day period immediately preceding December 14, 2003 (the third anniversary of the initial closing) decreased from $22.74 to a floor of $12.96. The adjustment payment would be accelerated if there were a change of control of SpectraSite or upon the occurrence of certain specified liquidity events. In any case, the adjustment payment was payable, at the Company’s option, in the form of cash or shares of Old Common Stock. The maximum amount potentially payable to satisfy the adjustment payment was approximately 10.8 million shares of Old Common Stock or $139.8 million in cash. The Company and SBC entered

F-56


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

into a Lease and Sublease Agreement pursuant to which the Company manages, maintains and leases available space on the SBC towers and has the right to add customers to the towers. The average term of the lease or sublease for all sites at the inception of the agreement was approximately 27 years, assuming renewals or extensions of the underlying ground leases for the sites. SBC is an anchor customer on all of the towers and pays a monthly fee per tower of $1,544, subject to an annual adjustment. In addition, the Company had agreed to build towers for Cingular, an affiliate of SBC, through 2005 under an exclusive build-to-suit agreement, but this agreement was terminated on May 15, 2002.

      Subject to the conditions described in the Lease and Sublease Agreement, SBC also has the right to substitute other available space on the tower for the reserved space, and a right of first refusal as to available space that the Company intends to sublease to a third party. For the first 300 times SBC exercises its right of first refusal, SBC is required to pay the Company a recurring fee for the applicable space equal to the lesser of the fee that would have been charged to the proposed third-party and a fee that is proportional to the monthly fee under the sublease. After the first 300 times that SBC exercises its right of first refusal, SBC is required to pay the Company a recurring fee for the applicable space equal to the recurring fee that would have been charged to the third party.

      The Company will have the option to purchase the sites subject to the lease or sublease upon the expiration of the lease or sublease as to those sites. The purchase price for each site will be a fixed amount stated in the sublease for that site plus the fair market value of certain alterations made to the related tower by SBC. The aggregate purchase option price for the towers leased and subleased to date was approximately $199.4 million as of June 30, 2003 and will accrete at a rate of 10% per year to the applicable expiration of the lease or sublease of a site. In the event that the Company purchases such sites, SBC shall have the right to continue to lease the reserved space for successive one year terms at a rent equal to the lesser of the agreed upon market rate and the then current monthly fee, which monthly fee shall be subject to an annual increase based on changes in the consumer price index.

      On November 14, 2001, the Company completed an amendment to the SBC acquisition agreements. This amendment reduced the maximum number of towers that the Company is committed to lease or sublease by 300 towers, from 3,900 in the original agreement to 3,600 towers in the agreement as amended. In addition, pursuant to the amendment, the Company receives all new revenue on the towers remaining to be leased or subleased after February 25, 2002. As consideration for entering into the amendment, the Company paid SBC a fee of $35.0 million that was expensed. On November 14, 2002, the Company completed a further amendment to the SBC acquisition agreements. This amendment further reduced the maximum number of towers that the Company is committed to lease or sublease by 294 towers, from 3,600 in the amended agreement to 3,306 towers in the agreement as further amended. In addition, on February 10, 2003, in connection with the Plan of Reorganization, the Company sold its rights to 545 SBC towers in California and Nevada to Cingular for an aggregate purchase price of $81.0 million and paid SBC a fee of $7.5 million related to the 294 reduction in the maximum number of towers that it is committed to lease or sublease. This fee is included in Reorganization Items — Professional and Other Fees in the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Because these 545 towers were adjusted to fair value as part of fresh start accounting, no gain or loss was recognized on the sale. In the one month ended January 31, 2003, revenues and costs of site leasing operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense, related to the 545 towers, were $1.2 million and $0.5 million, respectively. In the five months ended June 30, 2003, comparable revenues and costs of site leasing operations, excluding depreciation, amortization and accretion expense, related to the 545 towers, were $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

      As of December 31, 2002, the Company had issued approximately 9.9 million shares of Old Common Stock to SBC pursuant to the SBC acquisition agreements. As part of the Plan of Reorganization discussed in Note 2, on February 10, 2003 the Company issued to SBC 12.1 million shares of Old Common Stock in full

F-57


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

satisfaction of any obligation to issue SBC further stock or make any further adjustment payment. Of the 12.1 million shares, the Company issued 7.5 million shares of Old Common Stock in connection with the adjustment payment described above and 4.7 million shares of Old Common Stock as an advance payment on the purchase of the remaining 600 towers. All of these shares of Old Common Stock were exchanged for new warrants under the Plan of Reorganization. As a result, at all future closings with SBC, the stock portion of the payment for each site has been paid in full.

      From the initial closing on December 14, 2000 through a closing on February 25, 2002, the Company leased or subleased a total of 2,706 towers under the terms of the amended agreement. The parties agreed to complete the lease or sublease of the remaining 600 towers during the period beginning May 2003 and ending August 2004. The total consideration paid for the rights to the 600 towers is expected to be approximately $156 million.

      In connection with the Plan of Reorganization and the implementation of fresh start accounting on January 31, 2003, the Company recorded liabilities in the amount of $60.5 million related to its obligation to complete the lease or sublease of the remaining 600 towers under the SBC agreement. At each closing, a portion of the purchase price of each tower is charged against the liability. In the five months ended June 30, 2003, the Company leased or subleased 54 towers, for which it paid $13.3 million in cash. Of this amount, $4.0 million was charged against the liability and $9.3 million was capitalized as property and equipment.

      In the six months ended June 30, 2002, the Company subleased 41 towers, for which it paid $10.1 million in cash and issued 146,569 shares of Old Common Stock valued at $1.7 million.

6.     Financing Transactions

 
Credit Facility

      SpectraSite Communications, Inc. (“Communications”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SpectraSite, is party to an amended and restated credit facility (the “credit facility”) totaling $680.0 million. The credit facility includes a $200.0 million revolving credit facility, which may be drawn at any time, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent. The amount available will be reduced (and, if necessary, any amounts outstanding must be repaid) in quarterly installments beginning on September 30, 2005 and ending on June 30, 2007. The credit facility also includes a $204.8 million multiple draw term loan that is fully drawn and which must be repaid in quarterly installments beginning on March 31, 2006 and ending on June 30, 2007 and a $275.2 million term loan that is fully drawn and which must be repaid in quarterly installments beginning on September 30, 2007 and ending on December 31, 2007.

      With the proceeds of the sale of towers to Cingular discussed in Note 5, Communications repaid $31.4 million of the multiple draw term loan and $42.1 million of the term loan on February 11, 2003. In addition, Communications repaid $1.1 million of the multiple draw term loan and $1.4 million of the term loan on February 19, 2003. In connection with these repayments, Communications wrote off $1.6 million in debt issuance costs. This charge is included in interest expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      On May 14, 2003, Communications amended its credit facility to reduce the unused $300 million commitment under the revolving credit facility by $100 million in exchange for moderately increasing the ratios in its leverage covenant in future periods. In connection with this reduction, Communications wrote off $2.0 million in debt issuance costs. This charge is included in interest expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      With the proceeds from the issuance of the 8 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2010 discussed below, Communications repaid $83.0 million of the multiple draw term loan and $111.5 million of the term loan on May 21, 2003.

F-58


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In addition, Communications repaid $1.1 million of the multiple draw term loan and $1.4 million of the term loan on June 24, 2003 and $12.8 million of the multiple draw term loan and $17.2 of the term loan on June 30, 2003. In connection with these repayments, Communications wrote off $4.6 million in debt issuance costs. This charge is included in interest expense in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations.

      As of June 30, 2003, Communications has $480.0 million outstanding under the restated credit facility. The remaining $200.0 million under the restated credit facility was undrawn. Under the terms of the credit facility, the Company could borrow approximately $193.7 million under the revolving credit facility as of June 30, 2003 while remaining in compliance with the applicable covenants.

      At June 30, 2003, amounts due under the credit facility are as follows:

         
Maturities

(In thousands)
2003
  $  
2004
     
2005
     
2006
    88,365  
2007
    391,590  
     
 
Total
  $ 479,955  
     
 

      Prior to February 10, 2003, the revolving credit loans and the multiple draw term loan bore interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin of 3.75% per annum. After February 10, 2003, the revolving credit loans and the multiple draw term loans bear interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.00% to 1.00% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 3.25% to 2.25% per annum, depending on Communications’ leverage ratio at the end of the preceding fiscal quarter.

      Prior to February 10, 2003, the term loan bore interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus 3.25% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus 4.50% per annum. After February 10, 2003, the term loan bears interest, at Communications’ option, at either Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce’s base rate plus 2.75% per annum or the Eurodollar rate plus 4.00% per annum. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the credit facility as of June 30, 2003 was 4.83%.

      Communications is required to pay a commitment fee of between 1.375% and 0.500% per annum in respect of the undrawn portions of the revolving credit facility, depending on the undrawn amount. Communications may be required to prepay the credit facility in part upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a sale of assets, the incurrence of certain additional indebtedness, certain changes to the SBC transaction or the generation of excess cash flow.

      SpectraSite and each of Communications’ domestic subsidiaries have guaranteed the obligations under the restated credit facility. The restated credit facility is further secured by substantially all the tangible and intangible assets of Communications and its domestic subsidiaries, a pledge of all of the capital stock of Communications and its domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the capital stock of Communications’ foreign subsidiaries. The restated credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict Communications’ ability to incur additional indebtedness; create liens on assets; make investments or acquisitions or engage in mergers or consolidations; dispose of assets; enter into new lines of business; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and pay dividends or make capital distributions. In addition, the restated

F-59


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

credit facility requires compliance with certain financial covenants, including a requirement that Communications and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, maintain a maximum ratio of total debt to Annualized EBITDA (as defined in the credit facility), a minimum interest coverage ratio and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.

 
8 1/4% Senior Notes Due 2010 (“8 1/4% Senior Notes”)

      On May 21, 2003, SpectraSite issued $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8 1/4% Senior Notes due 2010 for proceeds of $194.5 million, net of debt issuance costs. Semi-annual interest payments for the 8 1/4% Senior Notes are due on each May 15 and November 15 beginning on November 15, 2003. The Company is required to comply with certain covenants under the terms of the 8 1/4% Senior Notes that restrict the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness and make certain payments, among other covenants.

7.     Discontinued Operations

      On December 31, 2002, the Company sold its network services division. Network services revenues for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 were $35.8 million and $77.6 million, respectively. Network services loss before taxes for the three and six months ended June 30, 2002 were $4.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively. The Company recorded a loss on disposal of the network services division of $47.0 million in 2002. In the three months ended June 30, 2003, the Company recorded an additional loss on disposal of the network services division of $0.6 million related to the settlement of a disputed item. The results of the network services division’s operations have been reported separately as discontinued operations in the statements of operations. Prior period financial statements have been restated to present the operations of the division as a discontinued operation.

8.     Business Segments

      The Company operates in two business segments: wireless and broadcast. Our operations are segmented and managed along our product and service lines. The wireless segment provides for leasing and licensing of antenna sites on multi-tenant towers and distributed antenna systems for a diverse range of wireless communication services. The broadcast segment offers leasing, subleasing and licensing of antenna sites for broadcast communication services and a broad range of broadcast development services, including broadcast tower design and construction and antenna installation. During the last six months, we have experienced a decline in revenues and earnings in our broadcast services division as compared to prior periods. The Board of Directors has initiated an effort to evaluate future business alternatives with respect to the broadcast services division. In the event that the Board of Directors decides to discontinue the broadcast services business, we estimate that the resulting loss could be as much as $20.0 million, depending on the nature of the disposition. Information regarding the broadcast leasing and broadcast services businesses is presented below to provide further information about the broadcast segment.

      The measurement of profit or loss currently used by management to evaluate the results of operations of the Company and its operating segments is Adjusted EBITDA. For the periods prior to January 31, 2003, Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income (loss) before depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses, interest, gain on debt discharge, income tax expense (benefit), reorganization items, discontinued operations, cumulative effect of change in accounting principle and writeoffs of investments in and loans to affiliates. For the periods subsequent to January 31, 2003, Adjusted EBITDA consists of net income (loss) before depreciation, amortization and accretion, interest, income tax expense (benefit) and, if applicable, before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. The Company uses a different definition of Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal periods prior to its reorganization to enable investors to view its operating performance on a consistent basis before the impact of the items discussed above on the

F-60


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

predecessor company. Each of these historical items was incurred prior to, or in connection with, its bankruptcy. The Company discusses Adjusted EBITDA and the limitations of this financial measure more fully under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Adjusted EBITDA.” Adjusted EBITDA, as defined above, may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP.

      Summarized financial information concerning the reportable segments as of and for the three months ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, the five months ended June 30, 2003, the one month ended January 31, 2003 and the six months ended June 30, 2002 is shown in the following table. The “Other” column represents amounts excluded from specific segments, such as income taxes, corporate general and administrative expenses and interest. In addition, “Other” also includes corporate assets such as cash and cash equivalents, tangible and intangible assets and income tax accounts that have not been allocated to a specific segment. Virtually all reported segment revenues are generated from external customers as intersegment revenues are not significant.

                                                 
Broadcast

Wireless Leasing Services Total Other Total






(In thousands)
Three months ended June 30, 2003 (Reorganized Company)
                                               
Total revenues
  $ 72,020     $ 5,478     $ 3,413     $ 8,891     $     $ 80,911  
Adjusted EBITDA
    39,444       4,460       (635 )     3,825       (6,090 )     37,179  
Assets
    1,366,900       90,971       20,159       111,130       78,155       1,556,185  
Additions to property and equipment
    2,019       1,165       278       1,443       464       3,926  
Three months ended June 30, 2002 (Predecessor Company)
                                               
Total revenues
  $ 64,190     $ 5,443     $ 6,236     $ 11,679     $     $ 75,869  
Adjusted EBITDA
    5,657       1,001       (720 )     281       (16,600 )     (10,662 )
Assets
    2,249,134       172,100       21,738       193,838       278,299       2,721,271  
Goodwill
    60,626                               60,626  
Additions to property and equipment
    14,055       4,374       319       4,693       1,069       19,817  
Five months ended June 30, 2003 (Reorganized Company)
                                               
Total revenues
  $ 119,437     $ 9,130     $ 6,988     $ 16,118     $     $ 135,555  
Adjusted EBITDA
    65,150       7,444       (405 )     7,039       (10,230 )     61,959  
Assets
    1,366,900       90,971       20,159       111,130       78,155       1,556,185  
Additions to property and equipment
    3,264       1,526       552       2,078       907       6,249  
One month ended January 31, 2003 (Predecessor Company)
                                               
Total revenues
  $ 23,843     $ 1,713     $ 1,237     $ 2,950     $     $ 26,793  
Adjusted EBITDA
    12,576       1,420       (531 )     889       (1,777 )     11,688  
Assets
    1,310,938       158,211       19,052       177,263       96,206       1,584,407  
Additions to property and equipment
    257       861       9       870       1,610       2,737  

F-61


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
                                                 
Broadcast

Wireless Leasing Services Total Other Total






(In thousands)
Six months ended June 30, 2002 (Predecessor Company)
                                               
Total revenues
  $ 126,057     $ 9,528     $ 12,688     $ 22,216     $     $ 148,273  
Adjusted EBITDA
    35,840       3,674       (785 )     2,889       (23,769 )     14,960  
Assets
    2,249,134       172,100       21,738       193,838       278,299       2,721,271  
Goodwill
    60,626                               60,626  
Additions to property and equipment
    37,404       9,479       451       9,930       3,907       51,241  

      The following table shows a breakdown of the significant components included in the “other” column in the segment disclosure above (in thousands):

                                             
Reorganized Predecessor Reorganized Predecessor Predecessor
Company Company Company Company Company
Three Months Three Months Five Months One Month Six Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
June 30, June 30, June 30, January 31, June 30,
2003 2002 2003 2003 2002





Adjusted EBITDA:
                                       
 
Corporate selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding corporate non-cash compensation charges
  $ 6,090     $ 7,277     $ 10,230     $ 1,777     $ 13,812  
 
Corporate non-cash compensation charges
          291                   580  
 
Corporate other expense
          9,032                   9,377  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 6,090     $ 16,600     $ 10,230     $ 1,777     $ 23,769  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Assets:
                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 58,753     $ 45,307     $ 58,753     $ 73,232     $ 45,307  
 
Debt issuance costs
    19,402       72,625       19,402       22,974       72,625  
 
Goodwill
          60,626                   60,626  
 
Investments
          4,403                   4,403  
 
Assets held for sale
          95,116                   95,116  
 
Corporate other receivables
          222                   222  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 78,155     $ 278,299     $ 78,155     $ 96,206     $ 278,299  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Additions to property and equipment:
                                       
 
Corporate additions to property and equipment
  $ 464     $ 1,069     $ 907     $ 1,610     $ 3,907  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total additions to property and equipment
  $ 464     $ 1,069     $ 907     $ 1,610     $ 3,907  
     
     
     
     
     
 

F-62


 

SPECTRASITE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      A reconciliation of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes to Adjusted EBITDA is as follows (in thousands):

                                         
Reorganized Predecessor Reorganized Predecessor Predecessor
Company Company Company Company Company
Three Months Three Months Five Months One Month Six Months
Ended Ended Ended Ended Ended
June 30, June 30, June 30, January 31, June 30,
2003 2002 2003 2003 2002





Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
  $ (6,772 )   $ (122,789 )   $ (7,862 )   $ 1,025,793     $ (200,418 )
Add: Depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses
    25,626       50,625       42,452       16,075       95,263  
Less: Interest income
    (279 )     (293 )     (496 )     (137 )     (377 )
Add: Interest expense
    18,604       61,795       27,865       4,721       120,492  
Less: Gain on debt discharge
                      (1,034,764 )      
     
     
     
     
     
 
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 37,179     $ (10,662 )   $ 61,959     $ 11,688     $ 14,960  
     
     
     
     
     
 

F-63


 



(SPECTRASITE LOGO)

      No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than those contained in this prospectus, and, if given or made, any information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the securities to which it relates or an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any circumstances in which this offer or solicitation is unlawful. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made under this prospectus shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of SpectraSite since the date of this prospectus. We will update the information contained in this prospectus to the extent required by law during such time as this prospectus is required to be in use.




 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers

      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) grants a Delaware corporation the power to indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent against reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by him in connection with any proceeding brought by or on behalf of the corporation and against judgments, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by him in connection with any other proceeding, if (a) he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and (b) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Except as ordered by a court, however, no indemnification is to be made in connection with any proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation where the person involved is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

      Section 7 of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was at any time from and after the effective date of our plan of reorganization, a director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of the corporation, is or was at any time from and after the effective date of our plan of reorganization, serving at the written request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person; provided, however, that we shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by our board of directors.

      Section 102 of the DGCL permits the limitation of directors’ personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under section 174 of the DGCL, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

      Section 6 of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by section 102 of the DGCL.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

      We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for our officers and directors.

Item 21.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  2.1     Agreement to Sublease, dated as of February 16, 2000, by and between AirTouch Communications, Inc. and the other parties named therein as Sublessors, California Tower, Inc. and the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.9 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
  2.2     Amendment to the AirTouch Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2001. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001.

II-1


 

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  2.3     Agreement to Sublease, dated as of August 25, 2000, by and among SBC Wireless, Inc. and certain of its affiliates, the Registrant, and Southern Towers, Inc. (the “SBC Agreement”). Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated August 25, 2000 and filed August 31, 2000.
  2.4     Amendment No. 1 to the SBC Agreement, dated December 14, 2000. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.8 to the registration statement on Form S-3 of the Registrant, file no. 333-45728.
  2.5     Amendment No. 2 to the SBC Agreement, dated November 14, 2001. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.5 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  2.6     Amendment No. 3 to the SBC Agreement, dated January 31, 2002. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.6 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  2.7     Amendment No. 4 to the SBC Agreement, dated February 25, 2002. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  2.8     SpectraSite Newco Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among Cingular Wireless LLC (“Cingular”), the Registrant, Southern Towers, Inc., SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and CA/NV Tower Holdings, LLC. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated May 22, 2002.
  2.9     November Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and among Cingular Wireless LLC (“Cingular”), the Registrant, Southern Towers, Inc. and CA/ NV Tower Holdings, LLC. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 19, 2002.
  2.10     Amended and Restated Consent and Modification, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and among Southern Towers, Inc., CA/NV Tower Holdings, LLC, SBC Tower Holdings LLC, the Registrant and SBC Wireless LLC. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 19, 2002.
  2.11     Amended and Restated Unwind Side Letter, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and among Cingular, SBC Wireless LLC, SBC Tower Holdings LLC, the Registrant, Southern Towers, Inc. and SpectraSite Communications, Inc. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 19, 2002.
  2.12     Proposed Plan of Reorganization of the Registrant under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 19, 2002.
  3.1     Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  3.2     Second Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  4.1*     Indenture, dated as of May 21, 2003, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York.
  4.2*     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2003, by and among the Registrant, Lehman Brothers Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, and TD Securities (USA) Inc.
  5.1*     Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to validity of the exchange notes.
  8.1*     Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to certain tax matters.
  10.1     Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and among the Registrant, SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and Stephen H. Clark. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  10.2     Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and among the Registrant, SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and David P. Tomick. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  10.4     Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and among the Registrant, SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and Timothy G. Biltz. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.

II-2


 

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10.5     Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2001, by and among SpectraSite Communications, Inc., as Borrower; the Registrant, as a Guarantor; CIBC World Markets Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners; CIBC World Markets Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston, Bank Of Montreal, Chicago Branch and TD Securities (USA) Inc., as Arrangers; Credit Suisse First Boston, as Syndication Agent; Bank Of Montreal, Chicago Branch and TD Securities (USA) Inc., as Co-Documentation Agents; Canadian Imperial Bank Of Commerce, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent; and the other credit parties party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”). Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
  10.6     Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated October 31, 2001. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  10.7     Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated August 14, 2002. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002.
  10.8     Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated May 15, 2003. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated May 21, 2003.
  10.9**     Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated October 24, 2003.
  10.10     2003 Equity Incentive Plan of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  10.11     Security & Subordination Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, with Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”). Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.32 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4, file no. 333-67043.
  10.12     Master Site Commitment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, with Nextel. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.33 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4, file no. 333-67043.
  10.13     Master Site Lease Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, with Nextel. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.34 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4, file no. 333-67043.
  10.14     Lease and Sublease, dated as of December 14, 2000, by and among SBC Tower Holdings LLC, for itself and as agent for certain affiliates of SBC, Southern Towers, Inc. and SBC Wireless, LLC and the Registrant, as guarantors. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001.
  10.15     Executive Severance Plans of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.17 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  10.16     Amendment to Severance Plan B of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.14 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  10.17     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and among the Registrant and the Holders (as defined therein). Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.5 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  12.1**     Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 21.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  23.1**     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23.2*     Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 to this Registration Statement).
  24*     Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Part II).
  25*     Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of The Bank of New York to act as trustee under the Indenture.

II-3


 

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  99.1*     Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99.2*     Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.


  Previously filed.

**  Filed herewith.
 
Item 22. Undertakings

   (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

        (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
        (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.
 
        (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities begin registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

      (b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

      (c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

      (d) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being

II-4


 

registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5


 

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Cary, State of North Carolina, on October 27, 2003.

  SPECTRASITE, INC.

  By:  /s/ STEPHEN H. CLARK
 
  Stephen H. Clark
  President and Chief Executive Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on October 27, 2003, by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

         
Signature Title


 
/s/ STEPHEN H. CLARK

Stephen H. Clark
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors (Principal Executive Officer)
 
*

David P. Tomick
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
*

Gabriela Gonzalez
  Senior Vice President and Corporate Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
*

Paul M. Albert, Jr.
  Director
 


Gary S. Howard
  Director
 
*

Robert Katz
  Director
 
*

Richard Masson
  Director
 
*By:   /s/ STEPHEN H. CLARK

Stephen H. Clark
Attorney-in-Fact
   

II-6


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  2.1     Agreement to Sublease, dated as of February 16, 2000, by and between AirTouch Communications, Inc. and the other parties named therein as Sublessors, California Tower, Inc. and the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.9 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999.
  2.2     Amendment to the AirTouch Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2001. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001.
  2.3     Agreement to Sublease, dated as of August 25, 2000, by and among SBC Wireless, Inc. and certain of its affiliates, the Registrant, and Southern Towers, Inc. (the “SBC Agreement”). Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated August 25, 2000 and filed August 31, 2000.
  2.4     Amendment No. 1 to the SBC Agreement, dated December 14, 2000. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.8 to the registration statement on Form S-3 of the Registrant, file no. 333-45728.
  2.5     Amendment No. 2 to the SBC Agreement, dated November 14, 2001. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.5 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  2.6     Amendment No. 3 to the SBC Agreement, dated January 31, 2002. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.6 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  2.7     Amendment No. 4 to the SBC Agreement, dated February 25, 2002. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  2.8     SpectraSite Newco Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2002, by and among Cingular Wireless LLC (“Cingular”), the Registrant, Southern Towers, Inc., SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and CA/ NV Tower Holdings, LLC. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated May 22, 2002.
  2.9     November Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and among Cingular Wireless LLC (“Cingular”), the Registrant, Southern Towers, Inc. and CA/ NV Tower Holdings, LLC. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 19, 2002.
  2.10     Amended and Restated Consent and Modification, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and among Southern Towers, Inc., CA/ NV Tower Holdings, LLC, SBC Tower Holdings LLC, the Registrant and SBC Wireless LLC. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 19, 2002.
  2.11     Amended and Restated Unwind Side Letter, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and among Cingular, SBC Wireless LLC, SBC Tower Holdings LLC, the Registrant, Southern Towers, Inc. and SpectraSite Communications, Inc. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 19, 2002.
  2.12     Proposed Plan of Reorganization of the Registrant under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated November 19, 2002.
  3.1     Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  3.2     Second Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 2.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  4.1*     Indenture, dated as of May 21, 2003, by and between the Registrant, and The Bank of New York.
  4.2*     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2003, by and among the Registrant, Lehman Brothers Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., CIBC World Markets Corp., BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, and TD Securities (USA) Inc.
  5.1*     Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to validity of the exchange notes.
  8.1*     Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to certain tax matters.
  10.1     Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and among the Registrant, SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and Stephen H. Clark. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  10.2     Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and among the Registrant, SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and David P. Tomick. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.


 

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10.4     Employment Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and among the Registrant, SpectraSite Communications, Inc. and Timothy G. Biltz. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.3 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  10.5     Credit Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2001, by and among SpectraSite Communications, Inc., as Borrower; the Registrant, as a Guarantor; CIBC World Markets Corp. and Credit Suisse First Boston, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners; CIBC World Markets Corp., Credit Suisse First Boston, Bank Of Montreal, Chicago Branch and TD Securities (USA) Inc., as Arrangers; Credit Suisse First Boston, as Syndication Agent; Bank Of Montreal, Chicago Branch and TD Securities (USA) Inc., as Co-Documentation Agents; Canadian Imperial Bank Of Commerce, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent; and the other credit parties party thereto (the “Credit Agreement”). Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000.
  10.6     Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated October 31, 2001. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  10.7     Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement, dated August 14, 2002. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.4 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2002.
  10.8     Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated May 15, 2003. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated May 21, 2003.
  10.9**     Amendment No. 4 to the Credit Agreement, dated October 24, 2003.
  10.10     2003 Equity Incentive Plan of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  10.11     Security & Subordination Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, with Nextel Communications, Inc. (“Nextel”). Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.32 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4, file no. 333-67043.
  10.12     Master Site Commitment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, with Nextel. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.33 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4, file no. 333-67043.
  10.13     Master Site Lease Agreement, dated as of April 20, 1999, with Nextel. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.34 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4, file no. 333-67043.
  10.14     Lease and Sublease, dated as of December 14, 2000, by and among SBC Tower Holdings LLC, for itself and as agent for certain affiliates of SBC, Southern Towers, Inc. and SBC Wireless, LLC and the Registrant, as guarantors. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001.
  10.15     Executive Severance Plans of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.17 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.
  10.16     Amendment to Severance Plan B of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.14 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  10.17     Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2003, by and among the Registrant and the Holders (as defined therein). Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 10.5 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K dated February 11, 2003.
  12.1**     Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant. Incorporated by reference to exhibit no. 21.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.
  23.1**     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  23.2*     Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibits 5.1 and 8.1 to this Registration Statement).


 

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  24*     Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Part II).
  25*     Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of The Bank of New York to act as trustee under the Indenture.
  99.1*     Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  99.2*     Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.


  Previously filed.

**  Filed herewith.